CHAPTER I

HISTORY OF CENTRAL P.W.D.

Ancient History
1.

The execution of public work has been an organized function of the State
from times immemorial in our country. Archaeological finds at Mohan jo daro
and Harappa have revealed to us the building traditions of India prevalent
3,000 years before the Christian Era. Houses with burnt brick construction
although without ornamentation, complete with drains, storeys, pipes,
verandahs, swimming pool and hot air baths scientific excavations at these
sites, establish that these townships supplied to their citizens in those days
comforts and luxuries not available anywhere in the world during those times.

2.

Kautilyas Arthashastra, one of the immortal works on Government functions

and politics, written as early as 300 years before Christian Era, speaks of
Officers of the State in-charge of Finance, public works and royal
correspondence. According to this Shastra, duties of a King included
construction of reservoirs full with water either perennial or draws from
other sources and providing sites, roads and other such necessary
requirements to these who constructed the reservoirs of their own accord. It is
stated there that

Whoever stays away from any kind of co-operative construction shall send
his servants and bullocks to carry on his work and shall have a share in the
expenditure but no claims to profit.

This system of nearly 2300 years old appears to have anticipated the
community projects ideas of those days. This ancient book contains details of
layouts of villages, townships, forts, width of roads, charlet roads, royal roads,
roads leading to Military stations, gardens, groves and forests, burial grounds,

etc., which remind us of the fact that ideas of modern town planning are not
really modern, as thought by us.

3.

The art of stone cutting and carving was well developed during the times of
Ashoka the Great. The Ashoka Pillars called moonlight were made of the
single blocks of sand-stone and were polished to appear like metallic columns.
These were 40' to 50' in height and at their tops were crowned with figures of
animals like the lion, the elephant and the bull. Some of these still stand today, which speak well of skilful art of our craftsmen of those days. The
dignified massive simplicity, extra-ordinary, precision, accuracy and spirited
realism of the Mauryan art of that period were praised by Mr. John Marshal
one of the great authorities on ancient history and archaeology. He described
Sarnath, the capital of Ashoka as the product of the most art which the world
was congnizant in the third century the handwork of one who had generations
of artistic effort and experience behind him. Another great authority on
ancient Indian History, Dr. Smith observed that the skill of the stonecutter
might be said to have attained perfection and accomplished tasks which would
perhaps be found beyond the powers of the 20th century. The fact that these
pillars had to be taken away from the quarries, fabricated, transported to
various places and erected in a single piece bears eloquent testimony to the
skill and resources of the knowledge of the stone cutters and engineers of the
Mauryan age. A Chinese pilgrim who came to India a thousand years after
these pillars were treated speaks of these stone buildings of Ashoka having
been erected by spirit. The accounts of another Chinese pilgrim, who came
to India in seventh century and lived for ten years in the University of Nalanda
has spoken highly of grandeur of this great temple of learning in ancient India.
It had an observatory and a large library in three buildings, 8 halls, and 300
rooms. The University of Nalanda in its conception and grandeur compares
favorably with best of our modern Universities and is a great tribute to the
engineers and artisans of those days.

4.

The tradition for constructional activities did not end with the Hindu period of
Indian History. The buildings constructed during the regime of Khilji Kings
and Slave King, Kutub-ud-din carried on this tradition, Kutub Minar at Delhi,
the foundations of which were laid in year 1231, its overwhelming strength
and its perfection, symmetry and ornamental show prove that we were capable
in the 13th century to built structures involving highly technical details, King
Feroz Tughlak had a passion for founding cities and in his life time build two
cities, Firozabad where modern Delhi now stands, and Jaunpur. He is also
credited with 845 Public Works. He had eminent Architects in those days in
the person of Malik Ghazi Shahana and Abdur Hakk. The plans of every
building were submitted to the Financial officer. The buildings put in by King
Feroz and virile and strong and very sincere in purpose.

Moghul Period and after

5.

The Moghul Kings maintained the tempo of building activities, in the shape of
well-designed townships, palaces and forts, and memorials. A contemporary
Englishman, Ralph Fitch, who visited Agra and Fatehpur Sikri Describes
these as great cities either of them much greater than London. Humayuns
Tomb in Delhi which was completed in year 1569 is a building of exceptional
merit famous for its domes. King Akbar commenced the fortification of Agra
and Allahabad etc. and constructed many building of red stones at Agra. The
greatest architectural creation of Akbar is Fatehpur Sikri with nine gates. It is
famous for the building of red stone as well as for king Jehangir who was also
a patron of architecture and painting. His special taste in gardens was
exhibited in the perfection attained by the Moghul gardens of which Shalimar
Bagh in Kashmir is the one.

6.

King Shah Jehan needs specific mention in this respect. The new city at Delhi
known in these days as Shahjehanbad was built by him during the years
1938-48 and became the Imperial Capital of the Moghul Empire after that.
The Red Fort at Delhi and Agra speak of the gigantic work undertaken by the

Moghul Kings. Their layout and luxurious services provided therein are a
proof of the efficiency of the engineering profession of those days. Taj Majal
at Agra build during 1632-53 by the King Shahajeham in memory of his
queen Mumtaz Mahal represents the architecture of those days at its best. This
has been acclaimed as a structure of an extreme beauty and has been described
as a poem in marble.

Maratha Empire
7.

The last two great Hindu Empires of India, the Vijayanagar Empire and the
Maratha Empire had also their glorious buildings traditions. The Maratha
capitals were well fortified. The Rajgadh, which was the Imperial capital for
16 years was a well planned city, well provided with tanks, ponds and
clusterns. Ganga Sagar and Kushavarta tanks are fairly large and remind us
again of Kuatilyas Arthashastra that a capital must be provided with wells,
tanks and pools. It has been established that in building Rajgadh, the
Marathans followed the town planning ideas as laid down by Kautilya very
closely towards the end of 18th century and early 19th century. The logical
inference is that these conventional rules of town planning have been
transmitted from generation to generation in our country since centuries
before Christian Era.

8.

Same applied to the city of Vijaynagar, the capital of Vijayanagar Empire. It

had more than hundred thousand dwelling houses in it. The existing buildings
at Hampi, remains of Vithalaswamy temple, the town of Nangalpur (Hospet)
are the best examples of ornateness, and flowers of sculptured art patronized
by the Vijayanagar court.

9.

In the South, the great Pallavas, Cheras, Cholas and Pandya Kings carried on
the great artistic and building traditions in India. The rock cut temples of
Mahabalipuram (30 miles from Madras) the famous temples of Madurai,
Rameshwaram, Chidambaram and Tanjore bear testimony to the ancient

South Indian art of temple building. The acoustic arrangements provided for
Saraswati Majal Palace at Tanjore built by the ancient Tamil Kings go to
show that engineers at that time were fully conscious of such requirements.

10.

British Period

The east India Company which started as a trading concern in India had a
general civil service for attending to multifarious duties of administration
which verted in converted services. As a result of Industrial Revolution in
Europe in 18th Century, which affected the general conditions throughout the
world, the working of East India Company under went a close scrutiny and
criticism. The need for construction of roads, railways and irrigation works
etc. come to the forefront.

11.

While the works of construction of railways were given to different

companies, the public works like roads, buildings and irrigation were
entrusted to the charge of Military Boards in all the three Presidencies of
Calcutta, Madras and Bombay. These works were mostly of a military
character comprising of barracks and other buildings for troops and a few
military roads. This arrangement continued from year 1773 to 1858.

12.

In the year 1849, when the Punjab was also annexed by the British, a
Department for Public works was created. It was immediately entrusted with
the improvement of Grand Trunk Road to Peshawar including construction of
about 100 bridges on it and the construction of the Upper Doab Canal. The
roads from Kalka to Simla and Chini to Sutlej and the work of Upper Ganges
Canal were also completed by the year 1854. Although the construction of
these public works involved simple building work and roads etc. and nothing
of monumental type as left by the ancient history of the country was built by

the British Government of those days, a beginning with the Public Works
Department was made.

P.W.D. Secretariat

13. With the success of the Public Works Department in Punjab, as distinct from
the Military Boards, similar Departments were set up in Bengal, Madras and
Bombay in 1854. Each was placed under the charge of a Chief Engineer under
the Lt. Governor of the Province. To co-ordinate and have budgetary control
over the Provincial P.W.Ds, a Secretary of the Department of Public Works
was appointed in the Government of India for the first time in year 1854. He
was also vested with all powers of the Military Boards. The workload of the
Public Works throughout the country during the year 1850 was Rs. 60 lakhs,
which rose to Rs. 226 lakhs by the end of year 1854. Of this, nearly Rs. 100
lakhs were spent on communications including navigable canals, about Rs. 54
lakhs on irrigation, nearly Rs. 56, lakhs on military works, Rs. 3 lakhs on land
for railways and the rest on other miscellaneous works.

14. During the year 1863-66, the Department of Public Works in Government of
India was split in three separate branches to deal with Military works, Civil
and irrigation and railways works. These branches were placed under the
charge of an Under Secretary each in the Government of India in year 1867
and had an Inspector General of Works attached to each of them to coordinate the functions of each wing throughout the country. By year 1870, the
posts of Under Secretaries controlling these three Branches were upgraded to
those of Deputy Secretaries. In 1872, it was decided that the Branches dealing
with the Military Works should be transferred from the Secretariat to the
Military Department. Although this transfer was completed by year 1890,
Public Works in frntier towns in Baluchistan and Frontier Provinces were
continued to be carried out by the Military Engineering Department so as to
avoid dual work agencies in the places of strategic importance.

15. With the formation of Local Boards in Year 1872 such as District and
Municipal Boards, a number of works were transferred to these bodies. The
functions of the Government of India were then limited to laying down of the
policy and occasional local inspection of the large project works by the Public
Works Department Member or Secretary. The Public Works under the direct
supervision of the Government of India at that time comprised of Simla
Imperial Circle which was charged with looking after the Central Government
buildings at Simla. There was also a Division at Dehra Dun, which was
originally created for the construction of Forest Research Institute and Survey
of India Department and other Central Government Department building at
Dehra Dun.

Initial formation of Central P.W.D. at Delhi

16. On the proclamation of change of the Capital from Calcutta to Delhi in

December 1911, it became necessary to organize a Public Works Department
exclusively for building the new Capital. A committee of Experts was
appointed by the Secretary of State to advise the Government with regard to
the site of the new Capital and its layout. Sir Edvin Lutyens an eminent and
world famous Architect, was chosen to be the Architect and Designer of the
new capital city. After approval of the plans, the charge of execution of the
work was entrusted to Imperial Delhi Committee, which has Chief
Commissioner of Delhi as President and Chief Engineer as Engineer-Member.
The first estimate of Project as framed by them was for Rs. 1050 lakhs. It was
taken up for execution in December, 1913. The works of the Capital Project
were, however, held up consequent to First World War in 1914 and the tempo
slowed down. From 1914-15 to 1919-20, the expenditure varied between Rs.
39 to 54 lakhs per year. The tempo of the works increased in year 1920-21
onwards and the estimate was revised to Rs. 1307 lakhs.

17. The works of the Capital Project were in the charge of the Chief Engineer, a
Superintending Engineer (Civil), a Superintending Engineer ((Electrical &
Mechanical) and one Executive Engineer. The post of the Executive Engineer
was held by Shri Teja Singh Malik, who was later on conferred with the title
of Sardar Bahadur and also Knighted. Sardar Bahadur Sir Teja Singh Malik in
due course became the first Indian Chief Engineer of the Central P.W.D. The
Chief Engineer was under the Administrative control of the Chief
Commissioner, Delhi and later on became Secretary to him for the Project
Works. With gradual completion of the Capital Project Works, the Public
Works Organisation was transferred to the administrative control of
Department of Industries and Labour in Government of India. The Central
P.W.D. thus, came in existence on 1st April, 1930 to look after the vast office
and residential campus of the Central Secretariat and allied offices. The work
done on the Secretariat and Rashtrapati Bhavan speak in itself of the skilful
work of artisans of the country in this century.

Nineteen Forties

18. At that time, i.e. in year 1930, the Department had a cadre of only two
permanent Circle (Civil) i.e. Circle I and II and six Divisions for the works at
Delhi, Simla, Dehra Dun, Ajmer and Indore. With Development of Delhi, one
Superintending Engineer was appointed as Secretary to the Chief
Commissioner of Delhi for the Public Works Department. The Chief
Engineer, Central P.W.D., under the Department of Industries and Labour,
was also required to act as Technical Adviser to the Government of India in
respect of Central Government buildings and roads. Thereafter activities of
the Department extended for beyond Delhi and it was entrusted with the
execution of costly civil aviation works in Rangoon, Calcutta, Bombay,
Karachi, Lahore, Baluchitan and Persian Gulf. The Central P.W.D. had at time
Estate Office also under its control and it continued as such till 1944-45.

19. Consequent to separation of Sind and Orissa from Bombay and Bihar
Provinces respectively in year 1937, the new construction programme in these
two Provinces was entrusted to the charge of the Central P.W.D. It was further
required to advise with regard to the works of Independent Public Works
Organisation in Andamans, Persian Gulf, Coorg and other centrally
administered areas. Consequent to the above, the workload during the year
1935-36 onwards rose to Rs. 121 lakhs, with resultant increase in the number
of Circles and Division from 2 and 6 to 4 and 18 respectively.

20. Apart from the Public Works as mentioned above entrusted to the charge of
Central P.W.D., it was required to carry out the construction works of
Eccenesiastied Archaeological, Posts and Telegraphs and Indian National
Airways and other such Organisations as Depot Works. Gradually by the
end of year 1940 the Central P.W.D. was entrusted with all the centrally
financed civil works.

21. The World War II brought heavy pressure of emergency works required for
defence purpose. The Units at Bombay, Calcutta and Madras were augmented
with creation of new circles for meeting with the demand of increased
workload. Immediately after declaration of war by Japanese in December
1941, the Central P.W.D. was called upon to ac-fields, accommodation of
army and communication services. Our activities during those days mostly
related to works of strategic importance scattered throughout four corners of
the country from Burma boarders to Baluchistan and Persian Gulf and
Kashmir to Cape Comorin. The workload increased to Rs. 2752 lakhs in year
1945 and the number of units increased to 2 Chief Engineers one at Delhi and
the other at Calcutta, 12 Circle and 70 Divisions. The Department acquired
itself creditably in the task entrusted to it and the various projects were
completed to the satisfaction of the authorities.

CHAPTER II
FUNCTION AND SCOPE
SECTION I
Function
The Central P.W.D. is the premier agency of the Central Government
operating throughout the country for construction, maintenance and repairs of all
works and buildings financed from civil works, budget, except few departments who
have their own Engineering Units or may get the works executed through private
agencies.
General Financial Rule 136 provides:
All Central Works, other than the works of Railways and Defence
Department, irrespective of cost, shall primarily be executed by the Central Public
Works Department. Prior concurrence of the Department of the Central Government
in administrative charge of Public Works shall be necessary for entrusting works to an
agency other than the Central P.W.D. Such concurrence may be given by general or
special orders.
Provided that the Department of the Central Government in administrative
charge of Public Works may for administrative or economic reasons entrust execution
of original works and special repairs costing up to Rs.10,000 and all ordinary repairs
irrespective of their cost in respect of buildings under their administrative control to
any other civil department. Provision for expenditure on such works shall be made in
the budget for 2059 Public Works Maintenance and Repairs Petty
Construction and Repairs by Civil Department to Heads of Civil Department carrying
out the works and while full budgetary and financial control in respect of such works
shall remain with Central Public Works Department, the charges incurred by Civil

Departments may be drawn under the Rules and procedure governing contingent
expenditure.
In general, the functions of the CPWD are as follows:(a) Designing, construction and maintenance of Central Government nonresidential buildings other than those for Railways, Communications,
Atomic Energy, Defense Services, All India Radio, Doordarshan, and
Airports (IAAI & NAA).
(b) Construction and maintenance of residential accommodation meant for
Central Government Employees.
(c) Construction works for Central Police Organizations i.e. all works for
CRPF and CISF and works costing above 6 lakhs for BSF & ITBP and
maintenance works for CRPF and CISF.
(d) Construction works for forces under the Cabinet Secretariat i.e. SSB, SIB
etc.
(e) Construction works for some public sector undertakings not having their
engineering organization, some Government Organisations and for some
on Government Organisations as deposit work.
Deposit Works are such works, which are undertaken at the
discretion of the Ministry of Urban Development, for which the outlay
is provided wholly or in part from
(i)

Funds of a public nature but not included in the financial

estimates and accounts of the Union of India.

(ii)

Contributions from the public.

(f)

Provision of consultancy services in planning, designing and

construction of civil engineering projects, if and when required by
public undertaking and other autonomous bodies.

(g)

Construction abroad, of Embassy and other buildings / projects at the

request of Ministry of External Affairs and other Ministries.

(h)

Defence/Security related works, and other works as assigned by

Government of India from time to time.

(i) Construction and maintenance of NHIA form Pathankot to Jammu. Funds

for the work are provided by the BRDB through DGBR.

Apart from the above, work of construction and maintenance of National

Highways and maintenance of roads financed from the Central Road Funds
(excluding those under Municipal Corporation) are being executed by the Public
Works Department of Delhi Administration encadred with CPWD.
Most of the States, which do not have their own Public Works Department
cadre, and various Departments of the Government of India and Public Sector
Undertakings look up to the Central PWD for the services of engineering personnel
from time to time. There are a number of CPWD Officers working on deputation in
other Departments and Public Undertakings, autonomous bodies etc.

Consultation & Advisory functions

The Director General of Works functions as Consulting Engineer to the
Government of India and is consulted in various technical matters relating to
construction and maintenance matters. The Ministry of External Affairs with regard
to construction and maintenance of the Embassy buildings abroad also consults the

Department.

As Consulting Engineer to the Government of India, the Director

General of Works or his nominee officer is associated with various technical bodies
and / or Standing Committee of various Institutions and Organisations the more
important ones being:1.

Central Building Research Institute, Roorkee.

2.

Hindustan Prefab Limited in Delhi.

3.

Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi.

4.

Indian National Group of the International Association for Bridges &

Structural Engineering.

5.

Indian National Society of Soil Mechanics and Foundation

Engineering.

6.

Indian Roads Congress.

7.

Bureau of Indian Standards.

8.

Indian Institute of Public Administration.

9.

Indian Council for Foresting Research Education.

10.

National Buildings Organisation.

11.

National Productivity Council.

12.

National Defence Academy, Khadakvasala

SECTION 2 ORGANISATION
1. Director General of Works
The Director General of Works as Head of the Organisation is
responsible for efficient administration and general professional control of all
activities of the Department.

He has full technical, financial and

administrative control over Additional Directors General, and Officers down

below. He is the principal technical adviser to the Government of India on all
technical matters within his purview.
In his Directorate, the Director General of works is assisted by 3 ADGs (one
for Border Fencing Project), one ADG (Arch) and one Deputy Director
General (Works) with three Director of Works, Director of Administration and
Financial Officer to DG(W).
In addition, the offices of ADG (Trg.) Chief Engineer (Vig.), Chief Engineer
(CDO), CE (CSQ), and two Chief Architects are also located at the HQ.
(Annexure A).

2.

Chief Engineers (Civil & Electrical)

The Department functions on Zonal basis whereby all works in a particular

Zone or area of the Ministry /Departments are handled by the Zonal Chief Engineer.
The zones have field Circles/Directorates (Horticulture) and Divisions under them.
Various civil zones are integrated with the electrical zones set up and get the
architectural support from the designated officers of the Architectural wing. Various
units of horticulture are also associated with the civil zones for execution of
horticulture works.

3.

SE(P&A) Organisation
Originally the Central P.W.D. had only quantity Surveyor sections to attend

to technical scrutiny of the estimates and tender documents etc. During the year 1952
this section was converted into Surveyor of Works Organisation with the
Superintending Surveyor of Works as Head of the unit.
With the increase in workloads and progressive creation of zones, each field
zone came to have a SSW Organisation. Gradually as more powers were delegated
to Superintending Engineer and Executive Engineer, Surveyor of Works and Assistant
Surveyor of Works were posted under them. The designations of Surveyor of works
and Assistant Surveyor of Works have been changed to executive Engineer (P) &
Assistant Engineer (P) respectively. After second Cadre Review, the works of
Planning & Administration were merged in all the zones except 4 Civil Zones & 2
Electrical Zones and the new post was re-designated as SE (P&A).
While the Assistant Engineer (P)/Executive Engineer (P) assist in preparation
and scrutiny of estimates plans, structural design and drawings, tender papers and
contractual matters, similar functions are performed by SE (P) Organisation for works
exceeding Superintending Engineers powers.
4.

Field set-ups & work load

Even though during the last few years some of the departments like AIR,

NAA, IAAI have carved out their own full fledged engineering organizations, the
workload of CPWD has continued to grow steadily.
The workload of CPWD as a whole (including Delhi Administration whose
PWD is encadred with CPWD) was of the order of 3060 crores for the year 20002001.

Towards the end of year 2001, the break up of the field units in CPWD for the
Civil/Electrical/Horticulture wings was as follows. (The list excludes various project
teams constituted for specific Projects):

CIVIL
Zones 23
Circles 58
Engineer/Directors

ELECT HORT
06
-

TOTAL
29

25

87

15

320

Divisions 206 99
Engineer/Dy.Director

REMARKS
Headed by Chief Engineer.

Headed

by

Superintending

Headed by Executive

(Divisional Officers)
The organisation of field set ups are as per Annexure-B.
For valuation and pre-emptive assessment of properties under Chapter XXC of
Income Tax Act, 1961, there are two Chief Engineers(Valuation) and seven Chief
Engineers (Appropriate Authority) at Delhi, Calcutta, Mumbai, Madras, Bangalore,
Lucknow and Ahmedabad.

5.

Architectural Wing
The Architectural Wing of CPWD is

headed by an Additional Director

General (Architecture. The Additional Director General (Arch.) has to assist the
Ministry of Urban Development in formulating architectural policies and programmes
for all projects under charge of the Ministry.

He

be responsible for management

and efficient functioning of total Architectural Wing and is accountable in this respect
to DG (W). He shall also be heading the Central Planning and Design Organisation.
There are at present four Chief Architects each responsible for the Zone, he is
assigned. These are Chief Architect-I (Delhi Zone), Chief Architect-II (Northern
Zone), Chief Architect (Eastern Zone) and Chief Architect (South West Zone).

6.

Horticulture
The Horticulture Wing of the Department is headed by a Director of

Horticulture. It also has three Additional Director of Horticulture.

The Director of Horticulture besides being the Administrative head of the
wing has direct control and the jurisdiction of the horticulture works of all the
divisions except 5 divisions, which are under the charge of Additional Director
(Horticulture). There are at present 15 divisions under charge of Dy. Directors,
looking after the horticulture works all over the country.
The Horticulture directorate is responsible for the layout and maintenance of
the gardens around Central Government Offices and residential buildings. In addition
the Directorate maintains the horticulture works of Budha Jayanti Park, Mahavir
Sthali, Cental Vista, Shanti Path, Rajghat, Shanti Vana, Vijaya Ghat, Shakti Sthal etc.
in New Delhi. It is also responsible for the preparation of landscape drawings. The
Directorate has two well-stocked nurseries Government Nursery at Sunder Nagar
near Humayun Tomb and another at Mehrauli in New Delhi.
Floral and other horticultural operation required in connection with visits of
foreign dignitaries and on special occasions such as Independence Day, Republic Day
etc. are also carried out by the Directorate.
The Directorate also participates on behalf of the Government of India in
various national and international flower and garden exhibitions and shows.
Recently, in such an exhibitions at Osaka, Japan the Directorate won many laurels for
its presentations there.

7.

Divisions of Central P.W.D.

The Central Public Works Department is divided into administrative units

called Circles each of which is headed by under a Superintending Engineer. Each

Circle consists of field establishments known as Divisions which are placed under the
charge of Executive Engineer (Civil) and (Electrical). The Divisions are in direct
executive charge of the works. A division is made up three Sub Divisions manned by
Assistant Executive Engineers (Group A)/Assistant Engineers (Group B) of the
Central Engineering Services and Central Electrical and Mechanical Engineering
Services. Each Sub Division comprises of sections which are placed under the charge
of Engineering Supervisors known as Junior Engineers.
Sometimes it becomes necessary to create independent Sub-Divisions which
are manned by Assistant Ex. Engineers/Assistant Engineers under the direct control of
a Superintending Engineer. In such cases the Assistant Ex. Engineers/Assistant
Engineers function as Divisional Officers for purposes of C.P.W.A. Code (Vide para
4(21) of C.P.W.A. Code). Powers to such officers, as required under the Central
PWD Code, are delegated by the Government of India by separate orders in each case.

8.

The Department as a whole

The Department has come to have a sanctioned strength of 1103 Group a

Officers, 2570 Group B and 3868 Group C Officers in the Civil, Electrical,
Architectural and Horticultural disciplines combined (details given in Annexure C).
In addition, there are 11224 ministerial staff and a workforce of about 22399 workers
of different categories.

9.

Central Design Organisation

Central Design Organisation located in the DGs headquarter to start with was

meant for innovation in and promotion and adoption of new methods and techniques
for structural design of buildings.
However, over the years the scope and range of its activities has come to
encompass other facets of Research and Development side of Building Industry.
CDO as of now, has following units:(i)

Designs

(ii)

Computer Centre

(iii)

Repairs & Rehabilitation

(iv)

Technology Application & Development

Each of them is headed by a Superintending Engineer with supporting staff of

Executive Engineer and others.
9.1 Design Cell
Structural design of all buildings costing more than 8.0 crores (excluding
services) and also structures of specialised and complicated nature are dealt by this
Organisation.
In addition, it lays down standard and technical policies with regard to
structural designs. It also interacts with various national and international for and
institutions.
9.2 Computer Centre
The Computer Centre is responsible for:
(i)

Computerization of Engineering, Personnel, Financial and other

management activities of the department.

(ii)

Development

of

Software

for

Engineering

and

management

application for clients.

(iii)

Co-coordinating training courses on computer programming and

application.

9.3 Repairs & Rehabilitation Unit

Repairs & Rehabilitation Unit was created in 1995 with a view to act as in a
house resource Centre and specialized unit for imbibing the latest technology and
continuous updating in the field of investigations of cause of distress, rehabilitation
and retrofitting of such existing buildings, which required enhancement of life and/ or
their structural modifications and upgradation for changed use and higher loading.
The opening of this unit has become a necessity due to fast changing technology
economy upgradation and or rehabilitation of existing building stock to avoid many
times more investment in new buildings. This unit is equipped with latest nondestructive testing equipments to undertake field investigations of the building. Such
equipments include or cutting machine, UPU meter, corrosion detecting equipment
(Corrosion analyzer), Schmidt Hammer, Reinforcement scanner for detecting and
measurement of bar diameter etc.

9.4 Technology Application & Development

Technology Application Cell is responsible for development, promotion and
application of innovative methods and technologies in the CPWD and Construction
Industry.

The material testing and geotechnical investigation jobs are also

undertaken by TAD Cell for which a well-equipped laboratory is attached to this cell.

10.

Consultancy
CPWD Consultancy Services was established in 1977 to provide consultancy

services (turnkey and advisory)

to various public sector undertakings and

organisations and also to Government Departments and Private Organisations.

A considerable portion of its work has of late been for the Ministry of
External Affairs in the country and abroad.
This Unit mainly caters for planning and design of buildings and projects
covering the civil, electrical and architectural disciplines in a comprehensive manner.
It also undertakes construction management of projects. It is run on a commercial
basis and enables various organisations to benefit from the rich and varied experience
and expertise of the CPWD. The unit is head by Executive Director (Consultancy)
who is assisted by two Directors(Consultancy).

11. Contract Specifications & Quality

A Chief Engineer heads the Contract Specification & Quality unit. In the
present set up, it had the following sub-units:i) Quality Assurance
ii) Standards & Specification
iii) Contracts & Manuals
iv) Techno-legal Cell
11. 1

Quality Assurance Core Wing

In accordance with the recommendations of Ranganathan Committee, an

independent Quality Control and Technical Audit (QCATA) Wing under the control
of DG(W) had been created in 1979.

The field Engineers-in-Charge of the execution namely Executive Engineer,

AE and JE are responsible for adopting the relevant quality control measures to
ensure the desired quality of work. The Superintending Engineer in charge of Circle
is the key figure in present quality-control system and his inspections are necessary to
tone up the quality control procedures followed in the department. The QA unit is
responsible for laying down the norms of quality control system, constantly reviewing
the existing system and updating it on the basis of feedback received from quality
control team. It also carries out random field inspections of works, technical audit of
bills, overseas the performance of Circle level quality control team, provides guidance
in setting up laboratories at various levels and laying down tolerance limits in respect
of finished items of the work.

11.2 Standards & Specifications Unit

The following are the duties and responsibilities of this unit:
(i)

Preparation and revision of CPWD Specifications and Delhi Schedule

of Rates.

(ii)

Matters pertaining to technical cell and Specifications Committee.

(iii)

Updating cost indices for Delhi from time to time.

(iv)

Approval of new products and maintaining up-to-date lists of approved

manufacturers for specified materials.

(v)

Matters pertaining to 10 C on Delhi Schedule of Rates and clause 10

CC.

11.3 Contracts & Manual Unit

This units handles all systems and policy matters relating to contracts and
Manuals, including registration of revalidation of contractors. It also issues technical
circulars in respect of contracts, manuals and delegation of powers to various officers
of CPWD.
The unit process cases for prequalification for tenders in respect of larger
works. The unit also updates various departmental Manuals as and when required.
11.4 Techno Legal Cell
This unit handles matters relating to Arbitration and Court Cases of the
Department. It examines the cases handled by various units of Department, analyses
the arbitration decision and issues guidelines on this subject to all concerned officials.

12. Central Planning and Design Organisation

As recommended by the Ranganathan Committee, which looked into the
organisation and working of the CPWD, a Central Planning and Design Organisation
was set-up in the Department at New Delhi. The organisation was to initially consist
of three disciplines namely Architecture, Civil and Electrical under the guidance of an
Additional Chief Architect, Chief Engineer (C) and Chief Engineer (Electrical)
respectively.
This organisation, however, is not yet fully functional and currently a review
is underway for restructuring the organisation along with its functions.

13.

Management Information System (M.I.S.)

On the recommendation of the Sub-group of the Advisory Committee on

Management Accountancy in Government Management Information System (M.I.S.)
was introduced in the CPWD in December 1979.
The M.I.S. includes planning and monitoring of projects, supervision and
control on maintenance operations and inventory control of stores, for efficient,
economical and expeditious construction and maintenance of buildings and works,
and requires reporting of the progress against planned targets.
To start with New Delhi Zone was the first Zone to implement the System on
experimental basis, which was subsequently extended to all the Civil Zones of the
CPWD.
In the C.P.W.D. Head Quarter, Director of Works (Project Monitoring) is incharge of M.I.S.

14.

Technical Board
As head of the Technical Advisory to the Government of India, the Director

General of Central Public Works Department is called upon to take decision and
tender advice on important technical issues from time to time. To ensure that such
decisions are taken and advice given only after due consultation and discussions with
Senior Officers of the Department, Technical Cell has constituted a Technical Board
to consider all matters of technical nature referred by various officers of the
department or. The composition of the Board is as follows:
(i)

Director General (Works)

Chairman

(ii)

Addl.Director Generals

Members

(iii)

All Chief Engineers

Members

(iv)

Chief Architects

Members

(v)

Dy. Director General (Works)

Member

(vi)

Director of Works (P&WA)

Director of Works (S&D)

Member Secretary

Whenever any matter concerning horticulture work is to be discussed, the

Director of Horticulture has also to be associated in the deliberation of the Board.
The meeting of the Board is to be held periodically, at least once in a year.

15.

Training
From 1965 to 1980, the training activities in the department , especially in

respect of direct recruit AEEs, were being coordinated by a Superintending Engineer

(Training) working under Central Design Organisation.
In 1980, the Training Institute, as a separate wing in Central PWD, was set up
to function directly under DG(W).
The Institute is today headed by the Director of Training of Additional
Director General & rank it has 4 officers of Superintending Engineers level, two
from Civil & one each from Electrical and Architectural disciplines. There are other
officers of different junior levels such as EEs, Architects, AEs and JEs. All these
officers are faculty members of Training Institute. Beside this, there is ancillary
support staff to assist in the administrative work of the institute e.
The objective of the Training Institute is to impart foundation training to the
directly recruited officers and in service training to various other officers in the field
of technology, computer management and behavioral sciences etc. Training Institute
has been organising several courses for officers of different levels at Ghaziabad where
the institute is situated and in addition, some courses are also being organised at
Calcutta, Bombay and Madras.

The permanent campus of Training Institute, CPWD is situated at Ghaziabad

Regional Training Centres (Shilpi Prashikshan Kendra) at New Delhi, Chennai,
Mumbai & Kolkatta organize training courses for has started Group B and C
officers.

Similarly,

a workmen training centre (Shilpi Prashikshan Kendra) is

functioning at Netaji Nagar, New Delhi and Chennai for training courses of workmen
of different categories.
Training Institute organises over 100 training courses during a year, which can
be broadly classified as under:
1.

Foundation Courses: for direct recruits AEEs (C&E) and Deputy Architects
and for JEs.

2.

A number of compulsory and other training courses for different level of

Group A officers as per the approved Group A cadre training plan.

3.

Courses related to computer techniques.

4.

Courses on valuation techniques.

5.

Courses on implementation of official language Act.

6.

Courses especially for architectural officers and horticultural officers.

7.

Courses for JEs & AEs.

8.

Courses for Draughtsman.

9.

Training in Public Works Accounts for LDCs & courses on Office

Administration for clerical staff.

10.

Courses for Tradesmen of different categories.

Besides the in-house training courses, a number of seminars and talks on

matters of common interests and latest trends and developments in various

professional fields are organised by the Training Institute for development of
knowledge and skills of the departments officers.

Institute also sponsors officers of CPWD for the training courses organised by
various other training institutes within India and abroad.
Certain other organisations such as AIR, (Civil Construction Wing), NBCC,
BSP, SSB, DDA, NDMC etc. avail of the training facilities of the institute by sending
their officers to various training programmes..

SECTION 3 RESPONSIBILITY AND ACCOUNTABILITY OF

PRINCIPAL FUNCTIONARIES
1.

The Superintending Engineers and Executive Engineers are responsible for the

implementation of the policies and programmes as laid down by the Director General
of Works, Additional Director Generals and the Chief Engineers. The Executive
Engineers have to account for the expenditure incurred on various projects to the
satisfaction of the Audit.

Charge of a Superintending Engineer

2.

A Circle Office is an administrative office under the charge of a

Superintending Engineer. It co-ordinates and supervises the activities of three to five

Divisions employed on construction and/or maintenance works. It maintains close
liaison with the Office of the Chief Engineer in regard to works and all technical
matters and with the Central Office in regard to administrative matters concerning
personnel of various categories. It also works in close contact with the Architectural
Wing, Central Design office and the Office of the Superintending Engineer (P) of
Works for layout, designs and drawings and estimates of the works entrusted to its
charge.

The budgetary control of the Division under each Circle rests with the

Superintending Engineer who, in turn, is accountable in this respect to the Chief

Engineer concerned.
3.

The Superintending Engineer is required to examine the books of Divisional

Office and Sub Divisional Offices during his inspection and see that the concerned
officers attend to the matters relating to Accounts personally. He has to keep a strict
watch on expenditure to ensure that there is no excess and that the system of
management prevailing in the units is sufficient and economical.

Detailed

information with regard to responsibilities of a Superintending Engineer is given in

paragraph 34.41 of the Central PWD Code.

Charge of an Executive Engineer

4.

A Divisional Office under the charge of an Executive Engineer, is an

executive unit directly concerned with procurement of men, material and machinery
for speedy and economic execution of the works in its charge and is directly
responsible for proper upkeep of the works accounts and implementation of the terms
of contracts entered into with various parties viz. Contractors and Suppliers.
5.

A Division has 3 to 5 Sub Divisional Units under it according to location and

workload of the works under its charge. The workload of a construction Division had
earlier been fixed at Rs.50-60 lakhs per annum and that of a Maintenance Division,
Rs.16-20 lakhs per annum approximately. Later on, SIU team suggested workload
norms for Civil & Elect. Division for the year 1988-89 which is revised every year in
the light of upward revision of cost India.
ORKLOAD NORMS (In Lacs)

A
B

Work load
Norms for
1988-89 as per
SIU Report
( in lakhs)
Civil
Concentrated
295
Construction Division
Electrical Construction
210
Division(Weighted
Norms)

Update workload Norms

Applicable
For 1998-99
For 19992000
620

660

440

470

A Division normally has 4 Assistant Engineers, 8-10 Junior engineers and

other regular Clerical and Drawing staff and work charged staff according to yardstick
laid down for the purpose.
6.

The Executive Engineer being the Divisional Officer is also responsible for

correct compilation of the Works Accounts through the Junior/Assistant Accounts

Officer who is designated as Divisional Accountant attached to the Division. The
Divisional Officer is primarily responsible for furnishing timely information in cases
of likelihood of excess over the estimated costs of the works under his charge. He is
required to inspect, at least once a year, the more important buildings and works under
his charge and is responsible for proper measures to be taken to preserve them in good
condition and prevent encroachment on Government land and buildings under his
charge. Unlike in the Circle Office different branches exist in the Divisional Office to
deal with works, administration, accounts and contracts and technical matters and to
supply the Superintending Engineers, Chief Engineers and Central Office with
preliminary data and information on several points for submission to higher
authorities / other Departments.

Charge of an Assistant Engineer

7.

A Sub-Divisional Office under the charge of an Assistant Engineer or

Assistant Executive Engineer is the field unit responsible for supervision and
execution of works, according to the norms and standards laid down in designs,
drawings and estimates. The successful achievement of the targets fixed by the
Department for completion of the targets fixed by the Department for completion of
each Project, with due consideration for quality and economy and / or the proper
maintenance of the buildings, structures, areas and equipment under his charge mainly

depends on the faithful implementation by the Assistant Engineer / Assistant

Executive Engineer and Junior Engineers working under him of the policies and
general orders of the Department.
8.

Preparation of the Works Accounts and Stores Accounts is the responsibility

of the Assistant Engineer / Assistant Executive Engineer concerned. He has to ensure

the proper maintenance of the stores under his charge, their Accounts quantitatively as
well as in monetary terms and weeding out unserviceable stores. He is also required
to inspect the buildings, structures, areas and equipment under his charge once in
every six months (to inspect their condition from safely point of views) and record a
certificate to that effect. The duties of the SDO have been detailed in paragraphs 53
and 54 of the Central P.W.D. Code.

Duties of Director of Horticulture and his Subordinate Officers

9.

The Director of Horticulture and his subordinate Officers have almost similar

duties and responsibilities as in the case of Superintending Engineers, Executive

Engineers and Assistant Engineers.

ANNEXURE A
ORGANISATIONAL CHART OF CENTRAL PUBLIC WORKS
DEPARTMENT
(Showing Set-up at Head Quarter)

LEGEND
A.D.G

Additional Director General

CE(TRG)
Chief Engineer (Training)
CE (VIG.) Chief Engineer (Vigilance)
S&P
Strategic Planning & Personnel
CA-I
Chief Architect I
DDG(W) Dy. Director General (Works)
Management
TD
Technical System & Development DIR(ADMN)
Director
of
Administration
CE (Design) Chief Engineer (Design)
ARCH Architect
FO
Financial Officer
Note: Out of four Chief Architects, two are located at the Head Quarter.

ANNEXURE C

DISCIPLINE
LEVEL
AEE/Dy. Arch AE/ADH JE
Civil

-60

Electrical
15

-1768

--

Architectural -38
Horticulture ---

EE

46

130

494

36

156

29

83

15

4905
6

1001
--

70

1896
5

307
--

50

SE

2407

-682

CE &ABOVE
TOTAL

532
--

116

185

_______________________________________________________________
______________
TOTAL
57
199
748
113
2570
3831
7518

CHAPTER III
SET UP AND YARDSTICK OF STAFF

Set up of the Central Office

1.

The Director General of Works is the head of the Central Public Works Department. He

is assisted by the following officers:

(i)

Two additional Director General of Works in the pay scale of Rs.24050-26000

designated as Addl. Director General (Strategic

Planning) and Personnel

Management and Addl. Director General (Technical Development).

Addl. Director General (S&P) is incharge of Strategic Planning and
Human Resource Development including
organisational matters.

Personnel Management and

He has to deal with growth plans, cadre reviews,

Union/JCM matters, organisational matters, productivity studies and grievances

redressal etc. In addition, on behalf of the Director General of Works he overseas
the working of various Zones of the Department assigned to him.

In the

performance of his duty, he is assisted by the, Deputy Director General of Works

and Director of Administration in the Central Office.
Addl. Director General (TD) looks after the contract and works
management. Specifically he looks after the workload generation promotion &
use of innovative materials & technology, accounts & budgetary matters and
inter-disciplinary co-ordination of projects wherever needed. He also assists the
DG(W) in Works Advisory Board. In the performance of his duties, he is
assisted by Chief Engineer (Central Design Organisation), Chief Engineer
(Contract, Specification & Quality), Executive Director (Consultancy), Deputy
Director General of Works and Financial Officer to DG(W) in the Central Office.

In addition to the two ADGs as above, there is another Addl. Director

General specifically in charge of the Zones and matters concerning border
fencing works, called ADG (Border Fencing) and assists DG(W) in this regard.
Further, Addl. Director General (Architecture) is the overall incharge of
the Architectural Wing of the CPWD.
(ii)

Director of Administrtion (status of Deputy Secretary to the Government of

India) with four Deputy Directors of Administration (status of Under Secretary to
the Government of India) for all administrative matters relating to staff and
establishment of all categories,. With the Director of Administration, there is one
Deputy Director (O.L.) also who is responsible for implementation of the official
language policy of the Government of India in the Department.

(iii)

Deputy Director General of Works (of the rank of Chief Engineer) who assists
the Director General of Works on all matters relating to works directly and
through the two ADGs i.e. ADG (S&P) and ADG(TD).

(iv)

Financial Officer (of the rank of Assistant Accountant General) who looks after
all financial matters.

(v)

Chief Engineer (Vigilance) with two SEs and eleven Executive Engineers for
dealing with vigilance matters.

(vi)
2.

Addl. Director General (Training) for all training matters.

Deputy Director General: He assists DG(W) in all matters relating to works. There

are three Directors of Works under him who are of Superintending Engineers rank.
(i)

Director of Works (Projects & Works Administration): He deals with Annual

five Year Plan for general pool, administrative approval and expenditure sanction
of

the

projects,

technical

and

other

references

Govt.deptts/Ministries. Technical Board matters and policies.

from

various

(ii)

Director of Works (Project Management): He deals with project monitoring,

progress

reports, worked reviews, creation and inter-Zone transfer of units,

overall Zonal review (E/T), CTEs observations, audit paras, reorganisation of

Zones on the basis of geography and work load of different Zones.
(iii)

Director of Works (S&D):

He deals with Growth Plans, Action Plan,

Management Systems, Cadre Reviews, organisational and productivity studies,

Management Committee, Parliament Questions and Chief Engineers meetings
and conferences.

Set up of the Office of the Chief Engineer

4.

Chief Engineer was assisted by SE(HQ) for co-ordinating the technical works and

progress of various schemes in the Zone as also for the administration of staff in the Zone and
by SSW for planning and designs.
The SE(HQ), had to provide support to Chief Engineer in respect of planning of new
projects right from the conceptual stage, monitoring of the projects, holding co-ordination
meetings, budget formulations, material planning and procurement, follow up of observations of
quality control, technical and financial, audit and looking after administrative matters. After
second Cadre Review, the works of Planning and Administration were merged in all the zones
except 4 Civil Zones and 2 Electrical Zones and the new post was re-designated as SE(P&A).
SE(P&A) is to assist the Chief Engineer in administration as well as planning and design.
Normally, there is one Works Section under the Chief Engineer in each Zone. On
financial, budgetary and contract matters, the Chief Engineer is assisted by a Financial Officer
who heads the Accounts, Contract and Budget Section all combined together and is invariably
drawn from Audit and Accounts Deptt.
5.

The offices of Chief Engineer (CDO), Chief Engineer (Training) and Chief Engineer

(Vigilance) have only one Section each to co-ordinate the work in the Chief Engineers office
and the Central Office.

6.

The entire CPWD is divided into Zones based on workload.

There are 27 Chief

Engineers in-charge of the works( 22 Civil and 6 Nos. Elect.) in the various field Zones
throughout the country. Each of these Zones has, ordinarily four Circles under its control. Some
of them may have more according to actual requirements as per workload. A disposition list
showing the set-up of Zones is issued by the Central Office from time to time. In addition there
are four Project Teams headed by Chief Engineers at present.

Out of 27 Chief Engineers (including four of Project Teams), the Head Quarters of 13
are located at Delhi and the remaining are outside Delhi.
The territorial jurisdiction and distribution of works of these Zones are given below:1.

Chief Engineer (New Delhi

Zone I)

Construction and maintenance works of New

Delhi Area.

2.

Chief Engineer (New Delhi

Zone II)

All Construction and maintenance work in

Central Delhi.

3.

Chief Engineer (NDZ)

III, New Delhi.

Construction works and maintenance works of

South, South West and South East Delhi.

4.

Chief Engineer (New Delhi Construction works and Maintenance

Zone-IV) New Delhi.
works

5.

Chief Engineer (Delhi

Admn.Zone I)

Works of Delhi Administration.

6.

Chief Engineer (Delhi

Admn.Zone II)

Works of Delhi Administration.

7.

Chief Engineer(Delhi
Admn. Zone-III)

Works of Delhi Administration.

8.

Chief Engineer (Delhi

Admn. Zone-IV)

Works of Delhi Administration.

9.

Chief Engineer (ODZ)

Works of National Security Guard in Manesar,

Distt. Gurgaon, Delhi, works in Ghazibad, NOIDA,
Faridabad

10.

Chief Engineer (Special

Protection Group) New
Delhi

Works of Special Protection Group

11.

Chief Engineer (Northern

Zone-I) Chandigarh

12.

Chief Engineer (Northern

Zone-II) Lucknow

Works in U.P., Uttaranchal

13.

Chief Engineer (Northern

Zone-III) Jaipur

Works in Rajasthan & part of Gujarat

14.

Chief Engineer (Eastern

Zone-I),Kolkatta.

Works in , West Bengal & Sikkim.

.
Works in Jammu & Kashmir, Punjab, Haryana
Karnal & Ambala Districts, Himachal Pradesh,
and Chandigarh.

15.

Chief Engineer (Eastern

Zone-II) Patna

Works in Bihar, Orissa and Jharkhand.

16.

Chief Engineer ( North

Eastern Zone)

Works in Assam, Arunachal Pradesh, Meghalaya, Tripura, Manipur, Nagaland and Mizoram.

17.

Chief Engineer (Western

Zone-I) Mumbai.

Works in Maharashtra, Gujarat and technical

Supervision of the works of the U.T. of Goa
Daman and Diu.

18.

Chief Engineer (Western

Zone-II) Nagpur.

Works in Maharashtra except Mumbai , Goa.

19.

Chief Engineer (Central

Zone), Bhopal

Works in Madhya Pradesh, Chhatisgarh

20.

Chief Engineer (South

Zone I), Chennai

Works in Tamil Nadu, Kerala and Union

Territory of Pondicherry

Chief Engineer (South

Zone II), Hyderbad

Works in Andhra Pradesh .

22.

Chief Engineer (South

Zone-III), Bangalore

Works in Karnataka and Kerala

23.

Chief Engineer, (BFZ)

New Delhi.

Works of Border Fencing along Pakistan Border

24.

Chief Engineer (Indo

Bangladesh Border Zone)
Siliguri.

Works of Border Zone along Bangladesh Border

25.

Chief Engineer (IBB

Maintenance) Siliquri

Maintenance of Border Roads along Bangdesh Border

26.

Chief Engineer (PLP)

New Delhi

Parliamentary Library Project, New Delhi

27.

Chief Engineer(MAP)

7.

Apart from the above, there are 2 Chief Engineers (Civil) for valuation of

.
21.

immovable properties and 7 Chief Engineers (Civil) as members of the appropriate Authority,
functioning under provision of Chapter XX of I.T. Act 1961 in the Income Tax Department.

One Chief Engineer (Civil) is with the Ministry of Environment, whose set-up like those of
Income Tax Department posts are encadred with CPWD.
Besides this, there are seven Chief Engineers on the Electrical side in the field, incharge
of operations and maintenance of E & M works including once Chief Engineer for Border Flood
lighting work. Four of these are having their head-quarter at Delhi and one each at Bombay,
Kolkatta and Chennai.
Set up of Circle Office
8.

The SEs are assisted by Executive Engineer(P&A) in a similar manner as in case of

Chief Engineer by Superintending Engineer(P&A).

The routine administrative matters are looked after by the Superintendent posted in the
Circle Office and planning and design of works including contract matters

are dealt by

EE(P&A).
Circle Office normally

comprises of

four to five Executive Divisions under it

depending on the workload and its distribution.

Set up of Divisional Office

9.

The Divisional Office headed by the Executive Engineer has 3 branches, Correspondence

Branch under a Head Clerk

Accounts Branch under a JAO/Divisional Accountant and a

drawing branch under AE(P) to execute drawing and estimating work. Replacing the Divisional
Accountant by a S.A.S. Accountant. Each Divisional Officer has 3-5 sub-divisions under him.
Each sub-division

being under the charge of an Assistant Engineer / Assistant Executive

Engineer who is assisted by three or more Junior Engineers.

Set up of Co-ordination Regions

10.

In order to ensure proper co-ordination in the matter of recruitment promotion,

confirmation, transfers etc. of Junior Engineers, Ministerial and Engineering Drawing Staff,
Group D Staff, staff transferred from the work charged Establishment, Workcharged staff, the
Department has been divided into four Regions viz. Regions A B C & D as follows:Region A : Comprises units located in Delhi Complex, UP, parts of MP (Gwalior) HP, UT
of Chandigarh, Rajasthan, Punjab, Haryana and Jammu and Kashmir.
Region B :

Comprises units in West Bengal, Bihar, Orissa, Assam, Manipur, Meghalaya,

Arunachal Pradesh and part of MP (Raipur/Bhilai).

Region C : Comprises units in Maharashtra, Gujarat, Madhya Pradesh (excluding Gwalior

and Raipur/Bhilai).
Region D : Comprises units in Andhra Pradesh, Tamil Nadu, Kerala and Karnataka.
Two SEs inDelhi and 1 each in Bombay, Calcutta and Madras are entrusted exclusively
with the coordination function in respect of all categoreis mentioned above.

The Superintending Engineer (Co-ordination) have been assigned following functions:

(i)

Initial recruitment to all cadres in a centralised manner and maintenance of model

rosters in respect of recruitment, promotion and confirmation of Scheduled Caste
and Scheduled Tribes candidates and supplying of information in respect of
thereto;

(ii)

Maintenance of disposition list of staff working in the Region;

(iii)

Preparation and maintenance of seniority list of each category of staff;

(iv)

Issue of eligibility lists for confirmation in respect of drawing staff & Class IV
staff and to co-ordinate confirmation
confirmation by Central Office;

of persons declared eligible for

(v)

Transfer and posting of staff in accordance with guiding principles laid down by
Central Office from time to time.

(vi)

To conduct departmental examinations of Upper Division Clerk, Lower Division

Clerks, Drawing Staff and Ferro-Printers for promotion and Class IV staff for
appointment as Lower Division Clerk.

(vii)

Processing promotion to the grade of Head Clerk, Upper Division Clerk,

Draughtsmen Grades I & II and such other staff as may be ordered by Central
Office.

(viii) To issue No Objection certificate in the matter of recruitment of staff when it

is not possible to post required number of staff by transfer etc.;
(ix)

To effect retrenchment of staff in the event of reduction in establishment;

(x)

Maintenance of one copy of confidential reports of staff; and

(xi)

Such other functions as may be specifically assigned to him.

Yardstick of staff
11.

The strength of staff in the Central Office and the offices of the Chief Engineers is fixed

in accordance with the standards and yardsticks laid down by the Deptt. of Personnel and
Training from time to time. The composition of Circle Office, Divisional Office and Sub
Divisional Office is as follows:-

Post

Circle Office
Upto 5 With more
Divns. than 5
Divns.
2

Suptdg. Engineer
1
Executive Engineer 1
Ex. Engineer(P) **1
Assistant Engineer 1(a)

Divisional Office
ConstruMaintections
nance

Sub-Divn.Office
ConstruMaintections
nance

1
1
1
1(a)

1
-

1
-

Asst.Engineer(P)
Superintendent
Head Clerk
SAS of Divisional
Accountant
Upper Divl.Clerks
Lower Divnl.Clerks
Stenographers
Junior Engineers
Draughtsman Gr.I
Draughtsman Gr.II
Draughtsman Gr.III
Ferro Printer
Daftry
Barkandaz
Peons
Chowkidars

No specific scale
1
1
-

1
1

8
9
1
1
1
1
1*
1
1
3
1

1
4
5+1+

9
10
1
1
1
1
1*
1
1
3
1

1
1

1
1+
1
1
1
1
3
1

1
4*(in lieu of 1 LDC)
7+1+ 1
1
4
1+
1
2
1
1
3
1
1
2@

2
4
1
2@

Outside Delhi.

@
In case of Sub Division situated away from Divisional Offices and having jurisdiction
away from their own Headquarters,
**
Where necessary (a) as Engineering Assistant, (b) includes Cashier.
+

Applicable in case of strengthened Divisional Office.

12.

In addition, leave reserves are posted in respect of ministerial staff and class IV staff as

detailed below:Lower Division Clerk 10 per cent of the total clerical strength in a Circle including Divisions.
Class IV staff 7 per cent of the total strength of a Circle and its units outside Delhi.
-

10 per cent of the total strength of a Circle and its Units at Delhi.

13.

The yardstick of staff as above is meant for normal functions and duties of each unit.

Additional staff is posted according to requirement of works from time to time for specific
purposes and jobs viz. Co-ordination work, Estates work, Arrears clearance, Work Charged Estt.
etc. etc. after scrutiny provided there is full justification for the same.

Sub: Re-Structuring of Establishment Sections in the Directorate

With a view to stream line the functioning of the Establishment Sections under
CE(P&S) and Director of Administration in the Directorate, subject matters of some Sections
have been modified. Details of the Sections dealing with various categories of staff along with
their revised jurisdiction shall be as under;
Group A Matters
All Group a matter except Cadre Review cases in the Directorate shall be dealt by
CE(P&S) and Director of Administration in the Directorate, subject matters of some Sections
have been modified. Details of the Sections dealing with various categories of staff along with
their revised jurisdiction shall be as under:
Group A matters
All Group A matters except Cadre Review cases in the Directorate shall be dealt by
CE (P&S) through under mentioned Sections as per Subject matters indicated against each.
EC I Section:-

This Section will deal all cases of promotion/Transfer/Postings for Group

A officers of Civil & Electrical disciplines.

EC II Section:-

This Section will deal with all Establishment matters of Group A

officers of Civil & Electrical Disciplines.

EC VIII Section:-

This will be a new Section in the Directorate. This will deal with matters
of litigation relating to Group A Civil discipline and combined cases of
Group A Civil discipline and combined cases of Group A of all
disciplines. This Section will also deal with the Confidential Reports of
all categories of staff of Civil, Electrical, Architecture and Horticulture
disciplines and thus CR Cell will be a part of this Section.

EC IX Section:-

This Section will deal with the Establishment matters relating to

promotion/Transfer/Postings for Group A Architecture and Horticulture
disciplines.

Group B matters
Establishment matters of Group B categories of Civil, Electrical, Architecture and
Horticulture disciplines except Cadre Review matters shall be dealt by Director of
Administration through EC III Section. Transfer/Postings of Assistant Engineer (Civil) and
Assistant Architect shall be transferred to SE (Coord.) (Civil), New Delhi. transfer/Posting of
Asstt.Engineer (Elect.) and Asstt. Director (Hort.) shall be transferred to SE (Coord.) El., New

Delhi.

SE (Coord.) Civil, New Delhi and SE (Coord.) El., New Delhi shall work under the

administrative control of Adg(NR), New Delhi. Jurisdiction of EC III Section shall be as under:

EC III Section:

This Section will deal with all Establishment matters including matters of

litigation relating to Group B

Staff of Civil, Electrical, Architecture and Horticulture

disciplines.

Group C Matters
All Group C matters except Cadre Review cases shall be dealt by the Director of
Administration though EC VI Section. Board jurisdiction of this Section shall be as under:

EC VI Section

This Section will deal with all Establishment matters including matters of

litigation relating to group C categories of Civil, Electrical, Architecture and Horticulture

disciplines namely JE (Civil), JE (Elect.), Architectural Assistant, Assistant (AD), Sectional
Officer (Hort.) and Draftsman.

Group D matters
All Group D matters in the Directorate shall be dealt by Director of Administration
through under mentioned Sections as per subject matters indicated against each.
EC V Section:

There is no change in the jurisdiction of this Section . This Section will

continue to deal with the Establishment matters including matters of litigation relating to
individual cases of Group D staff, Work Charged Staff, Regular classified (WC) staff and
individual as well as policy matters relating to Hindi Staff, Labour Officers, Financial Officers,
Canteen Staff and other miscellaneous categories including Raj Bhasha.

EC X Section:-

There is no change in the jurisdiction of this Section. This Section will

continue to deal with the Establishment matters including matters of litigation relating to
policies of Group D, Work Charged Regular Classified (WC) staff as at present.

Ministerial (sub-ordinate Cadre) Group B &C matters

Group B and C non gazetted ministerial (sub-ordinate cadre) staff matters shall be
dealt by Director of Administration. All such cases shall be dealt through EC IV Section except

the cases of the staff posted in the Directorate it self which shall be dealt through General
Section. Jurisdiction of EC IV Section shall be as under;

EC IV(SC) Section:-

This Section will deal with the matters of Establishment of non-

gazetted ministerial staff including Transfer/Posting

and Establishment of Office

Superintendents. This Section shall also continue to deal with the existing job of coordination
between various Sections in the Directorate.
CSS Cadre maatters
These matters shall be dealt by Director of Administration through EC IV(MC) Section.
Broad jurisdiction of this Section shall be as under:

EC VII Section:-

This Section will deal with

the

cases of Public Grievances,

reports/returns and compassionate appointments..

Cadre Review matters

All cases of Cadre Review relating to technical as well as non-technical categories viz.
Group A,B and C categories of Civil, Electrical, Architecture and Horticulture disciplines
and ministerial (sub-ordinate cadre) staff shall be dealt by S&D Unit under DW(S&D).
In addition to above, General Section and Cash Section will also be under the Director
of Administration. Broad jurisdiction of these Sections shall be as under;

General Section:-

General Section will continue to deal with the cases of purchase/

distributors of Stationary, T&P, Departmental canteen, Central Diary and dispatch and the
establishment matters of subordinate staff posted in the Directorate. This Section shall also deal
with the job of issuing general Circulars which shall be transferred to this Section from EC VI
Section.

Cash Section:-

Cash Section shall be responsible for drawal of salary of all staff posted

in the Directorate except the units under CE(CSQ), CE(CDO), ED(CS) and ADG(Trg.), Salary
of ADG(Arch.) and his staff shall also be drawn by Cash Section.
Under mentioned decisions have also been taken;
1.

Examination Section shall be transferred from Director of Administration to ADG(Trg.).

2.

Re-structuring of Establishment Sections and controlling officers as well as subject

matters of various Sections as per above are indicated in Annexure I and II attached.
While transferring the cases from one Section to another as per above, the concerned
dealing hands will be shifted from one Section to another along with the cases as far as
possible. Any moderation in this regard for achieving smooth functioning of Sections
will be done by their controlling officers i.e. CE(P&S) and Director of Administration.

The cases of Transfer/Postings of Group B categories transferred from the Directorate to the
SEs (Coord.) under ADG(NR) will be dealt by the sub-ordinate staff. Additional requirement of
sub-ordinate staff if any in the offices of SEs (Coord.) at Delhi will be projected by them
through ADG(NR). This however will not hold the transfer of cases. Transfer/posting for
Group B staff by ADG(NR) will continue to be dealt through the existing committees formed
by the Directorate for various categories until

CHAPTER IV
ADMINISTRATION
SECTION I DEPARTMENTAL CADRE AND PAY SCALES

The pay scales of various categories of posts in the Department and the
appointing authorities are given below:_____________________________________________________________________
POST
PAY SCALES
APPOINTING AUTHORITY
1
2
3
1.

General Central Service, Group A:

1. Director General of Works
President
2. Addl. Director General (Works-Spl.)

Rs.26000 (fixed)

3. Addl. Director General ( Works)

-do4. Addl. Director General (Arch.)
-do-

Rs.22400-525-24500

Rs. 24050-26000

-do-

2.

Engineering Services:

A-

Central Engg. Service Group A

1. Chief Engineers
-do
2. Superintending Engineers.
-do3. Executive Engineers
-do4. Asstt.Executive Engineer
-do-

B-

Rs.22400-525-24500

Rs.18400-500-22400
Rs.14300-400-18300
Rs.10000-325-15200
Rs.8000-250-275-13500

Cent.Elect.&Mech.Engg.Service Group A
1. Chief Engineers
-do2. Suptdg.Engneers
-do3. Executive Engineers
-do-

Rs.18400-500-22400
.

Rs.14300-400-18300

Rs.10000-325-15200

4. Asstt.Executive Engineers
-doC-

Rs. 8000-13500

Central Engg. Service Group B

1. Asstt.Engineers.
DG(W)

D-

Rs.6500-10500

Central Elect.Engg.Services
Group B
1.

E-

Asstt.Engineers
-do-

Rs.6500-10500

Class III
These rules have been revised w.e.f. 1/1/96 as under:1.

2.

Junior Engineer (Civil) }

Entry Grade
}
Junior Engineer (Elect.) }
After completion of 5 years service.

i) Rs.5000-150-8000

ii) Rs.5500-175-9000
iii) Rs.6500-200-10500

After completion of 15 years service.

DG(W)s O.M. No. A-11014(3)/97-ECVI dated 16/10/97

\
II.

Architectural Personnel:

A-

Group A
1.

Chief Architect
President
2. Senior Architect
-do3. Architects
-do-

B1.
2.

Rs.18400-500-22400
Rs.14300-400-18300
Rs.10000-325-15200

Group B
Asstt. Architects
DG(W)
Technical Officers
-do-

Rs.6500-10500
Rs.6500-10500

C1.
2.

Group C
Arch. Asstt.
-doAsstt. (Arch.Deptt.)
-do-

III.

Horticulture:

A-

Group A

1.
2.

B1.

C1.

IV.

1.

2.

Director of Hort.
President
Dy. Director of Hort.
-do-

Rs.5000-8000
Rs.5000-8000

Rs.14300-400-18300
Rs.10000-325-15200

Group B
Asstt.Director of Hort./
Personal Asstt, to Director
of Hort.
DG(W)

Rs.6500-10500

Group C
Sectional Officer (Hort.)
Director of Hort.

Rs.5000-8000

Administration:
(Group A)
Director of Admn.
President
Dy. Director of Admn.(CSS)
-do-

Pay scale of the rank of Dy.

Secy.in the Govt. of India
Rs.10000-325-15200

(Group B)
3.
4.

Section Officers (CSS)

-doAssistants (CSS)
-do-

Rs.6500-10500
Rs.5500-175-9000

5.
6.
-do7.
-do-

Stenographers Gr. A
-doStenographers Gr. B

Rs.6500-10500

Stenographers Gr. C

Rs.5500-175-9000

Rs. 6500-10500

(Group C)
8.
9.
10.

V.

UDCs(CSCS)
Dy.Secy.in the Min.
LDCs(CSCS)
-doStenographer Gr.D
-do-

Rs.4000-6000
Rs.3200-4900
Rs.4000-6000

Hindi Shakha
(Group A)

1.

Dy.Director (OL)
President

Rs.1000-325-15200

Group B
1.

Asstt.Director (OL)
-do-

Rs.6500-10500

Group C
1.
2.
3.

VI.

Sr. Hindi Translator

DG(W)
Jr. Hindi Translator
-doProof Reader Hindi
-do-

Rs.5500-175-9000
Rs.5000-8000
Rs.5000-8000

Labour Officer
Group A

1.
2.

Senior Labour Officer

President
Labour Officer
-do-

Rs.10000-325-15200
Rs.8000-250-275-13500

VII.

Accountant Personnel:
Group A

1.

Financial Officer to DG(W)

-do-

Rs.10000-325-15200

Group B
2.
3.

F.O. to CEs
-doFinancial Asstts.
DG(W)

Rs.7500-225-11500
Rs.5500-175-9000

Group B
4.

Zonal Officers (WC)

-do-

Rs.7000-225-11500

Group C
5.
do6.

Suptd. in Zonal Office (SG)

Accountants
-do-

Rs.5500-175-9000
Rs.5000-8000

VIII. Ministerial Establishment of Subordinate Offices:

1.

2.
3.
4.

5.
6.
7.

IX.

Circle Office/Supdts./Circle Office

Supdts.(SG)
DG(W)
Head Clerks
SE
UDCs
-doLDCs
-doStenographer (OG)_
-doStenographer (SG)
-doStenographer (Sr.G.)
-do-

Engg. : Drawing Establishment:

Rs.5500-175-9000
Rs.5000-8000
Rs.4000-6000
Rs.3050-75-3950-80-4590

Rs.4000-6000
Rs.5000-6000
Rs.5000-6000

Group B (Civil)
1.

Chief Estimator
DG(W)

Rs.6500-10500

Group C (Civil)
2.
3.
4.
5.

B.

1.
3.
4.
5.
5.

X.

Draughtsman Gr. I
SE
Draughtsman Gr, II
-doDraughtsman Gr. III
-doFerro Printer
-do-

Rs.5500-175-9000
Rs.5000-6000
Rs.4000-6000
Rs.3200-4900

Group C (Elect.)

.Draughtsman Gr. I
SE
Draughtsman Gr, II
-doDraughtsman Gr. III(OG)
-doDraughtsman Gr.III(SG)
-doFerro Printer
-do-

Rs.5500-175-9000
Rs.5000-8000
Rs.4000-6000
Rs.5000-8000
Rs.3200-4900

Isolated Posts
Group A

1.

B1.
2.

C-

Medical Officer Health

President

Rs.8000-250-275-13500

Group B
Curator of Paintings
DG(W)
Fire Officer
-do-

Group C

Rs.6500-10500
Rs.6500-10500

1.

Supdt. C.W.A. Board

-do2.
Engineer Supervisor
-do3.
Store Keeper (Central Office)
D.A.
4.
Telephone Operator
-do4A. Telephone Operator (Selection Gr.)
-do5.
Technical Assistant
S.E.
6.
Technical Operator
-do7.
Fire Supdt.
-do8.
Sr.Sanitary Inspector
-do9.
Sanitary Inspector
-do10. Caretaker
-do11. Asstt.Caretaker
-do12. Radio Mechanic cum Operator
-do13. Asstt.Radio Mechanic cum Opertor
-do14. Librarian
D.A.
15. Asstt. Librarian
16. Sr. Hindi Translator
DG(W)
17. Jr. Hindi Translator
-do18. Proof Reader Hindi
-do19. Compounder
D.A.
20. Cinema Operators
-do21. Laboratory Assistant
-do22. Photo Prineter
-do23.
Staff Car Driver
-do24.
Sr. Gestetner Operator
-do-

Rs.5500-175-9000
Rs.4000-6000
Rs.4000-100-6000
Rs.3050-75-3950-80-4590
Rs.4000-6000
Rs.5500-175-9000
Rs. 3050-75-3950-80-4590
Rs.4500-7000
Rs.5000-8000
Rs.4000-100-6000
Rs.4500-7000
Rs.4000-6000
Rs.4000-6000
Rs.4000-6000
Rs.4500-7000
Rs.
Rs.5500-175-9000
Rs.5000-8000
Rs.5000-8000
Rs.4000-6000
Rs.4000-6000
Rs.2750-4400
Rs.4000-6000
Rs. 3050-75-3950-80-4590
Rs. 3050-75-3950-80-4590

C.

Group D

1.

Khalasi
EE
Bhisty
-doBhisty (SG)
-doSanitary Jamadar
-doBuilding Jamadar
-doCook
-doLaboratory Attendent
-doWaterman
-doWaterman (SG)
-doDresser
-do-

2.
2A.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
7A.
8.

XI.

Regular Classified Establishment

A.
1.

Group C
Surveyor
SE
Road Inspector
-doSuperintendent (E&M)
-doLeading Fireman
-doWork Asstt.
-doMeter Reader
-do-

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

B.
1.
2.

Group D
Sweeper (Safaiwala)
EE
Farash
-do-

Rs.2600-3500
Rs.2600-3500
Rs.2750-4400
Rs.2750-4400
Rs.2750-4400
Rs.2750-4400
Rs.2750-4400
Rs.2600-3500
Rs.2750-3500
Rs.2750-4400

Rs.3200-4900
Rs. 4000-6000
Rs.6500-10500
Rs.3050-4590
Rs.4000-6000
Rs.3050-4590

Rs.2550-3200
Rs.2550-3200

3.
4.
5.
6.

XII.
A.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Lift Khalasi
-doLift Operator
-doFireman
-doCook Bearer
-doGroup D Establishment:
Central Office
Daftries
DDA
Jamadar
-doBarkandaz
-doChowkidar
-doPeons
-doSweepers (Safaiwala)
-doKhallasis
-doFarash
-do-

B.

Subordinate Office

1.

Daftries
SE/EE
Barkandaz
-doPeons
-do-

2.
3.

Rs.2550-3200
Rs.3050-4590
Rs.2750-4400
Rs.2750-4400

Rs.2550-3540
Rs.2550-3540
Rs.2550-3200
Rs.2550-3200
Rs.2550-3200
Rs.2550-3200
Rs.2600-3500
Rs.2550-3200

Rs.2550-3540
Rs.2550-3200 + Spl. pay
Rs.2550-3200

SECTION 2 RECRUITMENT

Central Engineering/Electrical and Mechanical Engineering Services Group A

1.

All the superior posts in the department are manned by the Officers belonging

to the Central Engineering Service Group A. These two Engineering Services

replaced the old Indian Service of Engineers. The two Services consists of posts of
AEE, EE, SE & CE. The recruitment to these Services started in the year 1935. The
recruitment through the Federal Public Service Commission started in the year 1937.
Upto the year 1948-49 initial appointments to these Services were being made either
directly through the competitive examinations held by the Federal Union Public
Service Commission or by promotion from amongst departmental officers. Direct
recruitment is made only at the lowest level of AEEs.
2.

The recruitment at the level of Assistant Executive Engineers is made through

the Combined Engineering Services Examination conducted by the Union Public

Service Commission.

3.

The posts of DG(W) and ADG(W) are in the HAG and are common to the

C.E.S. group A CE Mech. & Elect. Group A and the Architects. The posts of
Chief Engineer (Civil) and (Elect.) are Senior Administrative grade level posts and
the posts of SE(Civil) & (Elect.) are Senior Time Scale level posts and those of AEE
(Civil) & (Elect.) are Junior time Scale level posts. All these posts are selection posts
except in case of Executive Engineers promoted from JTS level and vacancies in
these grades are filled up by promotion from amongst eligible Officers of the next
near lower rank (Details are given in Section 7).

Assistant Executive Engineer (Group A)

4.

Initial recruitment for Group A Engineering Services (Civil & Electrical &

Mechanical) is made at the level of Assistant Executive Engineer through a

competitive examination held by the Union Public Service Commission.

The

minimum qualification for the post of Assistant Executive Engineer is a Degree in the
Civil/Electrical/Mechanical Engineering from a recognised University as the case
may be.
Assistant Engineers (Group B)
5.

Vacancies in the grade of Assistant Engineers in Central Engineering Service

Group B and Central Electrical Engineering Service Group B were being filled up
partly by direct recruitment through a competitive examination conducted by the
UPSC and partly by promotion. Direct recruitment to this grade has however been
suspended since 1-4-72 to 4-2-77, the vacancies in the grade were being filled up
100% by promotion by selection from amongst permanent Junior Engineers. The
recruitment rules were amended w.e.f. 5-2-77 according to which:
i. 50% of the vacancies in the grade of A.E. are 1st to be filled up by selection on
the basis of merit-cum-seniority from amongst permanent JEs employed on the
Civil/Electrical Engineering side of the C.P.W.D. and
ii. the remaining 50% through a limited competitive departmental examination
open to JEs who have put in a minimum of 4 years service in the grade.
6.

The minimum Qualifications for direct recruitment to the posts of Assistant

Engineer in CES Group B/CEES Group B is a Degree in Civil/Electrical or

Mechanical Engineering, as the case may be from a recognised University. (For
appointment by promotion, Section 7 may be referred to).

Junior Engineer (Group C)

7.

A new set of recruitment rules for the post of JEs in the CPWD were notified

with effect from Feb.1, 1972 according to which recruitment to 97% vacancies in the
grade of Junior Engineer (Civil) & (Electrical) is made through an All India Open
Competitive Examination to be held by the CPWD and the remaining 3% is filled up
through a departmental competitive examination open to the departmental employees
having a minimum qualification of diploma in Civil/Electrical/Mechanical
Engineering.

The minimum qualification prescribed for the post is Diploma in

Civil/Electrical/Mechanical Engineering from an Institute recognised by the Central

Government or equivalent thereof or any higher qualification. The age limit for
Direct Recruitment is 18-25 years.

Architects
8.

Appointments to the post of Chief Architect, Senior Architect and Architects

(Group A posts) are made by promotion from amongst the eligible officers of the
next lower rank. 25% posts at Sr. Arch. Level are filled by direct recruitment through
UPSC.
9.

The initial recruitment to Group A services in respect of Architects is made

at the level of Deputy Architects through interviews by the Union Public Service
Commission. The minimum qualification for the post is a Degree in Architecture or
equivalent from a recognised University with 3 years experience in the profession.
The candidate should be registered with the Council of Architecture.

10.

The posts of Assistant Architects are filled 50 per cent by promotion failing

which by direct recruitment and 50% by direct recruitment. The direct recruitment is
made through interviews by the UPSC; the minimum qualification for the post being a

Degree in Architecture or equivalent from a recognised University with 2 years

experience in the profession. The candidate should be registered with the Council of
Architecture. The promotion posts are filled up from the following categories in order
of preference:(i)

Architectural Assistant.

(ii)

Asstt. (Arch. Deptt.).

The eligibility criteria for promotion are:

(a)

a degree or equivalent qualification in Architecture with five years

service in any one or more of the grades: or

(b)

Intermediate in Architecture with ten years service in any one or more

of the above grades: or

(c)

Neither of the above qualification but with 15 years service in any one
or more of the above grades.

11.

According to the Architects Act 1972 only those who possess the

qualifications prescribed in Schedule to the Act and are registered as Architects under
the Act with the Council of Architecture can use the Rule and style of Architect.
Hence, designations have been revised for those who do not possess the requisite
qualification and are not registered with the Council of Architecture under the Act.
The designation and the scale of pay of these posts are as follows (Corresponding
designations for degree holders in Architecture are also given:
Designation

Corresponding designation
For graduates in Architecture

Scale of pay

1. Technical Officer Assistant Architect

Rs.2000-60-2300-EB-75-3200-100-3500

2.Senior Assistant
Chief Architectural
(Architectural Deptt.) Asstt.

Rs.2000-60-2300-EB-75-3200

3. Assistant
Architectural Assistant Rs.1600-50-2300-60-2660
(Architectural Dept.)
(Selection Grade)
4. Assistant
Architectural Assistant Rs.1400-43-1800-EB-50-2300
(Architectural Dept.)
Vacancies in the grade of Technical Officer and Senior Assistant
(Architectural Department) are filled 100% by promotion of Officers in the
immediately lower rank. The posts of Assistant (Architectural Deptt.) are filled 100%
by direct recruitment through the Employment Exchange.
Horticulture
12.

The appointment to the Group A posts of

Director of Horticulture,

Additional Director of Horticulture and Deputy Director of Horticulture are made by

promotion from amongst the eligible officers of the next lower rank, failing which by
transfer on deputation.
13.

The post of Deputy Director (Landscape), is filled up by either an Architect or

a Deputy Director of Horticulture.

14.

Initial recruitment to the gazetted grades on the Horticulture side is done at the

level of Assistant Director of Horticulture which is a Group B post. The vacancies

in this grade are filled partly by direct recruitment and partly by promotion in the ratio
of 1:2. The direct recruitment is done through the Union Public Service Commission,
the minimum qualification for the posts being M.Sc.(Agriculture) with specialisation
in Horticulture or M.Sc. in Horticulture (including Horticulture, Floriculture etc.) or
M.Sc. (Botany) with Horticuture as a subject from a recognised University or B.Sc.
(Agriculture) or B.Sc. (Botany) or B.Sc.(Hort.) with Post Graduate Diploma in
Landscape Architecture/Horticulture from a recognised University or equivalent with
three years experience in Horticuture including Ornamental gardening ranging over
various fields of Horticulture.

Promotion to fill up 66 % of the vacancies in the grade is made from

amongst eligible Sectional Officers (Hort.) on the recommendations of a duly
consulted Departmental Promotion Committee. (See Section 7).
15.

Vacancies in the grade of Sectional Officers (Horticulture) are filled up by

direct recruitment through local Employment Exchange or by inviting applications

through advertisement in the Press if considered necessary.

The minimum

qualification for recruitment to this post is a Degree in Agriculture or Botany from a

recognised University, preference being to graduates in Agriculture.
Administration
16.

The Administrative post in the Central Office and in the offices of the Chief

Engineers are manned by CSS/CSCS/CSSS staff. Their recruitment, promotion and

posting are handled by the Ministry of Urban Development. The post of Director of
Administration is filled up by an officer of the rank of Deputy Secretary from one of
the All India or other Central Civil Services including the CSS.
Some of the posts in the offices of Chief Engineers of some Zones have been
excluded from the purview of Central Secretariat Services as a temporary measure
and filled up by Ministerial Staff of the Subordinate Cadre.
Labour Officers
17.

The Labour Officer in the Central Public Works Department are drawn from

the Pool administered by Ministry of Labour, as and when needed and

no

recruitment to these posts is made by the Department. They act as Liasion Officers
for maintenance of harmonious relationship between the Department and the Labour.
Their main function is to help in settlement of disputes between labour and the
Management and between Labour and Contractors by conciliation and arbitration.
They are also required to ensure that the employing officers and contractors observe

the provisions of the various Labour Laws and whenever any contravention is noticed,
to bring to the attention of the Management.
Financial Officers
18.

These posts are filled up by deputation of officers drawn from the Accounts

Service of the Departments under mentioned officers:(i)

C.G.A.

(ii)

Defence Accounts.

(iii)

Railways.

(iv)

C.A.G.

(v)

Accountants General.

The Financial Officer to the DG(W) is of the rank of Assistant Accountant

General. The Financial Officers to the Chief Engineers are of the rank of Accounts
Officer and Financial Assistants are of the rank of SAS Accountants.
Ministerial establishment of subordinate office cadre
19.

Initial recruitment in the Ministerial establishment is made in the grade of

Lower Division Clerk through Staff Selection Commission to the extent of 70% of
the vacancies.

10% is filed up by promotion from amongst Group D staff,

educationally qualified. Direct recruitment to this grade through the Employment

Exchange can be resorted to only with the concurrence of the Staff Selection
Commission. 20% of vacancies in a Region shall be filled up by induction of LDC
belonging to Central Sectt. service/ any service/Office under the Central Govt.,
failing which by direct rectt. through SSC. The following are the conditions of
eligibility for recruitment to this post:(i)

Age limit: 18-25 years (relaxable up to 5 years in the case of SC/ST

candidates).

(ii)

Educational qualifications: Matriculation or equivalent.

(iii)

Ability to type in English/Hindi at a minimum speed of 30 words per

minute.

(iv)

Persons not possessing qualification in typing may be appointed

subject to the conditions that he will not be eligible to draw
increments, be declared quasi-permanent or confirmed till he acquires
qualification as at (iii) above.

(v)

A person who is physically handicapped though otherwise qualified to

hold a clerical post but does not possess qualification of typing may be
appointed subject to the condition that the Medical Board attached to
special Employment Exchange or where there is no such Board, the
Civil Surgeon exempts him from typing.

Form for sending requisition to employment exchange is given in Appendix 1.

20.

Out of the 10% of the vacancies in the grade of Lower Division Clerk required

to be filled up by promotion. 5% is reserved for being filled up by Group D

employees of regular establishment by qualifying in a departmental examination
provided they (a) possess

SECTION 3 APPOINTMENT FORMALITIES SERVICE CONDITINS

Offer of appointment
1.

When a candidate has been selected for appointment to a post for which he

was tested and interviewed an offer of appointment is required

to be issued to him

after due verification with reference to the model roster (Appendix II) and after
observing the formalities of verification of character and antecedents and medical
examination as per instructions issued from time to time.
Revised Proforma
A proforma of the offer of appointment is given at Appendix III.
1.

As indicated in the offer of appointment the candidate is required to furnish at

the time of joining:
(a)

Certificates from two gazetted officers or Ist class Magistrate about his
character. (A specimen of the form of the certificates is given at
Appendix IV).

(b)

Original certificates of his/her educational qualifications with attested

true copies.

(c)

Declaration of marriage (Appendix V).

(d)

Certificate of Caste in the case of SC/ST in prescribed form.

Appointment formalities
3.

The orders notifying the appointment of an official should be issued with

effect from the date on which he/she joins the post (Appendix VI).

On his/her

joining he/she is also to be administered the oath of allegiance as per specimen at

Appendix VII.

Observance of Conduct Rules

4.

All employees in the CPWD are governed by the same service conditions as

applicable to Central Government employees of all other departments as amended by

the Government

of India, from time to time, for general application or , with

particular reference to the

CPWD. All employees of the CPWD are governed by

the Central Civil Services (Conduct) Rule 1964. (The work charged or M.R. workers
are governed by separate set of rules of which Vol.III of the manual be reference to).
Every Government servant shall strictly comply with the provisions of these Rules or
of any other rules or of legislative enactments of the Government of India issued from
time to time.

Ignorance of the rules/laws will not be treated as an excuse for

infringement of the rules/laws.

5.

No CPWD employee shall have a personal financial interest in the

Government works being executed by the CPWD.

6.

An employee of the Central P.W.D. is not permitted to issue on behalf of

Government a work order or to sign a contract in favour of or buy materials for

Government work from any person who is related to him or in whose activities he is
privately interested.

For the purpose of this rule, the terms related is to be

interpreted as close relative which expression shall normally include father, mother,
son, daughter, brother, sister, uncle, aunt, grand father, grand mother, grand son,
grand daughter, first cousin, wife/husband, father-in-law, mother-in-law, son-in-law,
daughter-in-law, brother in law and sister-in-law.

Acquisition/Disposal of properties
7.

Regulatory orders concerning acquisition / disposal of movable and

immovable properties by a Government servant are contained in Rule 18 of the CCS

(Conduct) Rules, 1964.

No Government servant shall, except with previous

knowledge of the Prescribed Authority acquire or dispose of immovable property by

lease, mortgage, purchase, sale, gift or otherwise, either in his own name or in the
name of any member of his family. Previous sanction of the Prescribed Authority
shall be obtained by the Government servant if any such transanction is made with a
person having official dealings with him or otherwise them through a regular or
reputed dealer. Every Government servant shall report to the Prescribed Authority
every transanction concerning movable property owned or held by him, either in his
name, or in the name of a member of his family, if the value of such property
exceeds Rs.10,000, in the case of Group A or Group B Government servant. Here
also no transaction should be made by the Government servant with a person having
official dealings with him or a person who is not a regular or reputed dealer, without
the previous sanction of the Prescribed Authority. The Prescribed Authority for
various classes of Government servants is specified in the relevant Appendix to the
CCS (Conduct) Rules, 1964.
8.

Every Government servant shall, on his first appointment to Central

Government service or post, and thereafter, at such intervals as may be specified by

the Government submit returns of his assets and liabilities, in forms prescribed by
the Government. The returns so prescribed are appended to the Order No.25/7/65Estt(A) dated 6/1/73 issued by the then Cabinet Secretariat (Department of
Personnel). According to this order, returns have to be submitted as follows:(a)

Those, who were already in Government service were required to

submit a return as on 31/12/72, by 31/3/73 and subsequent similar
returns every five years i.e. as on 31/12/77, 31/12/82 and so on by the
March 31 of the following year.

(b)

Those who are appointed to services and posts after the date of issue of
the order i.e. 6/1/73, shall submit their first return as on the date of
appointment within three months of the appointment; the second and
subsequent returns will be submitted by them as on the crucial day for
those who are already in service i.e. 31/12/77, 31/12/82 etc. provided
that, if interval between the date of submission of the first return and
the date on which the next subsequent return is due is less than six
months, the latter return need not be submitted.

9.

The returns will be submitted by the Government servant tot he Prescribed

Authority through the Administration of the Ministry/Department/Office in which he

is for the time being serving. The returns will be scrutinised by the Administration
with reference to the sanction/reports etc. already on record, and, thereafter forwarded
with such remarks as may be necessary in the light, of the scrutiny, through the
Vigilance Officer of the Ministry/Department/Office to the Prescribed Authority
which will keep the returns in its custody after taking action where necessary . Such
property returns shall be treated as Secret.

SECTION 4 PROBTATION AND DEPARTMENTAL TESTS

Probation
1.

A Government servant appointed on probation against a substantive post in the

cadre of a Department is known as a Pobationer, S.R. 2(15).

Period of Probation
2.

Every officer appointed against a permanent or temporary post in the Central

Engineering and Central Electrical and Mechanical Engg. Services Group A and
Group B either through the UPSC or through Departmental Promotion Committee
will be on probation for a period of two years from the date of appointment. This
period may be curtailed or extended at the discretion of the competent authority. The
maximum period of probation of an officer shall not, in any case, exceed twice the
normal period of probation.

Discipline
3.

An officer directly recruited as above shall, during the course of his/her

probation, be subject to the same control and discipline as applicable to regular

officers of the Department.
4.

During the period of probation, an officer directly recruited to any of the

above services is required to undergo the prescribed training and passes

such

departmental examination as may be prescribed, before his/her probationary period is

treated to have been completed satisfactorily.
5.

Failure to complete the normal or extended period of probation to the

satisfaction of the competent authority will render the appointee liable to discharge
from service/reversion to his /her substantive post, if any.

Period of Training
6.

All officers appointed directly to the Central Engineering and Central

Electrical and Mechanical Engineering

Services, Group A and Group B are

required to undergo training in works, departmental routine, Accounts etc. for a

period of 35 weeks as detailed in paragraph 8 below. The Director General of Works
may, in individual cases, reduce the period of such training to a shorter period but in
such a way that the period of training is less than 6 months. Reduction of the training
period to less than 6 months shall be made only with the approval of the Ministry of
Urban Development.
7.

The training period may be extended beyond the prescribed period for any

trainee or group of trainees, if it is considered necessary by the Chief Engineer

(Training).
8.

The trainees will be attached to various Administrative and Executive Units in

Central Public Works Department in Delhi as shown below:-

S.No.

Nature of Training

1.

Central Office

2.

Construction Circle

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Period (in weeks)

Civil Electrical
3
4

(i) Under study of J.E.

(ii) Under study as A.E.
(iii) In Divisional Office
(iv) In Circle Office

1
2
2
1

1
2
2
1

Aviation Work
SSWs organisation
SW under CE(Elect.)
CTEs organisation
Labour office
Divisional office & Architects Branch

7
1

3
6

9.

Maintenance Circle

10.
11.

(i) Under study of J.E.

(ii) Under study as A.E.
(iii) In Divisional Office
(iv) In Circle Office
Institutional Training in Trg. Institute
Valuation
Total

2
2
3
3
2
2
1
1
8
8
1
1
______________
35
35

Notes:
1.

Training in each of these organisation will be imparted as per course

prescribed separately.

2.

Trainees will be instructed to write notes on their duly activities during the
training period in each of the above organisations. It should be ensured that
these notes are invariably got signed by the Trainees from the officer under
whom they receive training.

3.

The Officers under whom individual Trainees receive training will write
assessment reports in respect of the Trainees attached to them basing their
assessment on the notes prepared on the notes prepared by the Trainees and
other practical performance. Such reports may then be forwarded by the
respective officers to their immediate higher officer upto the level of
Superintending Engineers for recording their views. Forms for these reports
shall be supplied from office of Chief Engineer (Training). REPORTS ON
THE LINES INDICTED ABOVE ARE RQUIRED FOR THE PERIOD
SPENT BY THE TRAINEE OFFICERS IN CONSTRUCTION &
MAINTENANCE CIRCLES ONLY FOR PURPOSE OF DECLARING
THESE PROBATIONER OFFICERS TO HAVE COMPLETED THEIR
PROBATIONARY PERIOD SATISFACTORILY.

9.

As soon as a trainee is adjudged to be fit to be posted to hold charge of a Sub-

Division, the Chief Engineer (Training) shall submit a report on him, after getting
observations recorded by the other officers concerned to the Director General of
Works and request for his posting orders to a regular sub-divisional charge on
probation.
During the rest of the probationary period, the trainee shall be on deputation as
regular member of the Central Engineering Service or Central Electrical and
Mechanical Engineering service.

Probation in General
10.

All officers whether directly recruited or promoted to any grade have to be

placed on probation.

The period of probation is normally two years for direct

recruitment and one year for

promotees.

It is, however, subject to following

exceptions:(a)

Where there are any special reasons for prescribing a longer or shorter
period, a suitable period may be fixed in consultation with the then
Deptt. of Personnel and Administrative Reforms (now D P&T).

(b)

Direct recruits to posts carrying a pay scale the minimum of which is

Rs.4500 or above or to posts for which the age on entry is 35 years or
above and where no training is involved shall be on probation for a
period of one year only.

(c)

There will be no probation on promotion from one grade to another in

the same service, except where the promotion involves promotion from
Group B to Group A or Group C to Group B in which case there shall
be a probation of 2 years.

(d)

Whenever probation includes on the job or instructional training

combined with actual performance as the jobs, probation should be for
2 years.

(e)

In the case of persons re-employed before the age of superannuation,

there will be a probation for 2 years except in cases of type mentioned
in (b) above.

(f)

There will be no probation in the case of officers appointed to various

posts on:(i) Contract basis (ii) Deputation (iii) Tenure basis (iv) Reemployment after superannuation (v) Permanent transfer.

On the expiry of the period of probation, steps should be tkaen to obtain the
assessment report on the probationer and to:
(i)

Confirm the probationer/issue orders regarding satisfactory

completion of probation, as the case may be, if the probation
has been completed to the satisfaction of the competent
authority, or

(ii)

Extend the period of probation or discharge the probationer or

terminate the services of the probationer, as the case may be, in
accordance with the relevant rules and orders, if the probationer
has not completed the period of probation satisfactorily.

Probational and language test

11.

All direct recruits to the Central Engineering Service Grade A are required to

pass a professional test and a test in Hindi to satisfactorily complete their probationary
period. The test is designed to find out whether the officer during the period of

probation has acquired the necessary knowledge about the proper management and
execution of work.

The ability of the officer on working out simple designs without

resorting to calculations and to judge his knowledge of local conditions with regard
to constructional work will be tested. The intention of viva-voce is to judge the
ability of the officer as a practical engineer and as a Works Manager. Syllabus for
these Departmental Examinations is given below:-

Syllabus for Departmental Examination

Assistant Engineers / Assistant Executive Engineers
Account Paper I

(Without Books)
CPWA Account Code except Appendices I and 4.

Account Paper II

(With Books)
Central P.W. Accounts code except Appendices 1 and 4
(the Assistant engineers are required to have a thorough
knowledge of writing up various Accounts Forms, such
as

Cash Book, Contractors ledge, Material at site

Accounts, Stock Returns, Register of works, Works

Abstracts, Preparation of Contractors Bill etc.).
Account Paper III

(Without Books)
1. C.P.W.D. Manuals.
2. C.P.W.D. Code
3. Delegation of Financial Powers.
4. Application of various clauses of C.P.W.D.
Contracts.

Civil Engineering

(Without Books)

Paper I

The candidates shall be tested for the works of

construction undertaken by the C.P.W.D. for their
knowledge

on modern trends in use of materials

constructions techniques and executive control like

PERT and CPM.
1. Specifications

Books of specifications for works at Delhi (Latest

Edition). Candidates shall be tested for their knowledge
about the materials of construction methods, detailing
by suitable sketches, ability to draft specifications for
materials and for construction works as applied
Buildings,

Roads,

Water

Supply

and

to

Sanitary

installations and Drainage.

2.

Analysis of Rates and Schedule of Rates

Candidates shall be tested on the basis of principles underlying the analysis of

rates, hire charge and measurements of works concepts on cost indices as adopted in
the Department and for their knowledge about the material and labour consent
involved in the analysis.

2.

National Buildings Code

Parts III, V & VII and IX (Section I & III) dealing with general building

requirements, buildings, materials, construction practices. Candidates shall be tested

for their knowledge for I.S. Specifications in respect of materials and their tests as
also the methods of construction.
3.

I.C.A.O. recommendations: Relevant parts of the Annexure 14.

4.

Principles of valuation of building and property

CIVIL ENGINEERING (PAPER II)

(With books)
Note:- Complicated mathematical problems should not be set.
1.

Survey
Use and adjustment of instruments, compass, plantable, theodilite, and contour
survey levelling surveys horizontal and vertical.

2.

Roads, Pavements and Aviation Works

The alignments and standards, General Principles of design for flexible and
rigid pavement, L.C.N. and equivalent load concept.
I.R.C. Recommendations.
C.B.R. and its determination.
Elementary soil mechanics, bearing capacity of soil, plate load tests,

laboratory and field tests.

3.

Structure Engineering
(a)

National Buildings Code on structural designs Chapter VI.

(b)

Direct and combined stresses, strains, bending moments and shar

forces diagrams, moment distribution and other methods of analysis for
statistically and terminate structures.

Earth Pressures and earth

retaining structures.
Foundations
Single and combined footing,strip footings, rafts, piles, wells.
Columns and struts, slabs, beams, tee beams, built up griders, Werren and
lattice griders, steel connections and wells, Influence lines. Moving leads, Bridges,

General Principles of design, IRC recommendations, suspension and cantilever

bridges.
Arches
Three pinned, two pinned and rigid, Pre-stressed concrete Important method
of pre-stressing, post tensioning, pre-casting and steam cruing.
4.

Water Supply
Discharge measurements, General Considerations in design of distribution

lines and storage tanks.

Pumping stations Design considerations.
Viva-Voce
Candidates shall be tested for judging their ability as practical Engineers and
Works Managaer.
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING (PAPER I)
(Without Books)
General knowledge of India Electricity Act, Indian Electricity Rules,
Procedure and charges to be paid to licences for obtaining connecti0ns, C.P.W.D.
general specifications for electrical works.

Principles of analysis

of rates, hire

charges. Measurements of electrical works. Candidates shall be tested for their

knowledge on modern trend in the use of materials construction techniques and
executive like PERT & CPM.
1.

Materials and Equipment

(a)

Internal E.I. Different wiring materials and their applications.

(b)

Underground cables and their jointing.

(c)

Sub-stations Equipment, components and their functions and

specifications.

(d)

Over-head lines Components, and their applications.

(e)

Illumination Type and characteristics of Lamps, fittings and their

applications.

(f)

Lighting protection Different types of materials and their application.

(g)

Water supply types of pumps, their characteristics and application.

(h)

Motors and Generating sets Different types, their selection, erection

and protection.

(i)

Lifts various types, components, specifications and applications.

(j)

Air-conditioning and refrigeration Different types of equipment, their

components, specifications.

Heating insulating materials and their

specifications, applications.
(k)

Airport installations Different types of air-field lighting fittings,

control equipment and their application. Flood lighting equipment.

2.

I.C.A.O. recommendations
Annexure 14 and relevant sections of the Aerodrome Manual.

3.

I.S.B. Standards
Knowledge of the ISB, National Buildings Code.

Portions pertaining to

electrical installation, Codes of practices for lift installations, lighting protection.

Earthing, Safety procedures and

practices in electrical works,

Installation and

maintenance of transformers.
4.

Maintenance
Procedure of preventive and ordinary maintenance of internal and external
electrical installations, mechanical equipment, pumps, motors, generating sets,
lifts, Air conditioning plants and sub-station equipment.

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING (PAPER II)

(With books)
Candidates shall be tested for their knowledge on General principles of design
and their applications in respect of the following subheads.
(a)

Internal E.I. System of wiring, design of wiring installations,

selection of distribution system, selection of protective gear.

(b)

Illustration Definitions, units and standards, Principles of interior and

outdoor lighting, system of illumination, lighting calculations, layout
and design.

(c)

Sub-station Design of sub-station, specifications for equipment, substation layout, Selection of generating sets and power House layout.

(d)

Lighting protection Design and layout.

(e)

Fire Alarm and Protection Various systems of Fire Alarms, design

consideration and layout.

Fire pumps, design consideration and

specifications.
(f)

Water supply Design of water supply, pumping system for different

parameters, layout.

(g)

Lifts parameters affecting the design of lift installations. Traffic

analysis.

(h)

Air-conditioning, refrigeration and ventilation Heating & cooling load

calculations, systems, design, duct layout.

(i)

Machinery vibrators, concrete mixers, batching plants, Asphalt

equipment, mixing plant, pavers, rollers and other compaction
equipment, Dozers, Scrappers, Graders, Loaders, Fork lift trucks,
tipper trucks etc. Selection of equipment.

(j)

Machinery Vibrators, concrete mixers, control equipment, contractor

panel, standby generating sets and emergency power supply,
mechanical conveyors.

Viva-Voce
Candidate shall be tested for judging their ability as practical Engineers
and Works Managers.

HINDI
(Without books)
This will consist of two papers one designed to test the officers
knowledge of the Hindi language and another to test his familiarity with
Departmental Hindi Terminology, diglot or bilingual manuals.
First paper will be of Praveen or Middle class standard only.
Second paper will be designed to test the officers knowledge of
Departmental Hindi Terminology. The translation passages in the paper will
deal mainly with Departmental matters. Examinees will also be expected to
write a short note on some subject of departmental interest with a view to
judge their capacity to express themselves originally in Hindi.
Exemption from appearing in Hindi papers-I in certain cases: those
who have already passed Praveen or Middle School standard or the Higher
Examinations such as Pragya, Matriculation or equivalent examination in
Hindi will be exempted from appearing in Paper-I.

Officers who claim

exemption from passing the First paper in Hindi will be required to furnish a
declaration stating clearly the particulars of the academic or other examination

in Hindi already passed by them on the basis of which the exemption is sought
alongwith documentary proof. They will, however, be required to appear in
paper II in Hindi.
12.

The pass percentage prescribed for these subjects is as under:Accounts (Paper I, II and III) 50 percent each. Engineering 40 percent. The

candidate is required to pass in both the papers I and II and Vice-Voce. If he fails in
any of these he is considered to have failed in Engineering. Hindi 25 per cent in
individual paper and 40 per cent in the aggregate. If a candidate has been granted
exemption in Hindi paper I, he has to secure 40 per cent in paper II.

Effect of Examination Tests on increments

13.

If in a departmental examination, an officer fails in any paper, he shall be

required to reappear in that paper but not in the papers in which he has passed.
Success or failure in the departmental examination affects the drawal of
increment by AEs/AEEs as indicated below;(a)

Direct Recruit Group A AEE (Probationers):

(i)

The first increment raising his/her pay to Rs.2275 p.m. in the

scale of Rs.2200-75-2800-EB-100-4000 is granted w.e.f. the
date of passing the departmental examination in full in all the
three subjects viz. Hindi, Accounts and Engineering or on
completion of one year of service, whichever is earlier;

(ii)

If the officer fails to pass the departmental examination during

the first year but passes the same during the course of 2nd year,
the second increment raising his/her pay to Rs.2350 p.m. is

granted w.e.f. the date of passing the examination or on

completion of 2 years service whichever is earlier;
(iii)

The third increment raising the pay to Rs.2425 p.m. is granted

only on completion of three years service subject to the
satisfactory completion of the specified period of probation and
also

passing

the

departmental

examination

in

Memo

No.24/1/75-ECII(CPWD) dated 21st June 1976 refers.

(b)

Group A Direct Recruit AEE (Temp.): Same as for 13(a).

(c)

Group B Direct Recruit AE : They will not draw any increment until
they are declared to have completed the period of probation of two
years satisfactorily, for which passing of departmental examination is a
pre-requisite.

(d)

Assistant Engineers promoted from the grade of Junior Engineers:

(i)

An Assistant Engineer promoted from the grade of Junior

Engineer is required to pass the departmental Examination in
Simple Accounts prescribed for Junior Engineers before they
are allowed to draw the first increment in the post of Assistant
Engineer, unless they have already passed the examination
while employed as Junior Engineer or they pass the
departmental examination in Accounts ( 3 papers) prescribed
for Assistant Engineers before completing one years service
as Assistant Engineers. In any case, before they are allowed to
cross the efficiency bar stage in the post of Assistant Engineer,
they must pass the departmental examination in Accounts
(three papers) prescribed for Assistant Engineers.

The

Assistant Engineers who might have been appointed to the

grade of Junior Engineer

prior to 17/3/58 are, however,

allowed their normal increments in the grade of Assistant

Engineer, even if they have not passed the Accounts
Examination prescribed for Junior Engineer;
(ii)

An Assistant Engineer who is promoted from the grade of

Junior Engineer is allowed a period of two years from the date
of his/her promotion to pass the departmental examination in
Accounts (Three Papers);

(iii)

On his/her passing the departmental examination within the

said period of two years from the date of his/her promotion,
such promotee Assistant Engineer may be deemed to have
passed the Departmental Examination from the respective date
of his/her promotion; and allowed to cross the Efficiency Bar,
if otherwise found fit, from the due date (Office Order
No.5/2/81-EC.I dated 4/3/82 refers);

(iv)

Junior Engineers:

The Junior Engineers have to pass a

departmental examination in simple accounts within two years

of their appointment failing which they are not allowed to draw
further increments. If they pass the examination subsequently,
their increments will be restored from the normal date of
increment but the pay will be enhanced w.e.f the date following
the date on which the examination which they passed was held.
In the case of Junior Engineers working in remote and difficult
areas like Andamans, Lakshadweep Islands, interior areas in

North Eastern Regions.

Nepal and those who are sent on

Emergency or Short Service Commission, the period of two

years is counted excluding the services rendered in these
places.

Junior Engineers appointed

prior to 17/3/58 are

exempted from passing and examination.

Note: Failure to pass the departmental examination within first two years of service
by direct recruits to group A & B (Assistant Executive Engineers and Assistant
Engineers) may result in the extension of their probationary period. It is, therefore,
important that they pass such examination, within 2 years. In the event of their
passing the examination (Please see paragraph 2 in this Section. ). Their increments
withheld on account of non passing of examination and non-clearance of probation,
shall be released from the date of passing of department examination. No arrears in
respect of the period prior to that date will be admissible. This will, however, not
result in postponement of the dates of normal increments.

Departmental Examination for Assistant Engineers and Executive Engineers

14.

The Director General of Works will arrange to hold the under mentioned

examinations each year or at such other intervals as may be necessary:(1)

For Executive Engineers

(i)

(ii)

Examination in Accounts:
(a)

Paper I (without books).

(b)

Paper II ( with books); and

(c)

Paper III (CPWD Code and Manual) (without books).

Examination in Law of Contract, Arbitration, Limitation and the

Workmens compensation Act (One paper only) (without books).

(2)

For Assistant Engineers:(i)

Examination in Account s:
(a)

Paper I (without books).

(b)

Paper II (with books); and

(c)

Paper III (CPWD Code and Manual) (without books).

Note:
(1)

Every Executive Engineer and Assistant Engineer (including displaced

Engineers from Pakistan now employed in the Department) shall have
to pass the Departmental Examination irrespective of age and length of
service.

(2)

No Executive Engineer /Assistant Engineer shall be required to pass

the test more than once.

(3)

Success or failure or failure to appear with out adequate cause in the

departmental examination shall be recorded in the confidential reports
of the Officers concerned.

(4)

The Engineers Officers promoted from one grade to another will not be
allowed to draw increments in the scale of the pay of the posts to
which they are promoted until they have passed the departmental
examination prescribed for the grades from which they are promoted.

(5)

Assistant Executive Engineers on promotion on regular basis, as

Executive Engineers will have to pass the departmental examination
mentioned in (1) above. If they fail to pass the examination within the
period of 2 years, they will neither earn increments nor be considered
for promotion to Circle charge. They will also be liable to be reverted
if they fail to pass the examination within 5 years after appointment as

Executive Engineer. This condition will also apply mutatis mutandis

to Assistant

Engineers promoted on regular basis to grade of

Executive Engineer in whose case failure to pass the said examination

will also entail extension of probationery period.

(Erstwhile Ministry of Works & Housing letter No.20/3/64-Executive

Engineer-I dated 16/7/68 refers),.
(6)

(a)

Officers appointed as Executive Engineers on ad-hoc basis either from

the grade of Assistant Executive Engineer or from the grade of AE are also
required to pass the departmental examination mentioned (1) above within a
period of two years from the date of their appointment. If they fail to pass the
departmental examination within a period of 2 years, they shall not earn
further increments. These orders are effective from the 4th Jan. 1984.
(b)

Engineering Officers who have already been promoted on ad-hoc basis

as Executive Engineer on the date of issue of instructions mentioned in 6(a)

above are also required to pass the departmental examination prescribed for
Executive Engineers before 31/1/1986, in case they have already not done so,
failing which they shall not earn the increments which become due subsequent
to this date till they pass the examination.
15.

Date of the examination will be announced sufficient in advance to enable

intending candidates to send their applications for admission to the
examination. Officers who intend to appear for departmental examination
should submit an application through proper channel in the form given below:-

APPLICATION FORM FOR DEPARTMENTAL EXAMINATION FOR

JUNIOR ENGINEERS/ ASSISTANT ENGINEERS/ ASSISTANT
EXECUTIVE ENGINEERS/EXECUTIVE ENGINEERS
1.
Name of the candidate with home address (in block letters)-------

2.

Designation---------

3.

Fathers Name (in block letters)--------------

4.

Office in which employed and the station---------------

5.

Date of initial appointment in C.P.W.D.---------------

6.

Name of the departmental test in which the candidate wants to appear with the
month and year thereof. The Assistant Engineers / Assistant Executive
Engineers (direct recruits) and Executive Engineers should also indicate the
particular papers in which they want to appear ---------------------------------------------------------------------

7.

Place at which the candidate wants to appear--------------

8.

Particulars of CPWD's test in which the candidate has so far appeared------------------------------------(only for AEs/AEEs/EEs )

S.No. Name of the Test

With month &
Year
9.

Centre at which
appeared

Whether passed or failed and

the papers in which granted
exemption

Has he claimed any T.A. etc. at any occasion in respect of a particular test?
I hereby declare that the particulars given by me above are true to the best of

my knowledge and belief.

Place:

Signature of candidate

*In case of AEs/EEs (direct recruits) and EEs they should indicate here the papers of
Accounts (considered in full three parts) etc. in which they have already passed.

DEPARTMENT ENDORSEMENT
No.

Dated
Forwarded to DG(W), C.O., CPWD, Nirman Bhawan, New Delhi.

The

application was received in this office on ---------------------------------------------------.

Place:

-------------------------(Signature of the forwarding

Officer with designation)
16.

An Assistant Executive Engineer, Assistant Engineer, who has already passed

the Departmental Examination in Accounts meant for Assistant Engineers/ Assistant

Executive Engineers on his promotion as Executive Engineer will be required to pass
the departmental examination in accounts prescribed for Executive Engineers also in
addition to the paper in Contract Law.
17.

The syllabus for the examination is given below:-

(I)

Syllabus for the examination in Contract Law for Executive Engineers:

(i)

Indian Contract Act Chapter I, II except Sections 26, 27 & 30. Chapter

III, IV except Section 68 and Chapters VI & X,.

(ii)

Whole of the Indian Arbitration Act.

(iii)

C.P.W.D. Agreements and their implication.

(iv)

Law of Limitation:
(a)

Object of Law of Limitation.

(b)

Sections 3,9, 18 & 19 of the Indian Limitation Act, 1963.

(c)

Articles 1, 7, 10, 14, 15, 18, 19,21, 22, 26, 42, 52, 54, 55, 59,
64, 65, 68, 69, 71, 72, 78, 80, 90, 91, 93, 95, 100, 112, 113,
119(a), 119 (b), 136 of the Indian Limitation Act 1963.

(v)

Whole of Workmens compensation Act.

(II)

Syllabus for the Accounts Examinations of Assistant Engineers

and Executive Engineers:
(a)

Assistant Engineers
(i)

Central Public Works Accounts Code except Appendix

Nos. 1 and 4 ( The Assistant Engineers are required to

have thorough knowledge of writing up various

accounts forms such as Cash Book,

Contractors

Ledger Material at Site Accounts Stock Returns,

Registers of Works, Works Abstracts, Preparation of
Contractors Bills etc.).
(ii)

Central Public Works Deptt. Code.

(iii)

Delegation of enhanced financial powers to Officers of

CPWD.

(iv)

Application of various clauses of Central Public Works

Department Contracts.

(b)

Executive Engineers
The syllabus will be the same as that for the Assistant
Engineering with the addition of:(i)

Fundamental Rules Chapter V & XI.

(ii)

Supplementary

Rules

Rules

Nos.

17,21,24,29,53,59-78, 114-116-C, 293-294 &

313-335.
The paper in Account will be of a higher standard than
that for Assistant Engineers.

Syllabus for the departmental examination for Junior Engineers

18.

The examination is mainly intended to test the familarity of the Junior

Engineers with the accounting procedure involved in their day to day working.
19.

The Syllabus for departmental test for Junior Engineers in simple accounts is

as follows:-

(i)

Maintenance of Imprest Accounts.

(ii)

Maintenance of T & P Accounts and Stock Accounts i.e material

obtained for general requirements of the department.

(iii)

Maintenance of materials at sub-accounts and Stock Accounts i.e.

material obtained for general requirements of the department.

(iv)

Maintenance of muster rolls of Labour employed departmentally.

(v)

Recording of measurements including preparation of

contractors

running and financial bills.

(vi)

Procedure for execution of works and preparation of works abstracts.

Departmental Examination for Draughtsmen Grade III for promotion to Grade

II
20

The vacancies in the Draughtsman Grade II posts are filled up by departmental

promotion of Draughtsmen Grade III. It is made from amongst Draughtsmen Grade

III having atleast 3 years service in the grade on the basis of seniority-cum-fitness
subject to their passing a departmental examination.

21.

The

departmental examination is generally held once a year by the

Superintending Engineer (Coord_) concerned of each Region at their discretion with

the assistance of the senior most Executive Engineer at headquarters of the Circle and
a panel for promotion is drawn up in advance and kept ready on the basis of such
examination.

22.

The Departmental Examination consists of two papers for Drawing and taking
out quantities and the other about specifications and rates. The qualifying

marks in the examination is 45 per cent in each paper. The syllabus for the
examination is given below:(A)

Civil:
(i)

Drawing and Survey instruments and equipment description and use,

and maintenance.

(ii)

Scales adopted in buildings, drawings, laying of measurements to

scale, principle of verneir and diagonal scales .

(iii)

Styles in printing Hindi (Devnagri) letters.

(iii)(a)

Styles in printing English letters and figures and the Block

Capital Conventional signs and symbols used in building drawings,
Matching and tintings, shades and shadingss.

(iv)

Preparing plan, elevation and sections of buildings, bridges, culverts

etc.

(v)

Common building materials, their characteristics and uses, bricks and

stones, iron and steel, lime, cement, timber asbestos asphalt,etc. line
cement and surkhi mortars, lime and cement concrete, plain and
reinforced ingredients, preparation, properties and uses.

(vi)

Kinds of loading, dead loads and live loads, distributed and

concentrated loads, uniforms and accentric load, load due to wind
pressure, loads on foundations, safe bearing power for ordinary soils.

(vii)

Basic principles of building construction, parts of a building, types of

foundations.

(viii) Spanning doors and window openings Lintels, stone, timber, steel and
RCC common types of arches, camberred, releiving segmental, semi
circular etc.

(ix)

Pillars of bricks stone and cast iron, steel stancrions and RCC
columns, beams and girders, simple designs of

lintels, slab

foundations, wall thickness etc.

(x)

Roofs and Roof trusses, lean to roofs, King post and Queen post
trusses, composite steel trusses, design of truss sections to resign
tension, compression and shear, details of joint and supports.

(xi)

Roof covering and fixing, country and factory tiled roofing, corrugated
and asbestos sheet roofing, measures to ensure watertight joints in
ridges, angles and valleys, bricks and concrete arched roofing,
reinforced concrete roofs, simple designs.

(xii)

Specifications, standard Central PWD Specifications for different

items of Works.

(xiii) Rates, preparation of new

additional

rates and checking rates for altered,

or substituted items under the usual clauses of Central

Public Works Department agreements, materials for a given work,

working Schedule of Rates.
(xiv)

Estimating the requirements and work out plinth area rates and cube
rates.

(xv)

Ferro Printing Works.

(xvi)

Estimating including checking of estimates.

(B)

Electrical

1.

Drawing instruments, their description, use, care and maintenance.

2.

Scales adopted in drawing; laying of measurements to scale, Principle of

vernier and diagonal scales.

3.

Styles in printing Hindi (Devnagari) letters.

3A.

Styles in printing English letters and figures; Matching and tinting

conventional symbols used in Electrical and Mechanical drawings.

4.

Preparation of plans showing internal electrical installations as well as layout

plans showing internal distribution lines, preparation of simple building plans
for power houses, sub-stations and pump houses, simple machine drawing.

5.

Common electrical and mechanical materials, their specifications and uses.

6.

Various systems of wiring installations, types of wiring and their adoption in

various classes of buildings. Calculation of sizes of wiring mains sub-mains
switchgear etc.

7.

Types of distribution Lines and their designs, both overhead and underground
systems.
(i)

Advantages and disadvantages of various types of poles supporting

overhead lines, overhead lines above ground.

Details of

uses in

various circumstances, clearness of overhead lines above ground.

Details of cross arms, insulators guard wires.
(ii)

Types of underground cables and methods of laying them including

road crossing etc. Different types of cable boxes, descriptions and use.

(iii)

Serving Lines, different types if Voltage drop calculation in lines.

8.

Earthing of installations including details of various types of earthing systems.

9.

Types of water pumps, description and use. Simple calculations of sizes of

water pumps and motors. Description and use of sewage pumps.

10.

Knowledge of mechanical driven of all kinds viz. Belting chain drive and gear

drives etc. efficiency of each kind and design for transmission, mechanical power for
various purposes.

11.

Different types of incandescent and discharges

tube lighting.

Simple

calculation for providing required illumination for various classes of buildings,

workshop etc.
12.

Checking and estimating fuel oil and lubricating oil required for various sizes

and types of petrol and oil engines. Design of foundations for different types and
sizes of generating sets, water pumping plant and other machinery.
13.

Knowledge of standard Central Public Works Department specification and

Indian Electricity rules for electrical works as promulgated from time to time under
Electricity Supply Act.
14.

Schedule of rates, preparation and checking of analysis of rates for items not

covered by Schedule as well as extra or deviated items in agreements. Estimating

materials required for a work.
15.

Ferro Printing Works.

16.

Preparation of estimates, as well as checking of estimates.

Departmental Examination of Lower Division Clerks for promotion to the grade

of Upper Division Clerk

23.

Posts of Upper Division Clerks are filled up as follows:

(a)

37 per cent of vacancies from amongst permanent and quasipermanent Lower Division Clerks on the basis of seniority-cumfitness.

(b)

50 per cent on the basis of seniority from the same categories of LDCs
as at (a) subject to their qualifying in a departmental examination; and

(c)

12 per cent on the basis of competitive examination limited to

departmental LDCs who have rendered 3 years service on or before

the first January of the year of examination and Telephone Operators

of Central Office of CPWD.
24.

The departmental examination referred to at (b) and (c) of para 24 will

be conducted normally in the month of January by the respective

Superintending Engineers (Coord.) who will also fix centres for examinations,
depending upon the availability of vacancies required to be filled up.
25.

For filling up of 50 per cent of vacancies, the Departmental Promotion

Committee will arrange the names in order of seniority of those who qualify
in the departmental examination and have satisfactory record of service.
Those persons who qualify in the written test but are rejected on account
unsatisfactory record of service will not have to take the test again except
when they wish to complete for appointment against 12 per cent of
vacancies to be filled on competitive basis but their cases will be received by
the D.P.C. in the light of the reports that they may earn subsequently.
26.

Names of candidates who pass the written examination will be

arranged in 2 separate lists one in order of merit for filling 12 per cent of
vacancies and the other

in order of seniority for filling 50 per cent of

vacancies.
27.

The approved list for promotion shall be prepared in accordance with

the Recruitment Roster maintained for this purpose. Three separate lists shall
be prepared form the three different categories (a), (b) and (c) mentioned in
para 23 in this section. The names of the persons from these three lists shall
be included in the Roster in a cycle of 8 names. The group of 8 vacancies in
the grade of UDC shall be filled by promoting LDCs from the categories (a),
(b) and (c) in the ration of 3:4:1. In other words, first 3 points in the Roster

shall be allotted to persons belonging to category (a), the next 4 points to

category (b) and the 8th point to persons belonging to category (c). Their interse seniority will also be determined in that ratio. The cyclic order as indicated
above will be continued in the Roster.
28.

The orders regarding reservation for SC/ST are to be followed in all

modes of promotion indicating at (a), (b) and (c) in para 23 above.

29.

The examination will consist of 2 papers, first papers in English and

the second paper in Rules and Procedures. The qualifying marks are 33 per
cent in each paper and 45 per cent in the aggregate.
The subjects and outline of test in each paper in Regions other than A
will be as follows:

FIRST PAPER
Time Allowed: 2 hours

Marks allotted
English
PART I

(i)

Writing of a descriptive piece of about 200 words

on a simple every day topic (choice of 1 out of 4 or
5 subjects to be given).

(ii)

To give the list of four to six official letters in a single

Paragraph and giving a suitable title.

(iii)

20

20

Drafting a note or official letter including NITs,

Advertisement.

20

PART II

(i)

Common errors collection of incorrect sentences

(choice of 6 out of 10)

(ii)

Direct/indirect narration.

(iii)

To distinguish between words having similar sounds or

meaning by framing sentences (choice of 6 pairs out of ten)

(iv)

Use of idioms (choice of 6 out of 10)

(v)

Reserved for handwriting, general neatness of the answer

book, spelling and punctuation.

4
_________
Total

100
__________

SECOND PAPER

Time Allowed: 3 hours

Marks allotted

Rules and Procedures

PART I

(i)

Fundamental Rules and Supplementary Rules

(ii)

General Financial Rules and Delegation of Financial

15

Power Rules

15

(iii)

Treasury Rules

10

(iii)

CCS (Conduct) Rules and CCS (Classification, control and

Appeal) Rules

10

PART II

(i)

Office procedure ( as given in the CWPD Manual)

Volume I

10

(ii)

Two questions on CPWD Code (Choice out of three or

Four questions to be given)

(iii)

20

Two questions on CPWD Accounts Code

(Choice out of 3 or 4 questions to be given).

20
_________
Total

100
_________

In part II, questions will be designed to assess general knowledge of Rules

which a UDC of a circle or Division office is expected to know.
Departmental Examination for Class IV staff or regular establishment for
promotion as Lower Division Clerks.
So far as the Departmental Examination for peons to LDCs and LDCs to
UDCs to be conducted by Superintending Engineer (Coord.) in Region A of CPWD
the following scheme of examination shall be applied.

FIRST PAPER
Maximum Marks: 150

Time allowed: 3 Hours

Part I ( to be replied either in Hindi or in English)

Language
(i)

Writing of a descriptive piece of about

200 words on a simple every day topic

Marks obtained

(choice one out of 4 or 5 subject to be given).

(ii)

20

To give the list of four to six official letters in a

Single paragraph and giving a suitable title.

(iii)

Drafting a note or official letter including NITs

Advertisement.

Part II (to be replied in English only)

(i)

Common errors-correction of incorrect

Sentence (choice of 6 out of 10).

10

(ii)

Direct/indirect narration

10

(iii)

To distinguish between words having similar

Sounds or meaning by framing & sentences
(choice of 5 out of 8).

10

(iv)

Use of idioms (choice of 5 out of 8)

10

(v)

Reserved for handwriting, general neatness of

The answer books, spelling and punctuation.

Part III ( to be replied in Hindi only)

(i) (a) Selection of words giving different meaning
out of groups of words (choice of 5 out of 7)

(b) To find out meaning of words and using them

in sentences (choice 5 out of 7)

(ii)

Antonymous and synonyms

10

(iii)

To change the sentences as per directions

(Choice of 10 out of 12)

(iv)

10

Making conjunctions of words and separating

conjunction of words; making compound words
and separating compound words (choice 10
out of 12).

(v)

Telegrams in Hindi in Devnagri script

(choice 2 out of 3)

10

So far as the examination to be conducted by Superintending Engineer

(Coord) Region A of CPWD is concerned the following scheme of examination
shall apply:Out of question paper of total 300 marks the breakup shall be as follows:English Grammer

70 marks

Hindi Grammer

100 marks

Common material (to be replied either in Hindi or in English).

30.

Criteria for appointments are given in para 19 of section 2 in this chapter.

Rules and syllabus for examination are detailed in the Ministry of Home Affairs
O.M.No. 14/9/69-Estt.(C), dated 20th March, 1970. The Departmental examination
will be conducted by the Superintending Engineer (Coord.) concerned on regional
basis.

Type test of Lower Division Clerks

31.

It is essential for a Lower Division Clerk in the Department to be able to type

at a speed of 30 words per Minute. Normally, no person shall be appointed to the post
of LDC unless he possesses this qualification. However, in the event of shortage of
suitable candidates with the requisite qualifications at any particular time the

competent authority, my appoint persons not possessing the qualification of typing as

LDC on ad-hoc basis subject to the condition that they pass the typewriting test at 30
words per minute as soon as possible.
32.

Such persons who do not possess the required qualification in typewriting or

do not qualify in the typewriting test at the time of their recruitment, will not be
allowed to draw their increment unless they pass the typewriting test. They will be
allowed to earn the increments from the date but they will not draw arrears on this
account. They will not also be eligible for quasi-permanency or confirmation till
they acquire the prescribed qualification in type-writing.
33.

The workcharged staff brought on regular establishment w.e.f. Ist April, 1958,

and merged int eh cadre of LDCs w.e.f. Ist April, 1959, and who have attained the
age of 45 years on 23rd May, 1962 are exempted from the typewriting test.
34.

Persons who were appointed to regular establishment prior to the 31st July,

1956 are also exempted from passing the typewriting test.

35.

Persons who were appointed before the 13th July 1964 and declared quasi-

permanent before that date, will not be debarred from confirmation for not passing the
typewriting test.
36.

Persons who have attained the age of 45 years, and who have completed 10

years of continuous service in the grade of LDC and have made 2 genuine attempts
to pass the typewriting test at the required speed but not succeeded, may be exempted
from passing the typewriting test for the purpose of grant of quasi-permanency and
confirmation. So far as increments are concerned, the withheld increments shall be
allowed to them from the respective due dates on notional basis, but the actual benefit
of enhanced pay may be allowed from the date of grant of such exemption subject to
normal annual date of increment being retained.

Training Scheme for Lower Division Clerks in Subordinate Offices

37.

A scheme for imparting training in Accounts to Lower Division Clerks has

been introduced in the Department. The training course is a full time one and is of the
duration of 9 weeks (2 months). The course content consists of:(i)

Establishment Matters

1 week

(ii)

P.W. Accounts & Works matters

4 weeks

(iii)

Stores and Sub-divisional accounts

2 weeks

(iv)

Examination / evaluation

1 week

38.

The training is to be imparted to all newly recruited Lower Division Clerks

and placed on probation for two years. In service training is also provided to Lower
Division Clerks having less than 7 years continuous service in the grade. At the end
of the training, an examination is held.
39.

The newly recruited Lower Division Clerks, who are given training within the

period of their probation but to fail to pass the examination at the end of their training,
will not be admitted to the training once again, however, they may be allowed to
appear in such examination subsequently.
40.

The Lower Division Clerks who have been given training under the scheme

but fail to pass the examination at the end of the training period is not to be
considered for posting in Accounts Branch of a Divisional Office under the three
years rule of rotation of clerks from Accounts to Correspondence Branch and viceversa till they have passed the examination subsequently.
41.

An entry to the effect that a LDC has passed the departmental examination

after training will be made in his Service Book.

42.

The Lower Division Clerk who has passed the Departmental Examination for

promotion to the grade of UDC will not be required to take the training.

SECTION 5 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE REPROTS

Confidential Reports
1.

General Instructions regarding preparation and maintenance of Confidential

Reports are contained in the Deptt. Of Personnel & A.R.O.M. No.51/5/72-Estt.(A)

dated 20/5/72 (as amended from time to time). These reports (Forms at Appendix
VIII) are meant to give assessment of the work of an official during the year.

The confidential reports of Engineering Architectural and other officers and staff are initiated at the levels indicated belo

Grade of Officer
Custodian
reported on
Office
1
5____________

Reporting Officer

Reviewing Officer

Countersigning
Officer/Authority

Engineering
1. DG(W)
of Urban

Secretary in the

Minister for Urban

Ministry

Development

Ministry

Development.
2. ADG/CE/
Central Office
DDG
copies)

DG(W)

Secretary in the
Ministry

Ministry

3. Superintending Engineer
-do(Civil) & (E lect.)

C.E.

A.D.G

4. Director of Works
-do-

D.D.G.

A.D.G.

5. EEs (Civil) & (Elect.)

6. Engineer Officer
-do(Civil) & (Elect.)

S.E

C.E
C.E.

Secretary

the

(both

DG(W)

-Do-

A.D.G
C.E.

in

-doA.D.G.

7. Assistant Engrs.
CE (1 copy)
(Civil) & (Elect.)
C.O(1 copy)

E.E.

S.E.

C.E.

8. Engr.Assistant to SE

S.E.

S.E.

C.E.

9. Junior Engr.
copy)
(Civil) & (Elect.)
SE(Coord)(1 copy
B- Architectural

A.E.

E.E.

S.E.

1. Chief Arch.
Office

DG(W)

Secretary in Ministry
of Urban Development

-doSE ( 1

Secretary in Ministry Central

of Urban Development (both

copies)
2. Senior Arch.

*CE and CA

DG.(W)

3. Archtect S.A.

S.A.

CE & CA

4. Dy.Arch./Assistant Arch./
C.A.(1 copy)
Tech. Officer
copy)
5. Arch.Assistant
copy)
Assistant(Arch.Deptt.)
C.O.(1 copy)

Arch.

Secretary in Ministry

-do-

DG(W)

-do-

S.A.

*CA/CE
C.O.(1

Dy.Arch./

Arch.

S.A.

S.A.(1

AssistantArch./

*In the case of Officers working under the Chief Engineers the remarks of both Chief Engineer & C.A.
would be recorded while in the case of Officers working under Chief Architect only and not working for
any specific Zone the Chief Architect will record their remarks.
C Horticultural
1. Director
DA(both copies)

CE(NDZ)I

ADG(TD)

DG(W)

1A. Addl. Director

DDAI(both copies)

CE(NDZ)II

ADG(TD)

AD(G)

2. Dy. Director
DDAI(both copies
3. AssistantDirector
DDA1(1 copy)

Director/Addl.Director

Dy. Director

CE(NDZ)I/II

ADG(TD)

Director/Addl.Director

CE(NDZ)I/11

CE(NDZ)(1 copy)
4. Sectional Officer
DDA1(1 copy)

AssistantDirector

Dy. Director

Director/
Addl.Director

Director

(1 copy)
D - Ministerial and Isolated Pass
1. Labour Officer
M/Labour(1 copy)

SE

CE

Min.

of

Labour
C.O.(1

copy)
2. Zonal Officer Delhi
General

DDA II

D.A.

DG(W)

CE

DG(W)

Accountant

C.O.
3. Zonal Officer
(Cal. & Bombay)

SE concerned

4. Superintendent
C.O.(both copies)
Central Works Advisory
Board
5. Superintendent
Office
to Zonal Office

-do-

FO

DG(W)

DG(W)

Zonal Officer

DDA-II

D.A.

Central

6. Circle Office Supdt. EE(HQ)

copies)

SE

C.E.

CO(both

7. Stenographer to SE -Docopies)

SE

SE

SE(both

8 (i) Ministerial Staff Supdt.

copies)

EA to SE/SW

SE

SE(both

9. Class IV staff in
copies)
Circle Office

Supdt.

EA to SE

SE/SW

SE

SE(both

EA to ASW

10. Draughtsman to
-doCircle Office
11. Head Clerk

SE/SW

EA to SE/SSW/SW

EE

SE

SE

-do-

12. Draughtsman in
-doDivl.Office

EE/ASW

SE/SW

SE

13. Divisional Accountant

Controller of

EE

Controller of

Chief

Controller

Accounts

of Account

Accounts
(both

EE

SE

SE(both

EE

SE

SE(both

EE/SE

EE/SE

EE(both

EE

EE

EE(both

copies)
14. (i) Ministerial Staff H/Clerk I Accountant
copies)
(ii) Class IV staff in H/Clerk I Accountant
copies)
Divl.Office
15. (i) Sub Divl.Clerks Assistant/Engr./Labour
copies)
& Clerks
(ii) Class IV staff in
-docopies)
the Sub Divn. and
attached to Labour Officer
16. Steno attached to Ex.
Steno to EE (both
Engr. and Labour
EE),
Officer
Steno to SE (both

EE/Labour Officer

copies with

Copies
with SE)
17. Isolated posts on
EE(both copies)

Junior Engineer

AE

EE

Importance of annual Confidential Reports

1.

Merit as reflected in the confidential reports is generally recognised as the

main criterion for deciding the cases of promotion to higher grades, confirmation,
probation and crossing of efficiency bars etc. It is in interest of efficiency of the
service and also of the officers that the reports are written with the greatest care so
that the conduct, work, potential and a character of the Officers reported upon can be
accurately assessed from the recorded opinion. Officers recording remarks must

realise the importance of the entries made as their own competency will be judged
partly from the confidential remarks they record about officers working under them.

Periodicity of writing CRs and by whom to be written

2.

Confidential reports are to be written for each financial year. In respect of

each of an officer, a report should (in the first week of April of each year) be written
in the appropriate form by the prescribed reporting officer giving a brief opinion
regarding the general

work and conduct

of the officer concerned.

When the

reporting officer or the officer to be reported upon, is transferred or deputed elsewhere

for a period of more than three months, the reporting officer should write a report
indicating the period covered by it. The reporting officer should have at least three
months experience of the work and conduct of the officer reported upon before
writing or attempting to write an assessment of the work of an officer. Such report
must, however, be written at the end of the year. If the period of observation happens
to be less than three months this fact only need to be indicated in the report. On
transfer, the officer should write all the reports before relinquishing the charge. In
any case, if this is not possible, the adverse remarks should be communicated only by
his successor provided the report is not required to be submitted to the next higher
authority for counter signature. Wherever, a separate counter signing authority is
prescribed, the report should be submitted to that authority for communicating the
adverse remarks.
If an officer is transferred during the middle of the reporting year, he should
immediately write the CRs of his subordinates in respect of the year for the period up
to the date of his transfer, provided that the period is at least six months and the report
should be submitted to the reviewing authority who will retain them in his custody

and record his remarks in the reviewing portions in the last of the reports for the year,
taking into account the reports for the previous portion for the year also submitted to
him by the transferred at the time of their transfer. If the reviewing authority is
transferred not simultaneously with reporting officers but after some time, he will
hand over such reports to his successor and the successor will review reports, if he
happens to have three months experience.

Otherwise, the previous reviewing

authority will review the report at the end of the year. If, however, a reviewing
authority retires while there is no change in the reporting officer and the subsequent
reviewing authority does not have three months experience of the work and conduct
of the reportee, the reviewing portion will be left blank with a suitable note, recorded
therein. This note can be recorded by the new review authority who could not review
the report because he did not have even three months experience or by the reporting
officer himself.
When a confidential report does not cover an earlier period during the year,
the reporting officer should at the top of the report, mention the period of gap
indicating the reasons for which a report for the period has not been written.
Apart from the remarks in regard to work and conduct, in appropriate cases,
suitable entries may also be made on the following pints:(i)

The fact that an officer has attended an approved course of study or

training.

(ii)

The reports received from the Head of such institute or the substance.

(iii)

Comments on the quality of the report submitted by an officer on

return from deputation or training abroad and whether he has made
good use of his period of study or training.

(iv)

Outstanding performance in the field of sports, athletics, arts etc.

(v)

Suggestions which have been accepted and considered useful for

achieving economy and high standard of efficiency in administration.

(vi)

Whether there is any physical defect. CRs should not contain any
extraneous paper other than punishment and appellate orders and
letters communicating the adverse remarks.

Duties and Responsibility of Reporting Officer

3.

The reporting officer should not make an objective assessment of the work and

qualities of his subordinate but also to give at all times the necessary guidance and
assistance to correct his faults and deficiencies.

While recording adverse remarks,

the reporting officer should indicate the efforts made by him to get those defects
removed. He should also provide necessary training, wherever possible. The annual
report should be based on such watchful and periodical inspection.

Apart from

comments on general qualities, such as integrity, intelligence, industry, conduct,

attitude to subordinates and superiors, relation with fellow employees, work aptitude
etc. of the officer reported upon, the report should also contain a summing up in
general terms of his good and bad qualities.
4.

General principles which are required to be observed by the reporting officers

for writing annual reports are indicated below:(1)

Entries should be based on established facts and not on mere suspicion.

(2)

No employee should be adversely affected by the prejudicial reports

recorded without fullest consideration. None should be rewarded by
excessively flattering reports which are not based on facts. With a
view to checking up such possibilities, the following procedure is
prescribed:

(a)

The memo of services should invariable be consulted at the

time of writing the annual report itself should necessarily
based on the employees

performance during the year as a

whole.
(b)

Where an adverse remark is recorded in respect of an official

having consistently good record, some details regarding the
same should invariably be given.

(c)

The report should give a clear opinion on the main points like
character, integrity, industry etc.

(d)

There should be no hesitation on the part of the reporting

officers to record adverse remarks in justified cases.

Adverse Remarks

5.

While giving adverse remarks in the confidential reports, the following should

be borne in mind by the reporting officer:(a)

Adverse entries relating to specific incidents should ordinarily not find

place in a character roll, unless during the course of departmental
proceedings, specific punishment, such as censure etc. has been
awarded on the basis of such an incident.

(b)

Incidents not important enough to call for departmental proceedings,

but sufficiently serious to be specifically mentioned in the confidential
report, should be recorded only after the reporting officer has satisfied
himself that his own conclusion has been given to the officer reported
upon to present his case relating to the incident.

(c)

Reference to specific incidents or deficiencies should only be by way

of illustrations to support adverse comments.

Communication of Adverse Remarks

6.

Adverse remarks whether they relate to remediable or irremediable defects

should be immediately defects should be immediately communicated to the officer

concerned by the countersigning authority when one is prescribed

and by the

reviewing officer in other cases. Only such of the adverse entries as are accepted by
the countersigning authority/reviewing authority need be communicated. The above
said authority should indicate whether it agrees or disagrees with the remarks of the
reporting officer. It should also record additional remarks wherever necessary if the
report is too brief, cryptic or vague. Alongwith adverse entry, the substance of the
entire report including what may have been stated in praise of the officer should also
be communicated. The improvements made in respect of the defects mentioned in the
earlier report should also be communicated to the officer is a suitable form. A copy
of the letter communicating the adverse remarks duly acknowledged by the official
concerned should be kept in the CR file and fact of communication of the entries
should be recorded in the report itself by the authority communicating them.
While communicating of the adverse remarks to the Government servant
concerned , the identity of the superior officer should not normally be disclosed. The
communication should be in the form of a D.O. letter and sent direct to the persons
concerned in a sealed cover. The adverse remarks should be communicated within
one month of the completion of the report.

Representation against adverse remarks and their disposal

7.

Representation against adverse remarks should be made through proper

channel within 45 days of the date of communication of such remarks. However, the
competent authority may in its discretion, entertain representation made beyond this
time if there is satisfactory explanation for the delay.
Representation against adverse remarks lie to the authority immediately
superior to the countersigning authority, if any, or to the reporting officer.

If the

immediate superior authority ha already reviewed the confidential report in question

and has also expressed his view either agreeing or disagreeing with the adverse
remarks recorded and accepted by the countersigning authority, the representation
should, in that event, lie to the next higher authority.
The following procedure should be adopted in dealing with representations
from the employees against the adverse remarks communicated to them:
(1)

Representation against adverse remarks should be examined by the

competent authority in consultation if necessary, with the reporting
officer and countersigning authority, if any.

(2)

If it is found that the remarks were justified and that the representation
is frivolous, a note may be made in the confidential report of the
petitioner that he did not take the correction in good spirit.

(3)

If the competent authority feels that there is no sufficient ground for

interference, the representation should be rejected and the petitioner
informed accordingly.

(4)

If however it feels that the remarks should be toned down, it should

make necessary entries separately with proper attestation at the

appropriate place of the report. The correction should not be made in

the earlier entries themselves.
(5)

In the event of the competent authority coming to the conclusion that

the adverse remarks were inspired by malice or was entirely incorrect
or unfounded, and therefore, deserve expansion, it should order
accordingly.
But before doing so, it should bring it to the notice of Head of the

Department or office if it is am authority other than these.

8.

All reporting officers are required to keep a register to enable them to record

their observations and instances of good and bad work as they occur from time to
time.
9.

Apart from the adverse remarks in the confidential reports, in case it is noticed

at any time that there is a fall in the standards of an office in relation to his past
performances as revealed through the assessment, his attention should be drawn to
this fact so that he can be alerted for improving his performance.
10.

The general policy should be discouraged the practice of granting letters of

appreciation or notes of recommendations to Government servants and placing them

in the CR dossiers. Exception may however, be made in the following cases:
(1)

Letters of appreciation issued by the Government or a Secretary of Head of

Department in respect of any outstanding work done may be placed in the
CR dossier.

(2)

Letters of appreciation issued by special bodies or Commissions or

Committees etc. or experts of their reports expressing appreciation for a
Government servant by name may also be placed in CR dossier, and

(3)

Letters of appreciation from individual non-officials or from individual

official (other than a Secretary or Head of Department) may go into the CR
dossier if confined to the expressing appreciation for services rendered for
beyond the normal call of duty and provided the Secretary or Head of
Department so desires.

11.

Appreciation of work should more appropriately be recorded in the annual

confidential report rather than in such letters of appreciation which do not give a
complete perspective of the employees good and bad points. However, the mere fact
that a stray letter of appreciation goes into his CR dossier does not give the officer
undue advantage in the matter of promotion which is governed more by consideration
of general and consistently high performance than by occasional flashes of good
work.

(Ministry of Home Affairs O.M.No.51/5/72-Estt.(A) dated 20/5/72 as

circulated by Central Office No.14/1/77-ECVIII dated 25/4/1977).

Efficiency Bar
12.

Where an efficiency bar is prescribed in a time scale, the increment next above

the bar shall not be given to a Government servant without the specific sanction of the
authority empowered to withhold increments under F.R. 24 or the relevant
disciplinary rules applicable to the Govt. servant or of any other authority whom the
President may, be general or special order, authorises in this behalf.
(F.R. 25)

Procedure for consideration of cases for Crossing of Efficiency Bar

Cases of a Govt. servants for crossing of efficiency bar in a time-scale of pay
shall be considered by a Committee which shall be the same as the DPC constituted
for the purpose of considering cases of confirmation of the Govt. servants concerned.
The following time schedule may be observed in the processing the cases for
crossing the efficiency bar:

Months in which the date of crossing

Months in which E.B. cases should be
the E.B. Falls
considered by DPC
1
2
_____________________________________________________________________
__
1.

January to March

January

2.

April to July

April

3.

August to October

July

4.

November to December

October

Where reports of performance are not prescribed or maintained for any

category of Govt. servants, the administrative Ministry/Department may consider the
introduction of written/trade tests for the purpose of assessing the suitability with the
above time schedule.
The decision to enforce E.B. should be formally communicated to the Govt.
servant is not allowed to cross E.B. on due date, his case may be reviewed again next
year. Such review should be done annual in accordance with the above time
schedule.
In the vent of DPC being convened after a gap of time following the date on
which the Govt. servant became due to cross the E.B. the committee should consider
only those confidential reports which it would have considered had the DPC been

held as per the prescribed schedule. If the Government servant is found unfit to cross
the efficiency bar from original due date, the same DPC can consider the report for
subsequent year also, if available to assess his suitability in the subsequent year.
Where a Govt. servant held up at the E.B. state on account of unfitness is
allowed to cross the E.B. at a later date as a result of subsequent review, his pay shall
normally be fixed at the stage immediately above the E.B. In case the competent
authority proposes to fix his pay at a higher stage by taking into account the length of
service from the due date of E.B., the case should be referred to the next higher
authority for a decision.
In case of Govt. servant is under suspension, disciplinary proceedings/criminal
court proceedings against him are contemplated or pending, the DPC shall assess their
suitability without taking into consideration the disciplinary case / criminal
prosecution pending against him. However, the recommendations of the DPC shall be
kept in a sealed cover. If on conclusion of the disciplinary proceedings, the Govt.
servant is exonerated of the charges against him, the recommendation in sealed cover
may be considered by the competent authority, who may lift the E.B. retrospectively
from the date, it originally became due. If the proceedings and in imposition of one
of the minor penalties, the E.B. case may be reviewed by the DPC with reference to
the original recommendations kept in sealed cover and the circumstances leading to
the disciplinary action and the penalty imposed.

In case where the disciplinary

proceedings and in imposition of a major penalty, the recommendations of the DPC

kept in sealed cover shall not be acted upon.
It has now been decided to constitute E.B. Committee at the Zonal level and to
delegate the powers to process the E.B. cases of Assistant Engineer (Civil and

Electrical) working in the respective Zone.

The constitution of the Zonal EB

committee shall be as under:(i)

Chief Engineer of the concerned Zone

Chairman

(ii)

One Suptdg.Surveyor of Works/Superintending

Member

Engineer of the Zone.

(iii)

Superintending Engineer(HQ) concerned

Member

The Zonal EB committee will submit their recommendations in regard to each

individual case to DG(W) for consideration and formal approval. Necessary orders in
regard to crossing EB by an Assistant Engineer will be issued by the concerned Chief
Engineer only after DG(W) has approved the recommendations of the E.B.
committee.
The E.B. cases of Assistant Engineers working in the Office of DG(W), CDO,
CE(Vig.), Chief Engineer(Training) and in Valuation Department will continue to be
considered and decided by the existing E.B. committee by this Department.
(No.24/1/88-EC III. Dated 18/4/1991).

SECTION 6 PROMOTION
For purposes of promotion, the posts are classified as follows:
(i)

Selection posts Promotions to these posts are made by selection

based on merit-cum-seniority. The minimum service shall required
for eligibility for promotion shall be as indicated in the Recruitment
Rules for the post or if there is no such provision in the Recruitment
Rules as decided by Government from time to time.

(ii)

Non-Selection Posts Promotion to such posts are made on the basis

of seniority subject to the rejection of the unfit. A person eligible for
promotion to such a post on the basis of his seniority in the lower grade
may be assessed by the Departmental Promotion Committee as fit for
promotion if his service record for the last 3 to 5 years is found
satisfactory, there is no vigilance / disciplinary case against him and
integrity certificate has been issued in his favour. A departmental
examination, qualifying or competitive, may be prescribed as method
for determination of fitness, in addition to evaluation of service record.

2.

The principal of selection and non-selection posts in the CPWD are

listed below:-

Selection Posts
Non Selection Posts
1
2
_______________________________________________________________
___
Group A
Director General of Works
Additional Director General of Works
Chief Engineer (Civil/Elect.)

DDG
Chief Architect
Superintending Engineer

Superintending Engineer
(Selection grade)

Senior Architect
Director of Horticulture/Addl.Director
of Horticulture
Executive Engineer (From the grade of

Executive Engineer (from

Assistant Engineer)

grade of Assistant

the

Executive
Engineer)
Architects (from the grade of Assistant

Architects (from the grade

Arch.)

Dy. Architect).

of

Dy. Director of Horticulture

Group B
Assistant Engineer
Assistant Architect
Assistant Director of Horticulture
Group C
Chief Estimator

Draftsman Gd. I

Chief Architect Assistant

Draftsman Gd.II & III

(Civil / Elect.)

Circle Office Superintendent

Junior Engineer (SG)

S.O. Horticulture (SG)

Head Clerk

Upper Division Clerk

Stenographer
Selection

Grade

Stenographer
Daftry.

Authorities competent to effect promotion

3.

Promotion to various posts are ordered by the appropriate appointing

authority on the recommendation of the Departmental Promotion Committee.

Promotion to Group A posts, for which President is the appointing authority are
ordered by the Ministry with the approval of the Minister-in-charge. Promotion to
Group B posts and those Group C posts (e.g. Circle Office Superintendent, Chief
Estimator and Chief Arch. Asstt) for which DG(W) is the appointing authority are
ordered by the Directorate General of Works. Promotion to Group C ministerial posts
and Drawing Office staff viz. Head Clerks, Upper Division Clerks, Draftsman Grade I
and Grade II are made by the respective Superintending Engineer in charge of Coordination work in Regions A,B, C and D as detailed in para 10 of Chapter IV
on the basis of regional seniority of the staff concerned. The promotion of group D
staff borne o the subordinate office cadre are ordered by individual Superintending
Engineers of each Circle taking into account the seniority of concerned staff at the
circle level. The group C and D staff borne on the subordinate office cadre of one
region are not entitle to be promoted against the vacancies available in other regions.

Departmental Promotion Committees

4.

All promotions and confirmations are made on the recommendations of a duly

constituted Departmental Promotion Committee. All appointments to Group A posts

carrying a minimum pay of Rs.2000 or above require the approval of the
Appointments Committee of the Cabinet.

The constitution of the Departmental

Promotion Committees for promotions/confirmation of Engineering, Horticultural

and Architectural Group A and Group B Officers is given below:-

Promotion
Confirmation
Group A
(i) DG(W)

Chairman, U.P.S.C.
N.A.
Secretary, Ministry of Urban
Development
Secretary, Department of Surface
Transport.

(ii) ADG(W)/Chief Engineer

N.A.
(Civil/Elect.)

Chairman, U.P.S.C.

(iii) Chief Architect

N.A.

Chairmans U.P.S.C.

Secretary
(UD), DG(W), CPWD

Secretary, Min. of UD, DG(W)

C.P.W.D.
(iv) Superintending Engineer(SG)
N.A.
(Civil/Elect.)

J.S. in the Min. of U.D. in charge

(v) Superintending Engineer

N.A.

Chairman

of CPWD, DG(W), CPWD

Member, UPSC
Addl. Secy. Joint Secretary
in the Min. of UD,D G(W)/
ADG CPWD.
(vi) Senior Architect
of

Chairman/Member UPSC

JS(W)Min.

JS(W)the

Min.

of

UD,

UD,DG(W),
DG(W), CPWD
(Note: in the case of Senior
Architects, Chief Architects in
co-opted as Member)
(vii) Executive Engineers
N.A.

Chairman/Member UPSC
Joint Secy.(W), Minstry of UD
ADG/DDG.

(viii) Asstt.Executive Engineer

ADG/

JS(W),
DDG

and

Dy.
Secy.Ministry
of Urban
Development.
(ix)
(x)

Architects
Dy. Director of Hort.
(Note: Post of Dy.Architect
is filled up by direct recruitment and is not a promotion
post).

}
} Chairman /Member, UPSC
} JS(WA) M/O U.D.
} DGW, CPWD
}
}

Group B
(i)

Assistant Engineer

(ii)

Assistant Architect

}
}
}
}
}

Chairman, ADG(W)
CE(Vig.), DS(W),
Members-Deputy Secy.
Min. of UD, DA
in the Ministry of UD
CPWD,
DA CPWD.
( Note: Chief Architect is (Note:
Chief

Architect
}

coopted as a member in

is coopted as a

mem} the case of Assistant

} Architects
(iii)

ber in the case of

Architects.)

Asstt.Director of Horticulture

Note:
In the D.P.Cs for considering promotion in posts to which order for
reservations for SC/ST candidates apply an officer of either of these communities of
appropriate rank
Should invariably be associated.

5.

Occasion may arise when the panel drawn up by the Departmental Promotion

Committee for a certain grade is exhausted and for some unavoidable reason
preparation of a fresh panel is likely to take some time. On such occasions the
appointing authority may order promotion of an officer for a specified period, not
exceeding 6 months in any case, on a purely adhoc basis. In cases of this natures, the
promotees are not entitled to seniority by virtue of such promotions.

Ad-hoc

promotions to Group A posts are made on the orders of the Minister, to Group B
posts, of the Director-General of Works and to Group C posts, of the irrespective
appointing authorities.
6.

In respect of Group C posts borne on the Central Secretariat Service cadre in

the Central Office, the Ministry orders the promotions and confirmations. For other
Group C and Group D posts in the Central Office and subordinate Offices, the
Departmental Promotion Committee as constituted hereunder finalise the panels for
promotion and confirmation:(i)

Group C posts other than CSS cadre Director of Administration and

two Deputy Directors of Administration.

(ii)

Chief Architectural Assistant/Senior Assistant (Arch. Deptt.)

Director of Administration, Senior Architect and Deputy Director of
Administration concerned.

(iii)

Arch. Asstt.(Arch.Deptt) Chief Architect, Director of Administration,

Under Secretary in the Ministry of Urban Development.

(iv)

Group D Posts One Deputy Director of Administration, One Section

Officer CPWD and one Section Officer from Ministry of
Development.

B Subordinate Office

Urban

(i)

Chief Estimator Director of Administration, Superintending Surveyor

of Works (NDZ) and Deputy Director of Admn. Concerned.

(ii)

Superintendents in Circle Offices Director of Administration, Deputy

Director of Administration concerned, Deputy Director from the
Directorate of Estates or Printing.

(iii)

Head Clerks (iv) Upper Division clerks (v) Draftsman Grade I and (vi)
Draftsman Grade II Superintending

Engineer

(Coord)

in

each

Region

and

one

Superintending Engineer, one Superintending Engineer from the same Region

& one Superintending Engineer from C.B.D.T. failing which Superintending
Engineer (P&T).
(vii)

Caretakers, and

(viii) Daftaries - Superintending Engineer of the Circle and two Executive

Engineers at Headquarters.
(Note: Note below para 4 above may also please be referred to).
Procedure to be observed by D.P.C.
Each DPC should decide its own method and procedure for basis assessment
of the suitablity of the candidates. No interview should be held unless it has been
specifically provided for in the recruitment rules for the post.
Selection Method
Where promotion are to made by selection method as prescribed in the
Recruitment Rules, the DPC shall for the purpose of determining the number of
officers, who will be considered from out of those eligible officers in the feeder grade,
restrict the field of choice as under with reference to the number of clear regular
vacancies proposed to be filled in the year :-

No. of vacancies

No.of officers to be considered

10

10+twice the number of vacancies in excess of

three vacancies i.e. x = 2x + 4 where x is
number of vacancies effective from 1.11.90

However, in respect of SC/ST, the field of choice will be five times the
number of vacancies .

While merit has to be recognised and rewarded advancement in an

officers career should not be regarded as a matter of course but should be
earned by dint of hard work, good conduct and result oriented performances
as reflected in the Annual Confidential Report and based on strict and rigorous
selection process.

There is misconception about Average Performance.

While Average may not be taken as adverse remarks in respect of an officer, at

the same time, it cannot be regarded as complimentary to the officer. It is only
performance that is above average and performance that is really noteworthy
which should entitle an officer to recognition and suitable regard in the matter
of promotion. CRs are the basic input on the basis of which assessment is to
be made by each DPC by evaluation of CRs should be fair, just and nondiscriminatory. Hence,

(i)

DPC should consider CRs for equal number of years in respect of all
officers concerned for promotion.

(ii)

The DPC should assess the suitability of the officer for promotion on
the basis of their service records and with particular reference to the
CRs for five preceding years. However, in cases, where the required
qualifying service is more than 5 years the DPC should see the
particular reference to the CRs for the year equal to qualifying
service.

(iii)

While holding DPC during the year the crucial dates for determining
their eligibility of officers for promotion would be proscribed as
under:(a)

Ist July of the year , in cases where ACRs are written calendar
yearwise .

(b)

Ist October of the year where ACRs are written financial

yearwise.

The crucial dates indicated above would be applicable to only such services
and posts for which statutory Rules do not prescribe a crucial date.
A note that when juniors who have completed the eligibility period are
considered for promotion their seniors would also be considered irrespective of
whether they have completed the probation period, should be indicated in the
Recruitment Rules in order to ensure that seniors who might have joined later due to
various reasons are not overlooked for promotion.

(iv)

Where one or more CRs have not been written for any reasons
during the relevant period, the DPC should consider the CRs of the

years preceding the period in question and if in any case, these are not
available, the DPC should take the number of CRs of the lower grade
into account. If this is also not possible all the available CRs should be
taken into account.
(v)

Where an officer is officiating in the next higher grade and has earned
CRs in that grade may be considered by the DPC in order to assess his
work, conduct and performance, but no extra weightage may be given
merely on the grounds that he has been officiating in the higher grade.

(vi)

In the case of each officer an overall grading should be one among (i)
Outstanding (ii) Very good (iii) Good (iv) Average (v) Unfit.

(vii)

Before making the overall grading, the DPC should take into account
whether any displeasure of any superior officer or authority has been
conveyed to him as reflected in his CRs. The DPC should also have
regards to the remarks against the column of integrity.

(viii) The list of candidates considered by the DPC and the overall grading
assigned to each candidate would form the basis for preparation of the
panel for promotion by the DPC. The following principles should be
observed in preparation of the panel:(a)

Having regards to the levels of the posts to which promotions

are to be made, the nature and importance of duties attached to
the posts a bench mark would be determined for each category
of posts for which promotion is to be made by selection
method. For all Group C Group B and Group A posts or
services from lower groups, the bench mark would be good.
All officers whose overall grade is equal or better than the

bench mark should be included in the panel for promotion to

the extent of the number of vacancies. They will be arranged
in the order of their inter-seniority in the low category without
reference to the overall grading obtaining by each of them
provided that each of them has an overall grading equal to or
better than the bench mark of Good.
Wherever promotions are made for induction to Group
A posts or service from lower groups the bench mark
would continue to be Good.

However, officers

grading as Outstanding would rank enbloc senior to

those who are graded as Very Good and officers
graded as very good would enbloc senior to those who
are graded a Good and placed in the select list/ panel
same grading maintaining their inter-seniority in the
feeder post.
(b)

In respect of all posts which are in the level of Rs.3700-5000

and above the bench grade mark should be very good.
However,

officers who are graded as Outstanding would

rank enbloc senior to those who are graded as Very Good and
placed in the select list panel accordingly upto the number of
vacancies, officers with same grading maintaining their interse
seniority in the feeder grade.
(c)

Appointments shall be made in the order of names appearing in

the panel for promotion.

(iv)

Where sufficient number of officers with the required bench mark

grade are not available within the Zone of consideration.

Officers

with required bench mark will be placed on panel and for the unfilled
vacancies, the appointing authority should hold afresh DPC by
considering the required number of officers beyond the original zone
of consideration.
(a)

In promotions by selection to Posts/services within group A

which carry an ultimate salary of Rs.5700/-per month in the
revised scale of pay, the SC/ST officers who are senior enough
in the zone of consideration for promotion so as to be within
the number of vacancies for which the select list has to be
drawn up notwithstanding the prescription of bench mark be
included in the list provided they are not considered unfit for
promotion.

(b)

In promotion by selections to posts/services in Group B,

within Group B and from Group B to the lowest rung in
Group A Selection against vacancies reserved for SC/ST
candidates are not available within the normal field of choice,
it may be extended to five times the number of vacancies and
the SC/ST candidates coming within the extended field of
choice should also be considered against the vacancies
reserved for them.

If candidates from SC/ST obtain on the

basis of merit with due regard to seniority on the same basis of

merit as others, lesser number of vacancies than the number of
reserved for them, the difference should be made up by

selecting candidates of these communities who are in zone of

consideration, irrespective of merit and bench mark but who are
considered fit for promotion.
(c)

As regards promotion made by selection in Group C and

Group D posts/services, select lists of SCs/STs officers
should be drawn up separately in addition to the general select
list to fill up the reserved vacancies. SC/ST officers who are
within the normal zone of consideration should be considered
for promotion alongwith others and adjudged on the same basis
as others and those SC/ST against them, who are selected on
that basis may be included in the general select list in addition
to their being considered for inclusion in the separate select
lists for SC/ST, officers belong to the SC/ST will be adjudged
separately amongst themselves and not alongwith others and if
selected, they should be included in the concerned separate list,
irrespective of their merit as compared to other officers and the
bench mark determined by the cadre authorities. If candidates
from SC/ST obtain on the basis of their position in the
aforesaid general list lesser number of vacancies than are
reserved for them, the difference should be made up by selected
candidates of these communities in the separate select list of
SCs/STs respectively.

Preparation of yearwise panels

1.

Where for reasons beyond control, the DPC could not be held in an year(s)

even though the vacancies arose during the year or years, the first DPC that meets
thereafter should follow the following procedure.
(i)

determine the actual number of vacancies that arose in such of the

previous years immediately proceedings and the actual number of
regular vacancies proposed to be filled in the current year separately.

(ii)

Consider in respect of each of the year the officers only who would be
within the field of choice with reference to the vacancies of each year
started with the earliest year onwards.

(iii)

Prepare a select list by placing the select list of the earlier year above
the one for the next year and so on.

2.

For the purpose of evaluating the merit of the officers while preparing

yearwise panels the scrutiny of the record of the service of the officers should be
limited to the records that would have been available had the DPC met at the
appropriate time.

If on the date of meeting of the DPC, departmental proceedings

are in progress and under the existing instructions sealed cover procedure is to be
followed, such procedure should be observed even if the departmental proceedings
were not in existence in the year to which the vacancies related. The officers name
should be kept in sealed cover till the proceedings are finalised.
3.

While promotion will be made in order of consolidated select list, such

promotion will have only prospective effect even in cases where vacancies relate to
earlier years.
4.

Where a DPC has already been held in a year, further vacancies arise during

the same year due to death, resignation, voluntary retirement etc. or because the

vacancies are not intimated to the DPC due to error or omission on the part of
Department concerned, the following procedure should be followed:(i)

Vacancies due to death, voluntary retirement, new creations etc. clearly

belong to the category which could not be foreseen at the time of
placing facts and materials before the DPC, in such cases another
meeting of DPC should be held for drawing up a panel for these
vacancies as these vacancies could not be anticipated at the time of
holding the earlier DPC. If for any reason, the DPC cannot meet for
the second time, the procedure for drawing up of yearwise panels may
be followed when it meets next time for preparing panels in respect of
vacancies that arise in subsequent years.

(ii)

In the second type of cases of non reporting of non reporting of

vacancies due to error or omission i.e. though the vacancies were there
at the time of holding of DPC meeting, they were not reported to, it
results in injustice to the officers concerned by artificially restricting
the zone of consideration. The wrong done cannot be rectified by
holding a second DPC as preparing an yearwise panel. In all such
cases, a review DPC should be held keeping in mind the total
vacancies of the year.

Non-Selection Method
Where the promotion are to be made on Non-Selection basis according to
Recruitment Rules, the DPC need not make a comparative assessment of the records
of officers and it should categorise the officer as FIT or Not yet fit for promotion
on the basis of assessment of their record of service. The officers categorised as fit

should be placed in the panel in order of their seniority in the grade from which
promotions are to be made.

Selection grade in Group A Service

For appointment to the selection grade in Group A Services, which is non
functional, the following procedure and criteria should be followed:(a)

An internal committee will be constituted to review the cases of officer

for

non-functional

selection

grade

and

to

make

suitable

recommendations.
(b)

The committee shall consider the last five ACRs of the officers.

(c)

Ordinarily the committee shall accept the final grading given by the
Reporting / Reviewing / Accepting authority in each ACRs unless
there are good reasons to depart from that grading.

(d)

The committee should satisfy itself that the overall performance of the
officer was Good and that he has at least two Very Good grade in
the last five ACRs. Such an officer would be considered suitable for
non functional selection grade.

(e)

There should be no adverse entries in any ACRs. If there are any

adverse entries, it would be clearly brought out in the minutes as to
why the officer has been proposed for non functional selection grade in
spite of adverse entries.

(f)

The minutes should also include a certificate that there is no other

factor or aspect affecting

an officer which will disqualify him for

grant of non-functional selection grade.

(g)

The committee may in exceptional cases recommend candidates for

appointment to non functional selection grade who do not strictly
satisfy to above criteria provided they are considered deserving for
grant of non-functional selection grade. In such cases, the committee
should clearly record the reasons for such recommendations.
(O.M No.28038/1/88-Estt.(D) dated 9/10/1989).

The procedure indicated below in respect of extending the benefit of NBR for
non-functional selection grade appointments and also sealed cover cases:(a)

In the case of promotion to non-functional selection grade there is no

need to extend the select list beyond the actual number of selection
grade vacancies even when any of the officers included in the select
list remains on deputation, since there is no functional need to fill the
vacancy created by some one being away on deputation. Though the
junior is not thus promoted to fill the non functional selection grade
vacancy, there should, however, be no objection to allow proforma
promotion, as a special case,to an officer included in the select list
while he is on deputation in public interest without insisting on the
normal conditions of NBR.

(b)

As regards sealed cover cases, if the recommendations in respect of a

person for appointment to non functional selection grade are kept in
the sealed cover, the non functional selection grade vacancy should be
kept unfilled till the disciplinary proceedings are completed. In such
cases, it is not permissible for a junior person to officiate in the
vacancy. In the meantime, the post will only be operated at JAG level.
If on finalisation of the disciplinary proceedings, the officer is fully

exonerated, he will be entitled for appointment to the non functional

selection grade from the date from which it was due and also for
arrears of pay on that account.
(O.M.No. 22033/1/88-Estt. (D) dated 22.11.90).
Procedure and guidelines to be followed in respect of promotion of
Government servants against whom disciplinary/court proceedings are
pending or whose conduct is under investigation
At the time of consideration of the cases of Government servants for
promotion, details of Government servant in the consideration zone for
promotion falling under the following categories should be specifically
brought to the notice of the DPC:-

(1)

Government servant under suspension.

(2)

Government servants in respect of whom disciplinary

proceedings are pending or a decision has been taken to initiate
disciplinary proceedings.

(3)

Government servants in respect of whom prosecution for a

criminal charge is pending or sanction to prosecute has been
issued or a decision has been taken to sanction for prosecution.

2.

The DPC shall assess the suitability of the Government servants coming

within the purview of the circumstances mentioned at 3 above alongwith other

eligible candidates without taking into consideration the disciplinary/prosecution
pending or contemplated against them or where the investigation is in progress. The
assessment of DPC including Unfit for promotion and grading awarded will be kept
in a sealed cover. The cover will be superscribed findings regarding suitability for
promotion to the grade/post of-----------in respect of ----------. The proceedings of

the DPC need only contain the note that findings are contained in the attached sealed
cover, The authority competent to fill the vacancy should be separately advised to fill
the vacancy in the higher grade only an officiating capacity when the findings of the
DPC in respect of suitability of a Govt. servant for his promotion are kept in a sealed
cover.
3.

The aforesaid procedure will be followed by the subsequent DPCs convened

till the disciplinary

case /

criminal

prosecution against the Govt. servant is

concluded .

Action after completion of disciplinary case / criminal prosecution

4.

On conclusion of the disciplinary case/criminal prosecution results in dropping

of allegation or complaints against Govt. servants the sealed cover or covers shall be
opened. In case the Govt. servant is completely exonerated, the due date of his
promotion will be determined with reference to the position assigned to him in the
findings kept in the sealed cover and with reference to the date of promotion of his
next junior on the basis of such position. The Govt. servant may be promoted if
necessary, by reverting the junior most officiating person, he may be promoted
notionally with reference to the date of promotion of his junior but he will not be
allowed any arrears of pay for the period preceding the date of actual promotion.
5.

If any penalty is imposed on the Govt. servant as a result of the disciplinary

proceeding or if he is found guilty in the criminal prosecution against him, the

findings of the sealed cover shall not be acted upon. His case for promotion may be
considered by the next DPC in the normal course and having regard to the penalty
imposed on him.

6.

In case where disciplinary proceedings have been held under the relevant

disciplinary rules warning should not be issued as a result of such proceedings. If it

is found as a result of the proceeding that some blame attaches to the Govt. servant, at
least the penalty of censure should be imposed.

Six monthly review of sealed cover

7.

It is necessary to ensure that the disciplinary proceedings / criminal

prosecution instituted against any Govt. servant is not unduly prolonged and all
efforts to finalise expeditiously the proceedings should be taken so that the need for
keeping the cases of Govt. servant in a sealed cover is limited to the barest minimum.
The appointing authority should review comprehensively the case of Govt. servants
whose suitability for promotion to a higher grade has been kept in a sealed cover.
Such a review should be done subsequently also every six months. The review
should, inter alia, cover the following aspects:
(i) The progress made in the disciplinary/criminal prosecution and the
further measures to be taken to expedite their completion.
(ii) Scrutiny of the material evidence collected in the investigation to
take a decision as to whether a prima facie case for initiating
disciplinary
case/criminal prosecution against the officer.
8.

If as a result of the review, the appointing authority comes to a conclusion in

respect of cases covered by the review that there is no case for taking action against
the Govt. servant concerned, the sealed cover may be opened and acted upon
accordingly.

Procedure for ad-hoc promotion

9.

In spite of six monthly review referred above, there may be some cases where

disciplinary case/investigation/criminal prosecution against the Govt. servant are not

concluded and expiry of two years from the date of the meeting of the first DPC,
which kept its findings in respect of the Govt. servant in sealed cover. In such a
situation the appointing authority may review the case of Govt. servant, provided he is
not under suspension, to consider the desirability of giving him ad-hoc promotion
keeping in view the following aspects:
(a)

Whether the promotion of the officer will be against public interest.

(b)

Whether the charges are grave enough to warrant continued denial of

promotion.

(c)

Whether there is no likelihood of the case coming to a conclusion in

the near future.

(d)

Whether the delay in the finalisation of proceedings, departmental or in

a court or the investigation is not directly or indirectly attributable to
the Govt. servant concerned.

(e)

Whether there is nay likelihood of misuse of official position which the

govt. servant may occupy after ad-hoc

promotion, which may

adversely affect the conduct of the departmental case/criminal

prosecution.
10.

The appointing authority should also consult the CBI and take their views into

account where the departmental proceedings or criminal prosecution arose out of the
investigation conducted by the Bureau.
11.

In case the appointing authority comes to the conclusion that it would not be

against the public interest to allow ad-hoc promotion to the Govt. servant, his case

should be placed before the next DPC held in the normal course after the expiry of
two year period to decide whether the officer is suitable for promotion on ad-hoc
basis. Where the Govt. servant is considered for ad-hoc promotion, the DPC would
make its assessment on the basis of the totality of the individuals record of service
without taking into account the pending disciplinary case/criminal prosecution against
him.
12.

After a decision is taken to promote a Govt. servant on an ad-hoc basis, an

order of promotion may be issued making it clear in the order itself that:
(i)

the promotion is being made on purely ad-hoc and the ad-hoc

promotion will not confer any right for regular promotion.

(ii)

the promotion shall be until further orders. It should also be indicated

in the orders that the Govt. reserve the right to cancel the ad-hoc
promotion and revert at any time the Govt. servant to the post from
which he was promoted.

13.

If the Govt. servant concerned is acquitted in the criminal prosecution on the

merits of the case or is fully exonerated in the departmental proceedings did not need
to criminal proceedings/disciplinary

proceedings, the ad-hoc

promotion already

made may be confirmed and the promotion may be treated as regular one from the
date of adhoc promotion with all benefits. In case the Govt. servant could have
normally got his regular promotion from a date prior to the date of his ad-hoc
promotion with reference to his placement in the DPC proceedings kept in the sealed
cover and the actual date of promotion of the person ranked immediate junior to him
by the same DPC. He will also be allowed his due seniority and benefit of notional
promotion as envisaged above.

14.

If the Govt. servant is not acquitted on merits in the criminal prosecution but

purely on technical grounds and Govt. either proposed to take up the matter to a
higher court or to proceed against him departmentally or the Govt. servant is not
exonerated in the departmental proceedings and ad-hoc promotion granted to him
should be brought to an end.

Sealed cover applicable to officers coming under cloud before promotion

15.

A Govt. servant who is recommended for promotion by DPC but in whose

case any of the circumstances mentioned in para 1 above arise after

the

recommendations of DPC are received but before he is actually promoted will be

considered as if his case had been placed in a sealed cover by the DPC. He shall not
be promoted until he is completely exonerated of the charges against him and the
provisions contained above will be applicable in this case also.
(No.22011/2/86- Estt.(A) dated 12/1/1988 and No.22011/1/91-Estt.(A) dated
31/7/91).

Seniority in case of delay in reporting for duty after selection

Relative seniority of direct recruits appointed on the recommendations of the
UPSC or any other authority is determined by the order or merit in which they are
selected for such appointments, the

persons appointed as a result of an earlier

selection being placed above those appointed as a result of the subsequent selection.
In certain cases the candidates recommended by the UPSC for appointment take long
time to join and there have also been cases where offer of appointments were revived
by the departments after they had been cancelled and in spite of the long delay in
joining the candidates were allowed the benefit of seniority on the basis of their initial

selection. The question whether in such cases it would not be desirable to depress the
seniority of the candidates who are appointed on the result of the selection by the
interviews/examinations was considered by the Government in consultation with the
UPSC and it has now been decided that the following procedure may be adopted.
This procedure will be applicable both in cases of selection through interviews and
examinations:

(i) In the offers of appointment issued by different Ministries/Departments, it

should be clearly indicated that the offer would lapse if the candidates did
not join within a specified period not exceeding two or three months.
(ii) If however, within a stipulated period , a request is received from the
candidates for extension of time, it may be considered by the Ministry /
Department and if they are satisfied, an extension for a limited period may
be granted including the extension during which the offer of appointment
will be kept open, should not exceed a period of 9 months. The candidate
who joins within the above period of nine months will have their seniority
fixed under the seniority rules applicable to the service/post concerned to
which they are appointed, without any depression of seniority.
(iii)

If even after extensions, if any, granted by the Ministry /Department, a

candidate does not joint within the stipulated time (which shall not
exceed a period of nine months, the order of appointment should lapse.

(iv)

An offer of appointment which has lapsed, should not ordinarily be

revived later, except in exceptional circumstances and on grounds of
public interest.

The Commission should in all cases be consulted

before such offers are revived.

(v)

In a case where after the lapse of the offer, the offer is revived in
consultation with the Commission as mentioned in

sub para (iv)

above, the seniority of candidates concerned would be fixed below

those who have already joined the posts concerned within the
prescribed period of nine months, and if the candidate join before the
candidates of the next selection examination join, he should be placed
below all other office batch.

If however, the candidate joins after

some or all the candidates of the next selection examination have

joined, he should be :(a)

In cases of selection through interview, placed at the bottom of

all the candidates of the next batch.

(b)

In the case of examination, allotted to the next year batch and

placed at the bottom.

(DPT OM No.9/23/71-Estt.(D) dated 6/6/1978)

SC/ST officers considered for being appointed in their turn to posts in
the non-functional selection grade against available vacancies may be included
in the select list even if they do not fulfil the criteria laid down in Department
of Personnel & Trainings provided they are not considered unfit by the
selection committee.
(O.M.No, 22038/1/88-Estt.(D) dated 1.3.90)

Reservation in promotion by selection

In promotions by selections from Group C to Group B and within
Group B to lowest rung of Group A, vacancies are required to be reserved
for SC/ST officers @ 15% and 7 % respectively. If sufficient number of

SC/ST candidates are not available within the normal zone of consideration,
then the zone of consideration is extendable to five times the number of
vacancies. If sufficient number of SC/ST officers are not available, from even
the extended zone of consideration, the unfilled reserved vacancies may be
filled up by promoting general category candidates after de-reservation. The
vacancies reserved for SC/ST are inter changeable in the same year. There is
no carry forward of the reservation from year to year basis.
In promotions by selection posts, the services within Group A which
carry an ultimate salary of Rs. 5700/- per month or less than the revised scale,
the SC/ST officers, who are senior enough in the zone of consideration for
promotion so as to be within the number of vacancies for which the select list
has to be drawn up would not withstanding the prescription of Bench Mark be
included in the list provided they are not considered unfit for promotion.
(O.M.No. 22011/5/86-Estt(D) dated 10.4.89)
If there is no reserved candidate even within extended zone, it should
be clearly indicated by the Ministry/Department while forwarding the DPC
proposals whether the competent authority has approved dereservation of
reserved

vacancy and only in that even a general candidate will be

recommended against the vacancy.

When there is reserved candidate in the zone or the extended zone and
the said candidate is found unsuitable for promotion by the DPC, the DPC will
not recommend a general candidate in lieu.

In such cases, if Ministry/

Department wants to fill up the vacancy by a general candidate, they may

initiate action for getting it dereserved. Thereafter a fresh DPC may be held

for filling up that vacancy by a general candidate.

An exception to this

general rule will be made by the UPSC only in very urgent case.
(DP&T OM No.39011/7/90-Estt.(B) dated 8/2/91.

Carry forward of Reservation

If sufficient number of SC/ST candidates fit for appointment against
reserved vacancies are not available, such vacancies can be dereserved and
such reserved vacancies can be filled by candidates of other communities.
After such dereservation, reservations are carried forward to subsequent three
years except in the case of reservations in promotion by selection from Group
C to Group B within Group B and from Group A where carrying
forward reservation are not permitted.
Recruitment Year shall mean a Calender Year and for purposes of
three year limit for carry forwarding of reserved vacancies shall mean the year
in which recruitment is actually made.
Recruitment year in cases of promotion when the panel prepared by the
DPC spreads into more than one calender year will be the year in which the
first recruitment is made from the select list prepared by the DPC.

Exchange of reservation between SC/ST

While vacancies reserved for SC/ST may continue to be treated as
reserved for the respective community only, ST candidates may also be
considered for appointment against a vacancy reserved for SC candidates and
vice versa. Where such a vacancy could not be filled by a SC or ST candidate
even in the 3rd year to which the reservation is carried forward, the normal

provision is that the exchange is permissible only for the reservation which
have been carried forward to 3rd and subsequent year of recruitment.
In case of promotion by selection from Group C to Group B, within
Group B and from Group B to lowest rung of Group A where carrying
forward of reservations are not permitted, vacancies can be exchanged
between SC & ST in the same year of recruitment.
Any recruitment of SC/ST candidates will first be counted against the
additional quota brought forward from the previous years in their
chronological orders.

If SC/ST candidates are not available for all the

vacancies, the older carried forward vacancies should be filled first and the
comparatively later carried forward vacancies should be further carried
forward.
For example, suppose in a particular recruitment year there are 50
vacancies out of which 22 are reserved for SC and ST taking into
consideration the carry forward and fresh reservation in the following
manner:-

SC

ST

Third year

Second year

First year

Fresh

____

____

10

12

_______________________________________________________________
___

Against the reserved vacancies of 10 for SC and 12 for ST, suppose 8

SC and one ST are available. As the oldest carried forward reservations have
to be adjusted first the one ST candidate will be adjusted against the oldest
carry forward i.e. 3rd year. The remaining 4 reservations for ST in the third
year of carry forward will be exchangeable with SC candidates out of the 8 SC
candidates 4 will be adjusted against exchangeable vacancies, one against the
third year for SC and one against the first year for SC and 2 against the frsh
reservation for SC. So dereservation will be required for six vacancies for SC
and 7 vacancies for ST ( 2 of second year, one for first year and 4 fresh
reservation).
The total number of reservation not exceeding normally 50% of the
total number of vacancies filled in that year. The surplus if any, above 50%,
where the ceiling of 50% is applied,

shall be carried forward

to the

subsequent year of recruitment, subject however to the condition that the

particular vacancies carried forward

do not become time barred to their

becoming more than thee years old.

Roster
To give proper effect to the reservations prescribed every appointing
authority should treat vacancies reserved or unreserved according to amodel.
Roster each of 40/100 points as prescribed below:1.

Direct recruitment made on all India basis:-

(a)

by open competition i.e. through UPSC or by means of open

competition test held by any other authority as in the roster
consisting of 40 points (for reservation of 15% for SC and 7
% for ST).

(b)

Otherwise than by open competition as in rosters constituting

of 40 points (for reservation of 16.66% for SC and 7 % for
ST).

2.

Direct recruitment to Group C and D posts normally attracting candidates

from a locality or a region according to a roster consisting of 100 points for

percentages of reservation fixed generally in proportion to the population of SC and
ST in the respective States/Union territories.
3.

Promotions to which reservation apply 40 points roster ( for reservation of

15% for SC and 7 % for ST).

The actual number of vacancies to be reserved for SC/ST in any recruitment
should be determined on the basis of the points in the roster and also taking into
account the reservations brought forward from the previous year.

The total

reservations should not exceed 50% of the total number of vacancies filled in that
year.

Maintenance of Rosters
1.

A common roster should be maintained for permanent appointments and

temporary appoints likely to become permanent or to continue indefinitely.

2.

A separate roster should be maintained for purely temporarily appointments of

45 days or more but which have no chance whatever or becoming permanent or

continuing indefinitely.

3.

Separate rosters should be maintained

reservations in

appointments made

for determining the number of

by direct recruitment and promotion (with

separate roster for each mode of promotion viz. Limited departmental competitive
examination, selection, seniority-cum-fitness etc.).
4.

The rosters are intended to be an aid to determining the number of vacancies

to be reserved and are not meant to be used for determining the order of appointment
or seniority.

Seniority on promotion
The procedure of determination of seniority on promotion to higher grades is
explained in detail in the Ministry of Home Affairs O.M. No.9/11/55-RPS dated
22/12/59. In general relative seniority of persons promoted to selection posts will
be in the order in which they have been recommended for such promotion by the
Departmental Promotion Committee; and for non selection .posts
seniority of persons considered fit for promotion at the same time shall be the same
as the relative seniority in the lower grade from which they have been promoted.
When a person is superseded by his junior due to his / her being found unfit at a
particular time but promoted subsequently on being found fit, he/she will not count
his / her seniority in the higher grade above the junior who had superseded him/her.

Eligibility criteria for promotion

Following are the eligibility criteria for promotion to Group A and Group
B posts in the Gazetted Engineering Establishment both the Civil and Electrical
sites:(a)

Director General of Works.

1.

(a)

Additional Director General (Works) with two years regular

service in the grade.

(b)Additional Director General (Architecture) with two years regular
service in the grade: Provided that a person holding the post by direct
recruitment on contract shall not be eligible.
(Failing (1) above:-

2.

(a)

Additional Director General (Works) with five years combined

regular service as Additional Director General (Works) and Chief Engineer

(Civil)/(Elect.) .
(b)

Additional Director General (Architecture) with five years combined

regular service as Additional Director (General (Architecture and Chief
Architect) and Chief Architect.

(c)

Additional Director General : Chief Engineers, Civil/Chief Engineer

(Elect.) with three years regular service in the grade.

(d)

Chief Engineer: 17 years regular service in class I out of which four

years regular service should be in the grade of Superintending
Engineer or eight years regular service as SE (including service in the
non-functional selection grade).

(e)

Superintending Engineer (Selection Grade).

No member of the service shall be eligible for appointment to
the selection grade until he has entered the fourteenth year of service
on first July of the year calculated from the year following the year of
examination on the basis of which the member was elected.

(f)

Superintending Engineer : Executive Engineer with 7 years regular

service in the grade.

(g)

Executive Engineer
(1)

Assistant Executive Engineer with 5 years regular service in the

grade; and

(2)

Permanent graduate Assistant Engineers with 8 years regular

service in the grade and permanent diploma holders Assistant
Engineers with outstanding records and ability and 10 years
service in the grade.

(h)

Assistant Engineers
(1)

50% vacancies in the grade are filled up by promotion by

selection
from amongst permanent Junior Engineers.

(2)

50% of vacancies in the grade of AEs are filled up by Limited

Departmental Competitive Examination conducted by UPSC.
Junior Engineers with four years regular service are eligible to
appear in the examination.

Note: Direct recruitment in the grade of Assistant Engineers has been

suspended with effect from 1.4.1972.
Posts of Asstt. Architects are filled by direct recruitment as well as by
promotion as detailed in paragraph 10 of Section 2 in this Chapter. Promotion is made
from the following categories in order of preference given below:(i)

Chief Architectrual Assistant;

(ii)

Architectural Assistant (Selection Grade); and

(iv)

Architectural Assistant.

The eligibility criteria is 5 years regular service in any one or more the above
grades.

Technical Officer
These are filled 100% by promotion from amongst the following categories of
staff in order of preference:(a)

Senior Assistant (Arch.Department).

(b)

Assistant (Architect Department) (S.G.)

(c)

Assistant (Architect Department).

Note: The eligibility criteria for Group a Services are as under:Director of Horticulture/Additional Director of Horticulture: With five
years of service rendered after appointment thereto on a regular basis from
DD(Hort.).
Dy. Director of Horticulture:

Assistant Director

of Horticulture

having degree in Agriculture or Botany with Horticulture as a special subject

with five years regular service in the grade.
66-2/3 per cent of the vacancies of Assistant Director of Horticulture
are filled up by promotion by selection from amongst the Sectional Officers
(Horticulture) with the following service:(a)

Graduate Sectional Officers (Horticulture) with a minimum of

8 years regular service in the grade; and

(b)

Non-graduate Sectional Officers (Horticulture) with 10 years

regular service in the grade.

Ministerial establishment in subordinate offices

The eligibility criteria for promotion to supervisory posts mentioned below
are as under:-

(a)

Superintendents: Head Clerks/Senior grade Stenographers having 5

years regular service in the grade ( 80% case for Head Clerks and 20%
for Senior Grade Stenographers).

(b)

Head Clerk: Upper Division Clerks having 5 years regular service in

the grade (50% through regular service in the grade 50% on the basis
of Seniority-cum-fitness).

The vacancies of Upper Division

Clerks are filled up by promotion as

follows:(a)

37 % of the vacancies from amongst permanent and quasi permanent

Lower Division Clerks on the basis of seniority subject to rejection of
the unfit;

(b)

50 per cent of the vacancies on the basis of seniority from amongst

categories at a above subject to their qualifying in a departmental test;
and

(c)

12 % of the vacancies by competitive examination limited to LDCs

in the departmental with 3 years regular service in the grade and
Telephone Operators of the Central Office of the C.P.W.D.

For details of the examination please se paragraph 33-39 of Section 4 in this

Chapter.
The vacancies of Lower Division Clerk are filled up:(j)

70% direct recruitment through open competitive examination,

conducted by the Staff Selection Commission.

(ii)

5% by promotion from amongst educationally qualified Group D staff

on the basis of a qualifying examination.

(iii)

5% by seniority-cum-fitness from amongst educational qualified

Group D staff.

(iv)

20% by induction of LDC belonging to Central Sectt. Clerical service

any service/office under Central Govt. failing which by direct Rectt.
For the post of Cashier, permanent and quasi-permanent Lower
Division Clerks are eligible to be considered.

Engineering Drawing Establishment

Appointments to the post of Chief Estimator are made by selection from
amongst Draughtsmen Grade I with at least 5 years service in the grade rendered
after appointment thereto on a regular basis.
For promotion to the grade of Draughtsamn Grade I, permanent and quasipermanent Draughtsmen Grade II with 4 years regular service in the grade are
eligible for consideration. Promotion to the grade of Draughtsman Grade II is made
from Grade III Draughtsmen with 5 years regular service in the grade.
Ferro Printers with 8 years regular service in the grade can be considered for
promotion to the grade of Draughtsmen Grade III against 5% quota subject to
passing of a Departmental qualifying test.

Short term Promotions

Short term vacancies of more than one months duration, consequent on an
officers proceeding on leave, or on transfer, should be notified:
(i)
to the Director General of Works in respect of vacancies in the posts in
Group B and C for which he is the appointing authority and
(ii)

to the Superintending Engineers (Coordination) concerned of the

Region.

In case it is not possible to fill up such vacancies by promotion the Director

General of Works or the Superintending Engineer (Coord.) as the case may be, may
order the senior-most person in the concerned Circle or Division to hold current
charge of the routine duties of the vacant post pending posting or a regular incumbent.

Fixation of Pay on Promotion

Fixation of pay on promotion is done under the normal rules viz. FR 22, FR
22-B and FR 22-C, depending upon the category and the conditions of appointment.
However, these rules do not apply in the case of Assistant Executive Engineers in the
Junior Time Scale of Group A promoted to the Senior Time Scale of Group A. In
their case, fixation of pay on promotion is done in accordance with the Concordance
Table. While regulating the pay of such officers on the promotion, it should be
ensured that their promotion is on regular basis.
(While regulating the pay of any Government Servant under FR 27, approval
of the authority competent to create the post in that grade is required).
Various posts in the Headquarters carry special pay which has been recently
revised as a result of 4th Pay Commission.

The revised rates are given under:

S.No.
p.m.

Name of post

Revised Spl. Pay

J.A.G. Posts in Directorate General of Works.

Rs.
1.

Director of Works

500.00

2.

Superintending Engineers in Vigilace Unit

500.00

3.

Superintending Engineers in CDO

500.00

4.

Superintending Engineers in Training Institute

500.00

5.

Superintending Surveyor of Works (BFR)

500.00

6.

Superintending Surveyor of Works to CE(OSD)

500.00

7.

Other SEs posted in DG(W)s office

500.00

8.

Senior Architects (H&TP)I & II

500.00

STS posts in Directorate General of Works

1.

Executive Engineer in Progress Reports Section

400.00

2.

Executive Engineer (MIS)

400.00

3.

Executive Engineers in Central Design Organisation

400.00

4.

Executive Engineers in Vigilance Unit

400.00

5.

Executive Engineers in Training Institute

400.00

6.

Other Executive Engineers posted in DG(W)s office

400.00

7.

Architects in Chief Architects Section

400.00

The post of Junior Engineer is filled by direct recruitment to the extent of

97% by All India Competitive Examination for which the minimum qualification is

Diploma in Engineering. 3% posts are filled up through a Departmental Examination

open to other regular employees of the Department having the requisite qualification
of Diploma in Engineering. There are two scale of pay for the Junior Engineers
(Civil) & (Electrical) viz. Rs.. 1400-2300 and Rs. 1640-2900 subject to the rejection
of unfit on completion of five years service in the grade. This higher grade will be
non-functional and the benefit of FR 22(1)(a)(i) will not be admissible, while fixing
the pay in the higher grade as there will no change in duties and responsibilities..
These orders will be effective from 1.1.1986.
2

Junior Engineers who could not be promoted to the post of Asstt, Engineers in

the scale of Rs. 2000-3500, due to non-availability of vacancies in the grade of AEs,
will be allowed the scale of Assistant Engineer i.e.Rs. 2000-3500, on a personal
basis, after completion of 15 years of total service as Junior Engineers. The personal
promotion will be given in fitness basis. As and when regular vacancies in the grade
of Assistant Engineer arise, the Junior Engineer enjoying personal promotion will be
adjusted against these vacancies, subject to observance of normal procedure. These
orders will be effective from 1.1.1991.
3.

In the matters of pay fixation, the Junior Engineers allowed personal scale of

Rs.2000-3500 will get the benefit of FR 22(1)(a)(i).

On being granted personal promotions, the Junior Engineers will continue to
perform the same duties/functions.

Retrenchment Procedure
The general instructions for retrenchment of Central Government Employees
in any grade in Central Civil Service/Post in GroupA, B, C and D become
necessary whenever such retrenchment takes place either because of a reduction in the

number of posts or re-organisation. These instructions do not apply to the following

categories of personnel:(a)

Group A,B and C employees who on being rendered surplus are to be

redeployed through the Surplus Cell of the Department of Personnel & Admn.
Reforms in accordance with the provisions of the Ministry of Home Affairs
OM No. 3/27/65-CSII dated the 25th February, 1966 as amended from time to
time.

(b)

Those Group D employees who on being rendered surplus are to be

redeployed through the Surplus Cell of the Directorate General of
Employment & Training in accordance with the provisions of the Ministry of
Home Affairs OM No. 3/27/65-CS II dated 25.5.1966.

(c)

Organised services where specified instructions exists or in case of those

officers where separate instructions of retrenchment have been laid down in
consultation with the Department of Personnel & Trg.

2.

The employees to be retrenched from a particular grade shall be categorised

into the following categories for the purpose of determining the order in which they
have to be retrenched:(i)

Those who are working in the grade in a purely adhoc capacity.

(ii)

Those who are working on temporary loan basis from other Departments.

(iii)

Those who are on deputation to the grade.

(iv)

Those who are purely or temporary officiating.

(v)

Those who are quasi-permanent in the grade.

(vi)

Those who are permanent in the grade.

3.

The retrenchment of employees in each category shall be effected in the

following manner:(i)

The employees appointed in ad-hoc basis who hold lien

in any other

permanent posts or who are declared quasi-permanent against some posts

should be reverted to those posts first. After exhausting this group, ad hoc
employees who hold any other post in temporary capacity and in whose cases
administrative liens were kept in those posts at the time of ad hoc appointment
may be reverted to their regular temporary posts.

Lastly, other ad hoc

employees should be retrenched in the reverse order according to their length

of ad hoc service in the grade.
(ii)

Officer on temporary loan from other offices and the deputationists should be
reverted to their parent departments. Since there is no inter seniority among
deputationists, the order in which they are to be reverted shall be decided by
the office/ department where they are working keeping in view the needs of
the work of the ofice/ department and the public interest.

(iii)

Temporary employees in the grade should be retrenched in the reverse order of

their seniority. If such an employee in the grade had been promoted from the
a lower post including he may be reverted to the post instead of being the one
promoted to the grade on ad-hoc basis he may be reverted to the lower post
instead of being retrenched. Their seniority in the lower post may also be
determined after counting their service in the higher post as service in the
lower post.

(iv)

Quasi permanent employees in the grade should be retrenched in the reverse

order of their seniority. If such an employee has been from a lower post he
may be reverted to his lower post instead of being retrenched.

(v)

Permanent employees in the grade should be retrenched in the reverse order of

their seniority. If such an employee had been reverted oto the lower post, he
may be reverted to the lower post instead of being retrenched.

Persons

directly recruited may instead of being retrenched be reverted to a lower post

from which appointments are normally made. Their seniority in lower post
may also be determined after counting their services in the higher post as
service in the lower post. For the purpose of further retrenchment, the same
procedure as in respect of purely temporary employee should be followed.
(vi)

Persons appointed through the UPSC etc. who are given some order of merit
by the selection authorities should be retrenched in the reverse order of their
merit.

Note: The above order of discharge is not applicable in cases where the whole
organisation is wound up and where systematic effort to get the retrenched staff
absorbed in other organisation has been initiated. In such cases, the release shall
commence in the order of seniority i.e.senior should be released first for absorption
after giving them an option for such absorption. In such cases, where the number of
officers who volunteer for absorption is more than the number of vacancies available,
the officers should be released in the order of their seniority.
4.

Except where different rules of seniority have been prescribed in consultation

with the Department of Personnel and Administrative Reforms in respect of of a

particular service / post, seniority, for the purpose of these instructions shall be
determined in accordance with the general principles of seniority laid down in the
Ministry of Home Affairs, OM No. 9/11/55-RPS, dated 22/12/1959, read with OM
No.9/3/72-Estt.(D) dated 27/2/1972.

5.

While retrenching employees in accordance with the order of retrenchment

prescribed in para 3 above, an employee belonging to the Scheduled Caste/Scheduled

Tribe should not be retrenched so long a the total number of SC/ST employees in the
grade is less than the number which should have been in the grade in accordance with
percentages of reservations prescribed from time to time for SC/ST candidates in the
concerned grade. Such protection will apply in regard to categories (iii), (iv) and )\(v)
mentioned under para 3 and will apply within each such category.
6.

An E.C.O./S.S.C.O. should not retrenched so long as the total number of

ECO/SSCO which should have been in the grade in accordance with the percentages
of reservations provided for them from time to time and will apply in regard to
categories mentioned under para 3(iii), 3(iv) and 3(v) and will apply within each
category.
(G.I. Dept. of Per. & A.R., OM No.28011/1/75-Estt.(D), dated the 28th
August, 1978).

SECTION 7 CONFIRMATION
Confirmation will be made only once in the service of an official which will
be in the entry grade. Confirmation is delinked from the availability of permanent
vacancy in the grade. In other words, an officer who has successfully completed the
probation may be considered for confirmation. The appointee should satisfactorily
complete the probation. The case will be placed before the DPC for consideration for
confirmation. A specific order of confirmation will be issued when the case is cleared
from all angles. As a result of introduction of confirmation only at entry stage and the
delinking of confirmation from the availability of permanent posts, the need for
reservation at the time of confirmation in posts and services filled up by direct
recruitment as per the existing instructions will cease to exist as every one who is
eligible for confirmation will be confirmed.

Quasi-Permanency
As n officer otherwise eligible will have to wait for confirmation pending
availability of a permanent vacancy, the need for following the existing procedure for
declaring a person quasi-permanent ceases to exist.

Accordingly, the provisions

relating to the quasi-permanency in the CCS (Temporary Service) Rules have been
deleted.
As there will still be situation where appointments are against posts/
establishments which are carried for definite and purely temporary periods i.e.
Committees/Commissions of Enquiry, organisations created for meeting a particular
emergency which is not expected to last for more than a few years, posts created for
projects for specified periods the remaining provisions of the temporary service Rules
will continue to be in force.

(No.18011/1/86-Estt.(D) dated 28.3.1988.)

SECTION 8 TRANSFER
Transfer Rules
1.

The officers and staff of the Central P.W.D. are required to serve anywhere in

India, either in an organisation of the Department or on deputation to Union

Territories, Public Undertakings and Central Government Projects, in accordance with
the orders issued by the Government from time to time. The officers and staff are
liable to be transferred from one office to another or from one station to another or to
another Government organisation in the interest of public service.
2.

All transfers should be carefully planned within reasonable space of time. To

avoid dislocation of work, a large number of officials of one office are not transferred
out simultaneously. As far as possible the transfers should take effect after the end
of the financial year/academic year. Transfers during the rest of the year should be
ordered only to the extent it is absolutely necessary from administrative point of view
and on account of transfer/closure/opening of the Divisions/Sub-Divisions and
retirement/death/ resignation of Officers.
3.

With the above in view the transfer rules have been prescribed for different

categories of officers and staff of the Department. The salient features of these rules
as applicable to various categories of officials in different regions are given below.

Gazetted Engineering Services

4.

Transfers and posting of Chief Engineers are ordered by the Ministry of Urban

Development according to requirements of the administration.

5.

Superintending Engineers are considered for transfer after they have

completed 3-4 years at one station.

The transfer and posting of Superintending

Engineers are ordered by the Director General of Works.

6.

The transfer of Executive Engineers also is ordered by the Director General of

Works and that of Assistant Executive Engineers and Assistant engineers by Director
of Administration by virtue of an internal delegation of powers on the basis of the
recommendation of the Posting/Transfer Committee.

The consultation of such

committee is given at the end of this section. A tenure of 3-4 years is normally
observed. The transfer of Assistant Engineers within the Zone may however be
ordered by the Chief Engineers of respective Zone provided the transfer does not
involve change of station. The transfer of Assistant Directors of Horticulture within
Delhi will be ordered by the Director of Horticulture.

Inter station transfers of

Assistant Director of Horticulture and transfers of Dy. Directors of Horticulture shall

be ordered by DG(W).
7.

While deciding the transfers, several factors viz. Tenure Transfer Rules, Hard

area posting Zonal requirements. Deputation policy of the Department, judicious

balance between the needs of the Department and personal difficulties of the
individual officers etc. are taken into account. The normal tenure of stay of the
officers at a particular station is 3-4 years (except in difficult areas where it is 3
years). This period may be increased by the Director General of Works in exceptional
cases, in the exigencies of public service. The transfers after completion of tenure are
considered in the light of the following:(a)

In the case of Assistant Engineers the tenure of stay in Delhi can be

extended up to 6 years.

(b)

In case of Deputy Directors and Assistant Director in Horticulture

Directorate the transfers will be made from Divisions/Sub Divisions to
Division/Sub Divisions basis in rotation in Delhi.

(c)

The normal tenure in hard areas is three years.

However, in

accordance with the GIMF OM No.20014/3/83-EIV dated 14/12/83 (

as amended from time to time), the tenure in North Eastern Region
shall be two years for officers with more than 10 years service and
three years for those with less than 10 years service.

These

instructions covers the State of Assam, Meghalaya, Manipur,

Nagaland, Arunachal Pradesh and Tripura and the Union Terriotory of
Mizoram and Andaman.

The tenure in IBB Zone will be two years

and choice posting will be given to the officers on completion of tenure

posting.
(d)

The transfer of an officer from one post to another within the same
station, whether on promotion or otherwise, shall not have the effect of
debarring the application of the tenure transfer rule.

(e)

Where an officer is transferred from a station after having remained

there for a period of four or more years, he shall not again be
transferred to the same station except after the lapse of a period of not
less than four years from the date of his transfer from that station.

(f)

The period of leave availed of by an officer shall be recknoned as duty

rendered at the station from which he proceeded on leave.

(g)

The period spent on deputation in any particular station will be treated

as period of stay at that station.

(h)

Ghaziabad and Faridabad are not regarded as separate stations for

tenure transfer rules and those who have completed combined terms of
four years in the Delhi complex comprising of Delhi, Ghaziabad and
Faridabad, shall be deemed to have completed the tenure of four years

in Delhi. Manesar is treated as separate station for tenure transfer

rules.
(i)

The Officers in the grade of AEs and above and equivalent who have
already completed 55 years of age are not generally posted to hard
areas.

(j)

The officers who are due to retire on superannuation within two years
are not ordinarilly disturbed from their existing stations of posting
unless they themselves want a change near their home town.

(k)

The period spent on foreign assignment is treated as stay on the station

from where he proceeded on such assignment.

Note: (i) and

(j) will not apply when administrative exigencies make transfer

necessary.

Junior Engineer
8.

The transfers of Junior Engineers will be ordered by the Superintending

Engineers (Co-ordination) of the respective Regions.

9.

Transfers within a Circle other than those on tenure basis will be ordered by

the Superintending Engineers of the Circle concerned. Similarly, those within a

Division may be ordered by the Executive Engineer concerned. Where transfers
involve change of Circle at Delhi. Superintending Engineers (Coordination) should
be consulted before issue of the orders.
10.

The following guiding principles will be observed by the Superintending

Engineers ( Coordination) in effecting transfers of Junior Engineers:(a)

The normal period of continuous stay of Junior Engineers shall be 5

years at all stations, unless a different period of normal stay is specially

prescribed by the Director General of Works in respect of any

particular area or Division etc. The period of stay may be reduced by
one year in the case of Officers posted to hard area.
(b)

The period of stay at a station, when period spent on deputation or on

leave at any station beyond the usual period of stay is involved, shall
not exceed a maximum of period of 10 years. However, it shall also be
ensured that they do not serve in any particular Division or group (viz.
Planning, Maintenance or Construction) for more than five years.

(c)

The period spent on deputation or on leave at any particular station

will be treated as a period of stay at the station from which

he

proceeded on deputation/leave. The stay in Nepal will be treated as

stay at the station from which the official proceeded to Nepal.
(d)

The Superintending Engineers (Coordination) will intimate the Circle

in which any particular Junior Engineer is serving, two months in
advance of the expiry of the normal tenure that the Junior Engineers
concerned is due for transfer on a particular date. Normally the date
lines will be adhered to except for marginal adjustment upto one
month on either side.

(e)

Superintending engineer (Coordination) may effect transfers upto six

months before completion of the period of normal stay at any station.
If the transfer becomes necessary due to:
(i)

opening of new Circles/Divisions; and

(ii)

repatriation of Junior Officers from deputation in large

numbers. In all other cases, the permission of the Director

General of Works will be necessary for relaxing the normal

period of stay.
(f)

Transfers of Junior Engineers from one Region to another may be

effected with the approval of DG(W) if the two Superintending
Engineers (Coordination) agree to such transfers.

(g)

The Director General of Works shall have full discretion to make

transfers from one Region to another or in any other manner, according
to the exigencies of public service.

(h)

Ghazaiabad and Faridabad are not regarded a separate stations for

Tenure Transfer Rules and those who have completed a combined term
of four years in the Delhi Complex consisting of Delhi, Ghaziabad and
Faridabad shall be deemed to have completed the tenure of four years
in Delhi.

(i)

Period of foreign assignment will be treated as posting at the station

from which he proceeded on foreign assignment.

(j)

The Officers who have already completed 52 years of age shall not
generally be posted to hard areas.

(k)

In the case of partial deviation from the Transfer Rules of any reason (
to be recorded in writing) prior approval of the Director General of
Works should be obtained.

Deputy Director of Horticulture/Asstt. Director of Horticulture

11.

The transfer of Deputy Directors of Horticulture, P.A. to the Director of

Horticulture and Assistant Directors of Horticulture will be decided by the Postings /

Transfer Committee.

A tenure of 4 years in Delhi and 3 years outside Delhi would be normally

observed. The tenure of P.A. to Director of Horticulture would be 3 years. The
transfer of Assistant Director of Horticulture shall be decided by a Transfer /Posting
Committee considering of 1. CE(NDZ)II Chairman 2. DA Member 3. Director
of Hort. Member.
12.

The transfer after completion of the tenure are considered in the light of the

following:(a)

The tenure of S.O. (Hort.) under a particular Directors and Assistant

Directors of Horticulture with longest stay at Delhi shall normally be
transferred. However, the senior most Assistant Directors who are
likely to be promoted within a year may not be shifted out of Delhi.

(b)

Where an officer is transferred back to Delhi from our station after

having remained there for a period of 3 years or more he shall not be
again transferred outside Delhi except after the lapse of a period of not
less than 4 years.

(c)

The transfer of Horticultural officers looks after the Horticultural

works in Parliament House, MPs residences etc. shall be regulated in
keeping with the instructions issued in this regard under the DG(W)
Office Order No.28/9/75-EC.IX dated 17/4/78.

Section Officers (Horticulture)

13.

Transfer of Section
Horticulture.

Officers (Hort.) will be made by the Director of

14.

The transfer of Section Officers (Hort.) within the Division will be ordered by

the Dy. Director of Horticulture concerned provided such a transfer does not involve
change of station.
The following will be guiding principles for transfers of Sectional Officers
(Hort.):(a)

Stay in a Sub-Division shall be 3 years and a total of 5 years in a

particular Division at Delhi. Their period of stay in any other station
shall be 3 years.

(b)

Where an officer is transferred back to Delhi from out station after

having remained there for a period of 3 years or more, he shall not
again be transferred outside Delhi except after the lapse of a period of
not less than 4 years.

All representations from officers against transfers shall be considered on

merits by the Postings / Transfer Committee.

15.

Senior

Architects/Architects/

Dy.Architects/Asstt.Arch./Architectural

Officer
(i)

The transfer of Senior Architects shall be considered after they have

rendered 3 years service at one station. Their transfer and postings
shall be ordered by the DG(W).

(ii)

The transfer of Architects, Dy. Architects and Assistant Architects

shall be considered after they have rendered 3 years service at one
station. These transfers as well as deputation / foreign Assignments
etc. shall be decided by a Committee consisting of Chief Architect as
Chairman and Chief Engineer (Vig.) and Director of Administration as

Members.

Now, with the creation of the four posts of Chief

Architects, Director General of Works is pleased to order that the

concerned Chief Architect is competent to make transfers of
Architects/ Deputy Architects/ Assistant Architects within his Zone
where change of station is not involved. The Transfers & Posting
Committee is competent to make transfer involving change of zone /
station.
(iii)

While deciding their transfer, several factors viz. Tenure transfer rules,
hard area posting, zonal requirements, deputation policy

of the

Department and judicious balance between the needs of the

Department and personal difficulties of the individual officers etc. are
taken into account. The normal tenure at one station except the hard
areas will be 3 years. The tenure in a difficult area will however be
governed by the rules of Govt. of India, issued from time to time. The
transfer after completion of this tenure, are to be considered in the light
of the following:
(a)

The transfer of an officer from one post to another within the

same station, whether on promotion or otherwise shall not have
the effect of application of tenure transfer rules.

(b)

When an officer is transferred from one station after having

remained there for a period of 3 or more years he shall not
again be transferred to the same station except after the lapse of
a period of one less than 3 years from the date of transfer from
that station.

(c)

The period of leave availed of by an officer shall be reckoned

as duty rendered at the station from which he proceeded on
leave.

(d)

The period spent on deputation in any particular station will be

treated as period of stay at that station.

(e)

Officers who have already completed 52 years of age are not

generally to be posted to difficult areas, unless preferred by
them.

(f)

Officers who are within two years of age of their retirement are
not be to generally disturbed from their existing station, unless
they themselves want a change nearer their home town on
completion of the tenure.

(g)

The period spent on Foreign Assignment shall be treated as a

period spent in Delhi.

Note: (b), (e) & (f) above will not apply when administrative exigencies make
transfers necessary.

Architect Assisstant/Assistants (Arch. Department)

16. Transfer of Architectural Assistants/Assistants (Arch. Department) shall be made
by the Chief Architect both within the station as well as outside.
However, transfers within the same Senior Architects unit will be ordered by
the Senior Architect concerned provided such a transfer does not involve change of
station.
Cases

of Architectural

Assistants/Assistants (Arch. Department)

for

deputation/foreign assignments etc. shall be decided by the Transfer Committee

mentioned in para 5 above. The following will be the guidelines for transfer of
Architectural Assistants/Assistants (Arch. Department):

(a)

Their tenure in a particular Senior Architects unit located in Delhi

shall be four years and in a Senior Architects Units in other stations
shall be three years and to the total tenure in stations outside Delhi will
be limited to 5 years. Their total tenure at Delhi shall not normally
exceed 8 years.

(b)

Where an officer is transferred back to Delhi from station outside

Delhi after having remained there for a period of three years or more
he shall not again be transferred outside Delhi except after a lapse of a
period not less than 3 years from the date of transfer from that station.

Conditions in para 15(ii)(a) to (g) above shall apply in the case ofArchitectural
Assistants/Assistants (Arch. Department) also.
Divisional Accountants
17.

The transfers of Divisional Accountants/SAS Accountants are ordered by the

Chief Controller of Accounts on the recommendations of a Postings/Transfers
Committee consisting of the CCA and DA. The Superintending Engineers
concerned in special cases may take up the matter with the CCA regardiong
the transfers of Divisional Accountants working in the Divisions under them
as required vide para 269 of the Auditors Generals Manual of standing
orders.
Ministerial and Drawing Staff of Subordinate Offices

18.

Circle Office Superintendents are transferred from one Circle to another after

every 5 years. When need arises to fill up a post by transfer of an incumbent from a

station like Delhi, Calcutta and Mumbai, where there is large concentration of CPWD
officer transfer is made on the basis of longest continuous stay in all grades in such a
station. Transfer of Circle Office Superintendent is ordered by the Central Office of
the CPWD.
19.

Ministerial staff (other than Office Superintendent) and Drawing Staff: The

following general principles of transfers are followed in respect of these categories of

staff:
(a)

They are transferred from one office to another every five years within
the same circle. Such transfers are ordered by the Superintending
Engineer concerned. Transfer from one station to another under this
rule, where unavoidable, shall be made either by the Superintending
Engineer(Coord) or by the Superintending Engineer of the Circle
concerned

in consultation with the Superintending Engineer

(Coordination), so that the latter can properly coordinate transfers from

popular to unpopular stations and vice versa. An official on request
from unpopular to popular station may be transferred after completion
of three years if there is a vacancy at popular station and after four
years, even if longest stayee who has completed his tenure of atleast
four years at the popular station is to be shifted.
(b)

Transfers from one Circle to another in the same station or in another

station, if required, or where need arises to fill up a post outside a
popular station, when such a post has fallen vacant due to some
reasons, shall be made on the basis of longest continuous stay of
individuals in all grades. Similarly, in bringing persons on transfer
from an unpopular to popular station, the same rule will apply.

Transfers from one station to another shall normally be restricted to

Upper Division Clerks, Head Clerks, Draftsmen Grade I Draftsman
Grade II. Such transfers shall be made by the Superintending Engineer
(Coordination) or by the Superintending Engineer concerned in
consultation with him.
(c)

Lower Division Clerks, Stenographers and Draftsmen Grade III are not
normally transferred from one station to another, requests for transfer
from one station to another in these grades are discouraged but in a
case where it has been decided to accede to the request of an individual
for transfer to a popular station of his choice on compassionate
grounds, he may be accommodated against a clear vacancy. Such
transfers are made by the Superintending Engineer (Coordination) of
the Region concerned and the official concerned will not be entitled to
TA/DA or joining time. The resultant vacancy in the post from which
the individual is transferred may be filled up by direct recruitment in
consultation with the Superintending Engineer (Coordination) if it is
not possible for him to fill up the vacancy by transfer. For such
transfers, the Superintending Engineer (Coordination) should maintain
a waiting list of individuals who have requested for transfer and effect
the transfers on the basis of first-cum-first serve.

(d)

For the purpose of operation of 5 years transfer rule, a Sub-Division

located at a station other than its Divisional Headquarters shall be
treated as a separate office.

(e)

Superintending Engineers have been empowered to grant extension

from transfer in individual cases up to a maximum period of one year

provided that there are exceptionally strong reasons to justify grant of

such an exemption.
(f)

Upper Division Clerks employed on duties of store-keeping shall not

be allowed to work in more than 2 stores in one posting. They shall
not be posted on transfer as Upper Division Clerks to Divisions in
which they have already worked as Store Keeper.

(g)

Staff who have attained the age of 53 years shall not ordinarily be
liable to transfer from one station to another under the normal tenure
rule except when (i) the transfer is made to a station nearest his home
town; (ii) the person concerned volunteers for such transfer; and (iii)
he would have been transferred on the basis of length of stay at that
station but for his attaining the age of 53 years. This exemption does
not, however, apply where transfer is to be made on administrative
considerations.

This

is

also

applicable

to

Circle

Office

Superintendents.
(h)

Lower Divisions Clerks employed as Typist are eligible for a change to

other seats after a period of three years.

(i)

Any category of staff may be transferred to any place if the exigencies

of service so require.

(j)

Staff of one Region are not entitled to be transferred to another Region.

However, if an individual makes a request for transfer to another
region. However, if an individual makes a request for transfer to
another region, his request can be considered by DG(W) provided the
individual undertakes to forego seniority, TA/DA and joining time.

20.

Certain special instructions have been issued in respect of staff working in

different Regions, taking into account special circumstances prevailing in these

Regions. These are listed below:Region A
(i)

In the case of Agra Central Circle and Chandigarh Central

Circle which have Divisions and Sub-Divisions located

at

different stations, away from Circle headquarters five years

transfer rule may be implemented to the extent that there is no
change of station involved; in case where change of station is
involved change of seat or nature of work of dealing hands in a
particular office every five years will be sufficient for the
purpose of implementation of five years transfer rule. This
however, will not be applicable to the Head Clerks who will be
transferred from one station to another every five years if
required.
(ii)

Posting in Nepal is treated as posting in Delhi.

Region B
(i)

Head Clerks, Upper Division Clerks and Draughtsmen Grade I

and Grade II, who have served in stations such as in Assam,
Manipur, Tripura etc., for a period of two years or those who
have served in any station or station outside Calcutta other than
in Assam, Manipur and Tripura for 4 years ( 6 years at more
than one station) may at their own request be transferred to
Calcutta or a popular station of their choice. Such transfers

will be considered in the public interest. The persons of these

categories will be replaced by those serving in Calcutta on the
basis of longest continuous stay in all grades.

The

Superintending Engineer (Coord) will maintain a list of

individuals who have requested for transfer and effect transfer
on the basis of longest stay at the existing station.
(ii)

In calculating the period of stay of two years in an unpopular

stations like those in Assam, Manipur, Tripura and Sikkim
leave in excess of 3 months is to be counted towards the stay in
such station provided (a) the leave is taken in more than one
spell; and (b) no single spell of the leave is in excess of 2
months.

(iii)

For the purpose of (i) the period of posting in Sikkim, Nepal

and as deputation to Bhutan is treated as stay in Calcutta.

Region C and Region D

(i)

The tra nsfer procedure explained in para 20

is generally

(ii)

The posting to Nepal is treated a posting in the place from

followed.

which the person proceeded on transfer to Nepal.

21.

Interchange of staff between Accounts and Correspondence Branches Upper

Division Clerks and Lower Division Clerks, including Cashiers, serving in a

Divisional Office shall be interchanged every three years. The period of three years
stay in Accounts seat shall be reckoned from first April and first October of a year.
Transfers shall be completed by first May and first November of the year. Such

transfers shall be effected by the Superintending Engineer of the Circle concerned .

The Superintending Engineers are empowered to grant exemption from transfers
under this rule up to a maximum period of one year where exemption from transfers
under this rule up to a maximum period of one year where exceptional circumstances
warrant.
The interchange of staff between the Accounts and Correspondence Branches
is not to be treated as transfer of Office which is changed every five years. The
Superintending Engineers will, however, ensure while transferring the Clerks from
one Division to another that the official is posted in the Correspondence Branch of
the new Division if he was previously working in Accounts Branch of a Division and
vice versa.
The Lower Division Clerks, who are imparted training in Accounts under the
scheme of training in Accounts introduced by the Department, fail to pass the
examination held at the conclusion of the training, shall not be posted to Accounts
Branch till they pass the examination subsequently.

Hard Case Committee

22.

Transfers from one post to the other post involving change of station and

otherwise become necessary on account of various reasons like recruitments,

promotions, new creations of posts, long tenure of a particular officer at one
post/station etc. While deciding the transfers at different levels due consideration is
always given by the competent authorities to the job requirement and also personal
requirements of the individuals, if any. To ascertain the latter, readiness lists are
issued and requests made to indicate three stations of expected posting. The choice
thus given by the various individuals is taken into consideration to the extent possible.

The transfers of the officers of the level of AEs and Executive Engineers are
made by respective Committee of Chief Engineers etc.

These Committees do

consider the stations, if any, indicated by the officers and representation, if any, given
in anticipation of

transfers, while deciding posting/transfers.

Normally, the

Committees take decisions after weighing the personal requirements of the officer and
the requirement of works. However, there can be a few cases where the individual
feels that his case of hardships has not been fully understood and that it should get a
more sympathetic consideration.

To deal with the case, it has been decided to

constitute Hard Case Committees which will consider representations regarding

transfer and postings of various levels of officers. Representations have necessary to
be recommended by the Superintending Engineer/Sr. Architect/Director of
Horticulture concerned in the case of Group C employees and by the Chief
Engineers/Chief Architects concerned in the case of Group A and B officers. Such
representations should be addressed to the Chairman of the Committee.

The

Committees are free to choose their own ways of ascertaining the facts including
getting documents, holding discussions etc. before coming to conclusions.

The

decisions of these Hard Case Committees shall be considered as final.

No

representation against the same shall be considered.

The constitution of these

Committees shall be as under:A.

Hard Case Committee in the case of Junior Engineer for Delhi Station
1.

Dy. Director General

Chairman

2.

Superintending Engineer(Coord)
Civil & Electrical

Member

3.

Superintending Engineer concerned

Member

4.

Deputy Director (Admn.III)

Member Secretary

For outside Delhi Stations

B.

C.

1.

Chief Engineer of the Zone concerned

Chairman

Superintending Engineer concerned

Member

3.

Superintending Engineer (Coord.)

Member Secretary

Hard Case Committee for the officers at the level of Assistant Engineers
1.

Additional Director General (TD)

Chairman

2.

Chief Engineer (CDO) for AEs (C)

Member

3.

Chief Engineer (E)I for AEs (E)

Member

4.

Chief Architect I for Asstt. Architects

Member

5.

Chief Engineer concerned

Member

6.

Director of Administration

Member Secretary

Hard Case Committee for the officers at the level of Executive Engineers
(Civil) & (Elect.) have been reconstituted as under:(a)

HARD CASE COMMITTEE FOR EX.ENGINEERS (CIVIL):

1.

Additional Director General (S&P)

Chairman

2.

Chief Engineer (P&S)

Member Secretary

3.

Chief Engineer (CDO)

Member

3.

Chief Engineer concerned

(In case of representation from Delhi only).
(File No.28/3/99-ECI (Vol.IV) dated 11/8/99).

(b) HARD CASE COMMITTEE FOR EX.ENGINEERS (ELECT.):

1.

Additional Director General (S&P)

Chairman

2.

Chief Engineer (Elect.)I

Member

3.

Chief Engineer (P&S)

4.

Chief Engineer concerned (in case of representation in Delhi only)

Member Secretary

( File No.28/3/96-ECI dated 18/10/2000).

D.

Hard Case Committee for the officers at the level of Superintending

Engineers

(i)

Director General of Works

Chairman

(ii)

Addl. Director General (S&P)

Member

(iii)

Addl. Director General (TD)

Member

(iv)

Chief Engineer (P&S)

Member Secretary

Effect of refusal to accept promotion to avoid transfer

23.

Cases occur from time to time where an employee posted out of the existing

station on promotion voluntarily foregoes promotion in order to avoid transfer or an

employee has sought reversion to lower grade in order to get a posting at a station of
his choice. In such cases, the following procedure shall be followed:
(a)

As transfer from a popular station to outside station is made on the

basis of longest continuous stay in the popular station, a newly
promoted person need not be posted out of the popular station unless
he also happens to be the longest station unless he also happens to be
the longest stayee and transferred out on that basis.

(b)

When the turn for promotion of a person comes and the promotion
post happens to be in another station, his promotion orders shall be
issued and if he is also due for transfer on the basis of longest stay, he
may be transferred simultaneously to the other station indicting his
relief as well. If the person specifically refuses promotion, he may be
permitted to forego promotion and his name may be removed from the
panel. He shall not be considered for promotion for one year. If the
panel is exhausted before one year, he shall be considered for

promotion along with others when the DPC meets on the next
occasion. In the event, he is actually promoted subsequently, he will
take his position in the seniority list in the higher grade on the basis of
his position in the subsequent panel.
This procedure will also apply mutatis mutandis to persons who
seek reversion to the lower grade to get a posting at a station of their
choice.
(c)

the person who accept promotion and are posted outside shall complete
their full tenure at the station where they are posted.

Mutual transfers
There should be no objection to mutual transfer of two willing persons from
one office to another or from one station to another provided it is not intended to
circumvent transfer Rules or any transfer orders by a competent authority.

Implementation of Transfer Rules

24.

The tenure transfer rules shall be scrupulously implemented by the

Superintending Engineer/Executive Engineer or the relieving Circle/Division, as the

case may be . He shall relieve the transferred staff forthwith and in case the official
concerned has applied for leave, forward his leave application together with other
personal records to the Superintending Engineers/Executive Engineers under whom
the official in question has been transferred. It will be left to the latter officer to
sanction or refuse the leave applied for. In cases where the leave applied for is on
medical grounds, the leave application shall be supported by a Medical Certificate
issued by the competent authority.

25.

The relief of an official under orders or transfer shall not be delayed

irrespective of the fact whether he had appealed to the 'Head Case Committee or any
other authority for cancellation of his transfer orders. In case of delay on the part of
an official to join his new post on transfer, the Superintending Engineer controlling
the new office may if considered necessary, initiate disciplinary proceedings against
him. If the officer joins the new post without being accompanied by his family and
the Hard Case Committee accedes to his appeal for cancellation of the orders, he
shall be posted back to the original station of his postings in the interest of public
service. In such cases, transfer travelling allowance in respect of the family members
shall not be admissible.
26.

While attempts to evade transfers shall be dealt with severely, it is also

essential that representation submitted by the staff against transfers are disposed of
expeditiously. The failure to do so usually encourages the tendency on the part of the
officials concerned to evade transfers. Where it is decided to defer the transfer for
some time, in very exceptional cases, it shall be made abundantly clear to the person
concerned that he will have to comply with the transfer orders eventually, and failure
to comply with the orders shall be dealt with severely.
27,

The DG(W) has constituted separate committee for recommending transfers

and postings of Executive Engineers/Assistant/Executive Engineers/Architects/

Deputy

Architects/Asstt.Architects/Technical

officers/Deputy

Directors

of

Horticulture and Assistant Directors of Horticulture in the CPWD. The constitution

of these Committee is as under (the senior most members being the Chairman):-

For Executive Engineers (Civil)

(1)

Additional Director General (S&P)

Chairman

(2)

Chief Engineer (NDZ)I

Special invitee.

(3)

Chief Engineer (Vigilance)

Member

(4)

Chief Engineer (PWD) Zone II

Member

(5)

Chief Engineer (P&S)

Member Secretary

For Executive Engineers (Elect.)

(1)

Chief Engineer (Elect.)I.

Chairman

(2)

Chief Engineer (Vigilance)

Member

(3)

Chief Engineer (PWD) Zone II

Member

(4)

Chief Engineer (P&S)

Member Secretary

(File No.28/3/96-ECI dated 9/7/97, 3/2/98 and 18/10/2000.)

Regionalisation of transfer/posting of Assistant Engineers (Civil) & (Elect.) in
CPWD.
1.1

Consequent upon cadre reviewed of the engineering cadres of Deptt. certain

structural changes have been made by posting Additional Directors General (Works)
to the regions to decentralise some for the functions of the Directorate.

It has been

decided that transfer/posting in respect of AEs (Civil) & (Elect.) will be under overall
control of the ADG of the concerned region. The jurisdiction indicated for each
region is as under:ADG In charge
ADG(TD)

NORTHERN REGION

Comprises units located in Delhi and

peripheral states i.e. UP, HP, UT of
Chandigarh, Rajasthan, Punjab,
Haryana and Jammu & Kashmir.

ADG(ER)

EASTERN REGION

Comprises units in West Bengal,

Bihar, Orissa, North East and
Sikkim.

ADG(WR)

WESTERN REGION

Comprises units in Maharashtra,

Gujrat, Madhya Pradesh and Goa.

ADG(SR)

SOUTHERN REGION

Comprises

units

in

Andhra

Pradesh,
Tamil Nadu, Kerala, Karnataka,
Andaman

&

Nicobar

and

Pondicherry.
2.

CONSTITUTION OF TRANSFER/POSTING AND HARD CASE

COMMITTEES.

2.1

The transfer/posting orders of AEs shall be issued by the SE(Corod) attached

to the ADG of the region. For this purpose SE(Coord) shall function as
Member Secretary of the Transfer/posting Committee and Hrad Case
Committee of the region to be constituted for this purpose. The constitution of
the Transfer/Posting Committee and Hard Case Committee of the region shall
be as follows:

(1)

Northern Region

Hard Case Committee for AEs (Civil)

1.

ADG(TD)

Chairman

2.

CE(CDO)

Member

3.

CE(Coordinating)PWD

Member

4.

Director of Admn.

Member Secretary

Hard Case Committee for AEs (Elect.)

1.

ADG(TD)

Chairman

2.

CE(Elect.) I

Member

3.

CE(Coordinating)PWD

Member

4.

Director of Admn.

Member Secretary

Transfer/ Posting Committee:

For AEs (Civil)
1.

CE(CDO)

Chairman

2.

CE(NDZ)I

Member

3.

CE(ODZ)

Member

4.

CE(Coordinating) PWD

Member

5.

CE(Vigilance)

Member

6.

Director of Admn.

Member Secretary

For AEs (Elect.)

1.

CE(Elect.) I

Chairman

2.

CE(Elect.)NZ

Member

3.

CE(Coordinating) PWD

Member

4.

CE(Vigilance)

Member

5.

Director of Admn.

Member Secretary

(2)

Eastern Region

Hard Case Committee for AEs (Civil)/ AEs (Elect.)

1.

ADG (Eastern Region)

Chairman

2.

CE (Eastern Zone) I

Member

3.

CE(Elect.) EZ

Member

4.

SE(Coord) EZ

Member Secretary

Posting/ Transfer Committee

For AEs (Civil)
1.

CE(EZ) I

Chairman

2.

CE(Elect.) EZ

Member

3.

CE(EZ)II/CE(NEZ)

Member

For AEs (Elect.)

1.

CE(Elect.) EZ

Chairman

2.

CE(EZ)I

Member

3.

Senior most SE(Elect.)

at Calcutta

Member

4.

SE (Coord)EZ

Member Secretary

(3)

Western Region

Hard Case Committee for AEs (Civil)/AEs (Elect.)

1.

ADG (Western Region)

Chairman

2.

CE (Western Zone) I

Member

3.

CE(Elect.) WZ

Member

4.

SE(Coord) WZ

Member Secretary

For AEs (Civil)

1.

CE(WZ) I

Chairman

2.

CE(Elect.) WZ

Member

3.

CE(CZ)/CE(EZ)II

Member

4.

SE(Coord.) WZ

Member Secretary

For AEs (Elect.)

1.

CE(Elect.) WZ

Chairman

2.

CE(WZ)I

Member

3.

Senior most SE(Elect.)

at Mumbai

Member

4.

SE (Coord)WZ

Member Secretary

(4)

Southern Region

Hard Case Committee for AEs (Civil)/AEs (Elect.)

1.

ADG (Southern Region)

Chairman

2.

CE (Southern Zone) I

Member

3.

CE(Elect.) SZ

Member

4.

SE(Coord) SZ

Member Secretary

For AEs (Civil)

1.

CE(SZ) I

Chairman

2.

CE(Elect.) SZ

Member

3.

CE(SZ)II/CE(SZ)III

Member

4.

SE(Coord.) SZ

Member Secretary

For AEs (Elect.)

1.

CE(Elect.) SZ

Chairman

2.

CE(SZ)I

Member

3.

Senior most SE(Elect.)

4.

at Chennai

Member

SE (Coord)SZ

Member Secretary

2.2

In all cases however the transfer/posting orders shall be approved by ADG

before issue.
For Architects/Dy.Architects/Asstt.Architects/Technical Officer
(1)

Chief Architect I
Addl. Chief Architect

(2)

Chief Engineer (Vigilance)

(3)

Director of Admn.

For Dy. Directors of Horticulture and Asstt.Directors of Horticulture

(1)

Chief Engineer (NDZ)I.

(2)

Chief Engineer (Vigilance)

(3)

Director of Horticulture

(4)

Director of Admn.

Posting of officers to Delhi Admn. (P.W.D.)

1.

Posting to the grade of Chief Engineers/Superintending Engineers shall be

made after having prior consultation with the Secretary (PWD), Delhi Admn.
2.

For posting of Executive Engineer, the officer posted shall be placed at the

disposal of Delhi Admn. who will decide further postings against vacancies and
issue orders. Such postings shall be made by Delhi Admn. in close consultation with
the Chief Engineers (PWD) Delhi Admn.
3.

The transfer and postings of officers and staff of the level of Assistant

Engineer and below shall continue to be done as before and consultation with Delhi
Admn. is not called for.
4.

The normal tenure of officers and staff posted in Delhi Admn.is three years

and as such persons who are likely to be posted outside within the next three years

shall normally not be posted in Delhi Admn. Similarly persons once posted in Delhi
Admn. should not normally be shifted again in Delhi Admn.
5,

Copies of orders posting officers and staff to Delhi Admn. shall be endorsed

to Secretary (PWD).
Regularisation of waiting period against existing vacancies
It takes some time to decide posting of officers Assistant Engineers /
Executive Engineers / Superintending Engineers etc. who reports to Central Office for
further posting. Requests are received from such officers for regularisation of the
period they wait for further posting. The cases of waiting period fall in the two
categories:
(i)

Where the Department is not able to give immediate posting on

administrative reasons; and

(ii)

Where incumbent prefers to wait rather than to avail of a vacancy and

make request approaching the competent authority orally or by writing
for a particular posting.

The regularisation of first category of the cases may be considered against the
existing vacancy available during the material period of waiting in any of the zones of
CPWD all over India even by transferring of the posts. In the second case, the
incumbent should be asked to take leave and leave application should be obtained
from him and kept in the file before any action is taken.
(No.23/17/90-EC-II dated 10/8/1990).

SECTION 9 - DEPUTATION

Services of officer and staff of C.P.W.D. are placed at disposal of various

Union Territories, Public Sector Undertakings, Institutions and other Ministry /
Departments of Govt. of India on deputation subject to exigencies of work in the
Department. No deputation reserves have been prescribed except in the grade of
Junior Engineers. The strength of such deputation reserves is 450. As a policy, the
Department sends its officers on deputation against the posts carrying higher scale of
pay on the terms and conditions laid down by the Govt. of India.

Tenure of Deputation
The period of deputation shall be subject to a maximum of three years in all
cases except for those where longer period of tenure is prescribed in the Recruitment
Rules.
The Administrative Ministries may grant extension beyond this limit upto one
year, after obtaining order of their Secretary in cases where such extension is
considered necessary in public interest.
The borrowing Ministry/Department may extend the period of deputation for
the first year or the second year in excess of the period prescribed in the Recruitment
Rules. Where absolutely necessary, subject to the following conditions:(i)

The extension should be strictly in public interest and with the specific
prior approval of the concerned Minister in the borrowing
Ministry/Department.

(ii)

Where such extension is granted, it would be on the specific

understanding that the officer would not be entitled to draw deputation
duty allowance.

(iii)

The extension would be subject to the prior approval of the officer on

deputation and wherever necessary UPSC.

In cases where the extension is beyond the fifth year or beyond the second
year in excess of the period prescribed in the Recruitment Rules, the same would be
allowed only after obtaining the prior approval of the Department of Personnel &
Training. Proposal in this regard should reach this Department at least three months
before the expiry of extended tenure.
When an employee already on deputation is to be promoted/appointed to
another post by the borrowing authority, the borrowing authority should obtain the
concurrence of the lending authority prior to the promotion/appointment.

The

employee on deputation may be given the benefit of the next below rule subject to the
application of the other provisions prescribed from time to time.
On reversion from the deputation post to the parent cadre, the employee
concerned might be allowed leave not exceeding two months by the borrowing
Ministry/Department/Organisation. The employee should apply for the further leave
to his cadre controlling authority.
Normally when an employee is appointed on deputation, his services are
placed at the disposal of the parent Ministry(Department) at the end of tenure.
However, as and when a situation arises for pre mature reversion to the parent cadre
of the deputationist, his service could be so returned after giving reasonable notice to
the lending Ministry /Department and the employee,.
Deputation of officers of Central Services to Public Sector Undertakings is no
longer permissible. They can be sent to Public Sector Undertakings or immediate
absorption basis only. (OM No. 5(25)/83-BPECPESB dated 6.3.85 refers) with effect
from 30.3.87, the deputation of officers of the Central Services to Central

Autonomous Bodies is no longer permissible.

They can be sent to Central

Autonomous Bodies on immediately absorption basis only.

(OM No. 4(12)/85-P&PW dated 31.3.87).
Authority to allow deputation
The powers to approve deputations upto including the level of Superintending
Engineers/Sr. Architect/Director (Horticulture) vest in the DG(W) who will review
such case from time to time according to requirements of the works in the
Department. The powers to send the officers of the level of Chief Engineer/Chief
Architect and above are with the Ministry of Urban Development.
Deputation( Duty) Allowance
An employee on deputation may elect to draw either the pay in the scale of
pay of the deputation post or his basic pay in the parent cadre plus deputation duty
allowance. In no case will the pay so fixed by less than the minimum of the scale of
the ex-cadre-post. The borrowing authority should obtain the option of the employees
within a period of one month from the date of joining the ex-cadre-post. The option
one exercised shall be final. However, the employee may revise the option under the
following circumstances:(a)

when he receives proforma promotion in his parent cadre under the

Next below rank.

(b)

When he is reverted to a lower grade in his parent cadre.

(c)

when he is appointed to another grade in his parent cadre.

(d)

When the scale of pay of the cadre post on the basis of which his
emoluments are regulated during the period of deputation or the excadre-post held by the employee, on deputation is revised either with
retrospective effect or from a prospective date.

SECTION 10 REVIEW AT THE AGE OF 50/55 YEARS

Retirement
Every Government servant shall retire from service on the afternoon of the last
day of the month in which he attains the age of fifty-eight years in case of Group A, B
and C officers and 60 years in the case of Group D employees. From 1/11/1973, the
Civil Govt. Servants in Group B, C and D services of posts and from 1/4/1974
the civilian Govt. servant in Group A services or posts, shall retire from the service
with effect from the afternoon of the last day of month in which their date of
retirement falls. However, they can be made to retire in the interest of public service.
The following are the circumstances and relevant rules underwhich the Govt. servant
can be prematurely retired from Govt. service:F.R. 56(i)
The appropriate authority is of the opinion that it is in the public interest so to
do, have the absolute right to retire any Govt. servant by giving him notice of not
less than three months in writing or three months pay and allowances in lieu of such
notice:
i. If he is in Group A or Group B service of post in a substantive
quasi-permanent or temporary capacity and had entered Government
service before attaining the age of 35 years, after he has attained the
age of 50 years.
ii. In any other case after he has attained the age of fifty five years.
Provided that nothing in this clause shall apply to a Government Servant
referred to in clause(e) who entered Government service on or before the 23rd
July 1966.

Rules 48 of the CCS (Pension) Rules

At any time after a Government servant has completed thirty years qualifying
service.
(a) he may retire from service, or
(b) he may be required by the appointing authority to retire in the public
interest, and in the case of such retirement the Govt. servant shall be
entitled to a retiring pension:
Provided that:(a)

a Govt. servant shall give a notice in writing to the appointing

authority at least three months before the date on which he wishes to
retire; and

(b)

the appointing authority may also give a notice in writing to a

Government servant at least three months before the date on which he
is required to retire in the public interest or three months pay and
allowances in lieu of such notice.

Review under FR 56(i)/Rule 48 of CCS (Pension Rules)

Cases of Government servants for retention in service after they have attained
the age of 50/55 years or completed 30 years qualifying service has to be made
before a decision is taken to retire a Government servant from the service concerned.
Where the appropriate authority decides to retire a Government servant under FR
56(i) or Rule 48 of CCS (Pension) Rules, 1972, it has to place on record that it is
necessary to do so in public interest. The notice of three months can be given before
the Govt. servant attains the age of 50/55 years or complete 30 years qualifying
service but he will retire only after he has attained the specified age etc.

2.

Such reviews are required to be undertaken six months before the persons

concerned attain the age of 50/55 years or complete 30 years qualifying service. The
review is done with reference to the following records of the officers concerned:(1)

Annual performance Reports,

(2)

Integrity Certificate, and

(3)

Vigilance Clearance.

Cases where a review is made for the retention of a Govt. servant after the age
of 50 years another review is required to be made on such a Govt. servant on his
attaining the age of 55 years.

Authorities competent to review the cases

The cases of Group A and B officers of the CPWD are reviewed by the
Ministry of Urban Development. The cases of Group C officials who have completed
the age of 55 years and governed by pension rules shall be reviewed by the Head of
the Department/ appointing authority (whichever is higher as the case may be). A
committee consisting

of

Secretary, Ministry of Urban Development, JS(WA),

Ministry of Urban Development, JS, Department of Culture has been constituted to

review the cases of Group A Officers. Similarly, a Committee consisting of Secretary
(UD) and JS, Ministry of Human Resources Development for Group B has been
constituted.

Action on review report

In case the findings of the Review are favourable, the persons concerned shall
be given a notice of three months for retirement forthwith.

Option to retire
An officer in a Group B service or post who had entered Government service
before the age of 35 years may retire from Government service at his option after he
attains the age of 50 years under FR.56(K). Any other officers who is governed by
any Pension Rules may similarly retire from service after he has attained the age of 55
years. In case of Govt. servant in Group C who are not governed by any Pension
Rules may retire from service after they have completed 30 years of service. In each
case the Government servant concerned has to give

a notice of three months

intimating his intention to retire voluntarily from service to the appropriate authority.
At any time after a Government servant has completed

twenty years

qualifying service; he may, by giving notice of not less than three months in writing to
the appointing authority, retire from service under Rule 48-A of CCS (Pension) Rules,
1972.

SECTION 11 EXTENSION OF SERVICE BEYOND THE AGE OF

SUPERANNUATION
Fundamental Rules provide for grant of extension beyond normal age of
superannuation of Group A, B, C and D Officers. No proposal for extension of
service/ re-employment beyond the age of superannuation should ordinarily be
considered. Extension of service can be justied only in very rare and exception
circumstances. The overriding consideration for grant of extension of service is that it
must be clearly in the public interest and in addition satisfy one of the following
conditions:(i)

that officers are not ripe enough to take over the job: or

(ii)

that the retiring officer is of outstanding merit.

SECTION 12 RESIGNATION FROM AND TERMINATION OF SERVICE

Authority competent to accept resignations
1.

The Appointing Authority of the Government service is the authority

competent to accept his/her resignation.
The circumstances under which resignation shall not be accepted

2.

The general rule is that resignation shall normally be accepted except under

the following circumstances:i)

Where the officer concerned is engaged on a work of vital importance

and it will take time to make alternative arrangements for filling up the
vacancy, resignation shall be accepted only after alternative
arrangements for filling up the post have been made; and

ii)

In the case of an officer against whom an enquiry or investigation is

pending on contemplated (whether he has been placed under
suspension or not) submits his resignation, such resignation shall not
normally be accepted but if one or more of the following conditions are
satisfied, the resignation may be accepted with the prior approval of
the Head of Department in the case of Group C and Group D
employees and with that of Minister-in-Charge in respect of Group A
and Group B employees:a) Offences allegedly committed by the officer;
b) where the quantum of evidence against the accused
employee is not strong enough to justify the assumption
that if the departmental proceedings were continued, the
employee would be removed or dismissed from service; and

c) where the departmental proceedings are likely to be so

protracted that it would be cheaper to the public exchequer
to accept the resignation.
While forwarding the letters of resignation to the Appointing Authority for
acceptance or otherwise; it may be stated whether there is any Vigilance /
Disciplinary case pending or contemplated against him.

Date when resignation becomes effective

3.

The competent authority has to decide the date with effect from which the

resignation become effective. In cases covered by para 2(i) above, it shall be the
date from which alternative arrangements are made for filling up the vacancy. Where
the officer is on leave, the competent authority shall decide whether he will accept the
resignation with immediate effect or with effect from the date following the
termination of the leave. Where a period of notice has been prescribed and the officer
has given such a notice, the competent authority may decide to count the period of
leave towards the notice period. In other cases also, it is open to the competent
authority to decide whether the resignation shall become effective immediately or
with effect from some prospective date. In the latter cases, the date shall be specified.
Resignation cannot be accepted retrospectively.

Withdrawal of resignation
4

A resignation become effective when it is accepted and the official is relieved

of his duties. Where the resignation has not become effective and the officer wishes to
withdraw it, it is open to the authority accepting the resignation either to permit the
officer to withdraw the resignation or to refuse the request for such withdrawal.

Where, however, a resignation has become effective and the officer is no longer in
Government service, the appointing authority have to withdraw his resignation in the
public interest on conditions specified under Rule 26 of the CCS (Pension) Rules,
1972, If the period between the date of resignation becoming effective and the date
on which the person is allowed to resume duty, exceeds 90 days approval of the
DP&T will be necessary.
No Demand Certificate
5

After it has been decided to accept the resignation of the officer with effect

from a specified date, he/she should be intimated of the decision. All money due to
him from the Government shall be withheld till all the money due to the Government
has been fully assessed and recovered and No Demand Certificate have been
received from all concerned, thereafter acceptance of the resignation shall be formally
notified.
Resignation from service to take up another appointments
6

Resignation from service to take up, with proper permission

another

appointment, whether permanent or temporary, which counts in full or in part is not

resignation of public service. In such cases if there is any interruption in service the
two appointments being at different stations such interruption not exceeding the
joining time permissible under rules shall be covered by the grant of leave of any kind
due to the Government servant on the date of relief or by formal condonation. In the
case of temporary employees, no joining time pay would be allowed.
Termination of service
(a) Permanent employees
7

A person appointed substantively to a post in Government service has a right

to hold the post until he attains the age of superannuation prescribed for the post or is

retired under any of the provisions of FR 56 or CCS (Pension) Rules. His services
cannot be terminated unless the post itself is abolished or unless he is guilty of
misconduct, negligence inefficiency or any other good and sufficient reasons for
which disciplinary proceedings are instituted against him under the CCS (CCA)
Rules, 1965 read with Article 311 of the Constitution of India .
(b) Quasi-permanent employees
8

The services of a Government servant

who has been declared Quasi

permanent under Rule 4 of the CCS (Temporary) Rules can be terminated only with
the same circumstances and in the same manner in which the employment of a
Government servant in permanent employ can be terminated or when the Appointing
Authority certifies that a reduction in establishment has occurred.
(c) Temporary employees
9.

The services of a temporary Government Servant who has not been declared

quasi-permanent can be terminated at any time by giving a months notice in writing

under Rule 5(1) of the CCS (Temporary Service) Rules, 1965. No reason shall be
assigned for termination of service in such cases. The service of such a Government
servant can also be terminated by the Appointing Authority forthwith by paying him a
sum equivalent to the amount of his pay and allowances for the period of notice at the
rates at which he was drawing immediately before the termination of his service. The
temporary employee also is entitled to quit service after giving one months notice
under this rule.
10.

If a temporary Government servant submits a letter of resignation in which he

does not refer to rule 5(1) of CCS(TS) Rules, 1965 or does not even mention that the
letter of resignation be treated as a notice of termination service the provisions of rule
5(1) will not be attracted and the letter of resignation may be dealt with by the

competent authority according to the provisions of the Ministry of Home Affairs O.M.
No.39/6/57-Estt.(A) dated 6/5/58.

Such a temporary Government servant can

relinquish his psot only when his resignation is accepted and he is relieved of his
duties.
11.

The period of notice given by the Appointing Authority is counted from the

date the notice is served on or tendered to the Government servant.

When the

Government servant is on duty the notice may be served on him as far as possible
personally and his acknowledgment obtained. Where, however, it is not possible to
effect such personal service e.g. when the Government servant is stationed at a place
other than the headquarters of the Appointing Authority or when he is on leave the
notice may be sent to the Government servant by registered post. If the notice is
received with the endorsement refused of the postal authorities no further attempt to
serve the notice need be made as refusal of communication sent under registered
cover amounts to acceptance under law.
12.

When a notice is given by the appointing authority terminating the service of

a temporary Government servant or where services are terminated on the expiry of the
notice period or forthwith by payment of pay and allowances the Central Government
or any other authority specified by the Central Government in this behalf may on its
own notion or otherwise reopen the case. In such a case the competent authority may
after calling for the records and after making such enquiries as it deems fit, (a)
confirm the action taken by the Appointing Authority or (b) withdraw the notice or (c)
reinstate the Government servant or (d) make such other orders as it may consider
proper. In cases where the competent authority confirms the action taken by the
Appointing Authority no further consequences will follow. If the competent authority
withdraws the notice the Government servant will continue in service as if no notice

was served upon him. If the competent authority decides to reinstate the Government
servant the order of reinstatement shall specify (i) the amount of proportion of pay
and allowances if any to be paid to the Government servant for the period of his
absence between the date of termination of service and the date of reinstatement; and
(ii) whether the said period shall be treated as a period spent on duty for any specified
purpose or purposes.
13.

Where the services of temporary Government servant have been terminated

under Rule 5(1) of CCS(TS) Rules, 1965 and more than 3 months elapsed from the
date of termination of service such a case shall not be reopened except for special
reasons to be recorded in writing.

CHAPTER V
ALLOWANCES AND OTHER BENEFITS
SECTION 1 ALLOWANCES

Conveyance allowance (Motor Car and Motor Cycle)

General Conditions
1.

In accordance with the provision of S.R. 25, a competent authority may grant on

such conditions as it thinks fit to impose a monthly conveyance or horse allowance to any
Government servant who is required to travel extensively at or within a short distance
from his headquarters under conditions which do not render him eligible for daily
allowance.
2.

In the light of recommendations of the Fifth Pay Commission the Government of

India reviewed the rates and conditions for the grant of conveyance allowance to Central
Government servants and decided to prescribe the revised rates for these Officers who are
required to travel extensively on duty at or within a short distance from their
headquarters.
3.

Grant of Conveyance Allowance (a) Current rates: with effect from Ist August,

1997:Average monthly travel

on official duty

1.
201-300 Km
301-450 Km
451-600 Km
601-800 Km
Above 800 Km

Rates of conveyance allowance p.m. for journey by

_________________________________________________
owned motor car
other modes of conveyance
________________________________________________
2.
3.
Rs. 560
Rs. 185
Rs. 840
Rs, 240
Rs. 1,035
Rs, 320
Rs. 1,215
Rs. 375
Rs. 1,500
Rs. 425

4.

The following terms and conditions will continue to apply for the grant of the

allowance:(i) (a) No conveyance allowance shall be admissible unless the average monthly travel
on official duty is more than 200 kilometers. Journeys between residence and
normal place of work shall not be reckoned as travel on official duty.
(b)

Journeys performed on foot or on bicycle shall not qualify for the grant of
allowance under these order.

(ii)

The conveyance allowance at the rates prescribed in Columns 2 of the table shall
not be admissible to the officers whose pay is less than Rs.2800/-p.m. in the
revised scales.

(iii)

No allowance shall be admissible during:

(a)

joining time leave and any period

of temporary transfer including

holidays prefixed or suffixed to leave and joining time.

(b)

Any period of more than 15 days at a time during which a Government

servant in receipt of conveyance allowance under either Col.2 or Col.3 or
Col.4 or Col.5 of the table does not maintain a motor car or the motor car
maintained by him remains out of order is not used for official journeys
for any other reason.

Note:- The allowance sanctioned at the rate mentioned under columns 2 to 5 of the table
will not be admissible for any period of more than 15 days at a time during which on
account of Government Servants absence from headquarters on tour, or for any reason
whatsoever the motor car maintained by him is not used by the Government servant for
official journeys.

(iv)

Drawal of allowance at the rates in Col.2 or Col.3 or Col.4 or Col.5 of the table is
subject to the Government servant owning and maintaining a motor car in good
running condition and using it for all official journeys for which the allowance is
granted.

(v)

The officers who are granted conveyance allowance under these orders will not be
entitled to any other travelling allowance i.e. daily or mileage allowance for
journeys up to 16 kilometers from the usual place of work at the headquarters.
The travelling allowance for journeys beyond 16 kilometers will be admissible as
under:(a)

If the journey is performed otherwise than in his own conveyance, the

travelling allowance

i.e. daily allowance and / or mileage allowance

admissible under the rules may be drawn in full.

Note: The case of an officer who is in receipt of a conveyance allowance but travels in
a staff car or Govt. vehicle is to be regulated in accordance with the provisions of Govt.
of Indias Order below SR 26 and not under the above orders.
(b)

If he travels by road in his own conveyance either in combination with the

rail/steamer / air journey or otherwise, the officer may at his own option
exchange his conveyance allowance at the rate of 1/30th for each day for
any travelling allowance i.e. daily allowance and/or mileage allowance
admissible to him under the rules.

5.

For the initial fixation of allowance under these orders a Government servant

claiming the allowance shall be required to maintain a log book of journeys on duty
qualifying for the grant of allowance for a minimum period of three months. The

Controlling Officer shall scrutinize the log book as frequently as possible during this
period. A longer period may be prescribed by the sanctioning authority at it discretion.
The log book shall contain the following particulars:-

6.

(a)

The distances travelled daily on official duty;

(b)

Places visited with distance covered and purpose of each visit;

(c)

The mode of conveyance maintained/used.

The log book should be scrutinised by the sanctioning authority for determining

the average mileage done per month for official work and the rate of conveyance
allowance shall be fixed on that basis.

It may then sanction an allowance at the

appropriate rate from any date from which its opinion grant of the allowance is justified.
No allowance shall be sanctioned from date earlier than the one from which the log book
is maintained.
Note: Only journeys within 16 kms. Of the place of work at the headquarters qualify for
inclusion in the log book provided such journey(s) are within the jurisdiction of the
Government servant concerned and (b) otherwise qualify for the purpose in terms of Sub
para (i) above.
7.

The conveyance allowance will be determined for specific posts on the basis of

controlled travelling as above by the sanctioning authority and the officers appointed
to these posts will draw the same unless the mode of conveyance is different subject to
their satisfying the prescribed conditions. Where there are a number of posts in the same
category the post(s) for which the allowance is intended should be clearly identified in
the sanction and the rate for each such post should be clearly stated.

8.

On change of incumbency of a gazetted post to which conveyance allowance is

attached, an intimation should be sent by the controlling officer to the Accountant

General / and Accounts

Officer to the effect that the new incumbent possesses

conveyance (with particulars thereof) or does not possess a conveyance, as the case may
be to enable the latter (Accountant-General/Pay and Accounts Officer) to authorise
conveyance allowance at the appropriate rate to the new incumbent.
9.

For any category or Government servants the nature of whose duties require the

maintenance of motor car e.g. doctors employed under the Central Government Health
Scheme the condition of maintaining log books may be waived with the prior
concurrence of the Ministry of

Finance.

In all such cases the allowance shall be

admissible at the lowest rats shown in the table in paragraph 3 above. Any claim for the
allowance at a higher rate shall be required to be supported by maintenance of a log book
as detailed in paragraphs 5 and 6 above.
10.

Once the amount of conveyance allowance is fixed in accordance with these

provisions it shall not be necessary for an officer to maintain the log book for the purpose
of drawing the allowance from month to month unless the controlling officer so desired.
The allowance may be drawn during the currency of a sanction so long as the controlling
officer is satisfied

that there has been no change in the nature of duties of the

Government servant or the extent of his touring to justify the withdrawal of the allowance
or a reduction in the rate thereof by the controlling officer in the pay bills of the
Government Servant concerned for the months of January, April, July and October in
each year. He will also countersign the pay bills for these months.

11.

The conveyance allowance shall be granted for a period not exceeding two years

at a time and its continuance shall be reviewed at the end of each such period. The
review shall be made in accordance with the procedure laid down for the grant of the
allowance initially.
12.

It shall not be necessary to incorporate in an order sanctioning the conveyance

allowance any conditions of travelling a specified minimum distance in a month for

becoming eligible for the allowance in that month.
(G.I.D. No.1 below SR. 25)
.
Cycle Allowance
13

The cycle allowance of Rs.20 per month shall be admissible to such staff who

maintain bicycles and are entitled to cycle allowance under the instructions issued by the
Government of India from time to time.
14.

For grant of cycle allowance a certificate by the controlling officer that the

official is required to maintain a cycle for constant touring on official duties is

necessary.
Travelling Allowance
15.

The grant of travelling allowance is governed by the provisions of Fundamental

and Supplementary Rules as amended from time to time.

House Rent Allowance and City Compensatory Allowance
General Rules and Orders
16.

Consequent upon the decision taken by the Government on the recommendations

of the Fifth Pay Commission relating to the above mentioned allowances vide Ministry of
Finance Resolution No. 50(1)/IC/97 dated 30.9.97, the President is pleased to decide that

in modification of Ministry of Finance O.M. No. F. 2(37)-E II (B)64, dated 27-11-1965

as amended from time to time, Compensatory (City) Allowance and House Rent
Allowance to Central Government employees shall be admissible at the following rates
from Ist August, 1997:-

(1) (i) COMPENSATORY (CITY) ALLOWANCE:

Pay Range (Basic Pay)

(1)
Below Rs. 3,000 PM
Rs. 3000 p.m. to Rs. 4,499 p.m.
Rs. 4,500 p.m. to Rs. 5,999 p.m.
Rs. 6,000 p.m. and above
(ii)

(2)

(3)

90
125
200
300

65
95
150
240

(4)

(5)

45
65
100
180

25
35
65
120

HOUSE RENT ALLOWANCE:

classification of cities/towns

(2)

Amount of CCA in class of cities

(Rs. per month)
____________________________________
A-1
A
B-1
B-2

Rates of House Rent Allowance

A-1

30% of actual basic pay drawn

A
B-1
B-2

15% of actual basic pay drawn

7.5% of actual basic spay drawn

Unclassified

5% of actual basic pay drawn

The cities/towns which have been placed in a lower classification, as compared to

their existing classification, shall continue to retain the existing classificationuntill further

orders and the Central Government employees working therein will be entitled to draw
the rates of CCA and HRA accordingly.

OVERTIME ALLOWANCE
18.

General conditions The overtime allowance is admissible only in case of

work of urgent nature cannot be postponed in the public interest till the next working
day, and it becomes necessary to detain some staff on duty beyond office hours and / or
on Sundays (or other weekly off days) and holidays.
19.

Overtime work, for the purpose of grant of overtime allowance means the work

done in excess of one hour over the prescribed hours of work on any working day and
includes the work done on any Sunday or any other holidays minus the hour of lunch
break.
20.

In cases where the employees are required to work for half a day (i.e. 10.00 a.m.

to 1.30 p.m.) two of such half days should be taken as equivalent to one full day for the
purpose of grant of compensatory leave if so asked for by the individual.
21.

If any employee is required to work on Sundays or other holidays / public

holidays beyond a full day, he may be allowed a days compensatory leave in lieu of full
days work and paid overtime allowance at working days rates for the excess time put in
by him minus one hour.
22.

In accordance with Ministry of Finance Deptt. of Expenditure OM

No.15011/2/EII(B)/76 dated the 11/8/76 & DP & T OM No.15012/3/86-Estt.

(Allowance) dated 13/11/86 and 19/3/91, Ministries/Departments etc. have been advised

to organise their work in such a way as to complete it during the normal working hours.
The standard of supervision should be tightened to achieve this objective. If in spite of
all measures taken to reorganise the work and tightening of supervision, there are cases of
work on holidays and excessive duty hours, the employees should normally be allowed
compensatory off cannot be given and it is inescapable to employ staff on overtime work,
the competent authority may grant overtime allowance.
Rates of Overtime Allowance
23.

The revised rates w.e.f. 1/12/90 at which overtime allowance is to be paid as per
Ministry of Personnel, Public Grievance & Pension (Deptt. of Personnel and
Training) OM No.15012/3/86-Estt.(Allowances) dated 19/3/91 are given below:Overtime allowance per hour in Rs.

Emoluments

Office staff

Operative Staff_______ Staff Car Driver

On working
On HoliDay
days

SECTION 2 SPECIAL PAY

Special pay to Cashiers

1. Assistants/UDCs/LDCs may be appointed

as Cashier at the discretion of the

competent authority. In the subordinate offices of the CPWD, as a rule, only Lower
Division Clerks are employed as Cashiers but, if required, Upper Division Clerks can
also be appointed as such. The persons who are appointed shall either be holding a
permanent post or have been declared quasi permanent.
2.

Cashiers are granted special pay. Powers to grant such a special pay to Cashiers

in the CPWD vest in the Director General of Works and the Chief Engineers, declared as
Heads of Department, but these powers have been internally delegated to the
Superintending Engineers in respect of payment of Special Pay to Cashiers in the
Central Office.
3.

The powers to grant Special Pay are to be exercised subject to the following

conditions:
(i)

The amount of special pay to be granted will depend on the average amount of
monthly cash disbursed, excluding payments by cheques.

As the pay and

allowances of Gazetted Offiers are payable by cheques, they should be excluded

in calculating the amount of cash disbursed. The amount of receipts are also to be
taken into account.
(ii)

The Ministry of Head of the Department concerned should certify on the basis of
the previous financial years average the amount of cash disbursed and sanction
the rate of special pay appropriate to that quantum. The average amount of cash

disbursed should be arrived at by taking the total amount shown as disbursed in

the Cash Book reduced by the items disbursed in the form of cheques/RTRs/
Drafts, etc.

All transactions concerning Gazetted Officers should also be

ommitted.
(iii)

The special pay should be reviewed every financial year.

(iv)

Every official who is appointed to work as cashier, unless he is exempted by a

competent authority, should furnish security in accordance with the provisions
contained in Chapter 15 of the General Financial Rules, 1963 and orders issued
thereunder from time to time.

(v)

The special pay is to be granted from the date of issue or orders of appointment as
cashier or from the date of furnishing security, whichever is later.

(vi)

Not more than one official should be allowed the special pay in an Office /
Department.

(vii)

Sanction in each case should invariably be issue din the name of the person who
is appointed to do the cash work and for whom the special pay is sanctioned.
The following will be the rates of special pay to be adopted:Amount of average monthly cash disbursed

Rate of special Pay

Upto Rs.75,000

Rs. 50 p.m.

Over Rs.75,000 up to Rs.2,00,000

Rs. 75 p.m.

Over Rs.2,00,000 & upto Rs.5,00,000

Rs.100 p.m.

Over Rs.5,00,000

Rs.125 p.m.

In the case of a newly created office, where it is not possible to observe all
the conditions quoted above, Ministries and Heads of Departments may
themselves grant special pay to cashiers during the first year of existence on the
basis of the estimated average monthly cash disbursements. The other conditions
quoted in paragraph (2) above will, however, apply.
In cases where direct recruitment to the post of Cashier is contemplated,
no special pay will be admissible. Further, where there are sufficient number of
Cashiers in various grades to constitute a viable cadre in a Department /
Organisation, then the post of Cashier should not carry any special pay.
Rates of Special Pay to Cashier
4.

The rates of special pay to be sanctioned for handling to the Cashier are

given below:Amount of average monthly cash handled

Rate of special Pay

Upto Rs.75,000

Rs. 50 p.m.

Over Rs.75,000

Rs. 75 p.m.

Over Rs.2,00,000

Rs.100 p.m.

Over Rs.5,00,000

Rs.125 p.m.

Security Deposits
5.

A person appointed as Cashier shall have to furnish security at the rate specified

in para 5 of Section I of Chapter 7 of this Manual unless he is exempted by a competent

authority.

The security may be taken from him in any of the forms specified in GPR

274, occasions ma arise when the Cashier proceeds on leave or is deputed for other duty.
On such occasions, another person can be appointed as Cashier. A person appointed to
officiate as Cashier in short term vacancy may be exempted from furnishing security, if
the circumstances warrant such exemption provided that the (i) competent authority is
satisfied and there is no risk involved (ii) Government servant concerned is permanent or
quasi-permanent and (iii) the period of officiating arrangements does not exceed 4
months.
The power to grant such exemptions vests in the Director General of Works and
Chief engineers who have been declared as Heads of Department. Exemption from
furnishing security for periods in excess of 4 months is not normally permitted. In such
cases, prior approval of the Ministry of Finance shall be required for exemption.
Date from which Special Pay is granted
6.

Special pay at the rates referred to in paragraph 4 can not be granted from a date

prior to the date on which security is furnished by the Cashier. The security can be
furnished either in a lump sum, or in instalments as provided in the rules. It shall be
ensured by all appointing authorities that a person shall not be appointed as Cashier till
he has furnished the necessary security.
Fixation of Pay on promotion of persons working as Cashier
7.

When a person who is working as Cashier, is promoted to a higher grade in the

Circle, the special pay being drawn by him is protected by granting him a personal pay to
be absorbed in future increases in pay. The protection continues only for the period for
which he would normally have continued to work as Cashier but for his promotion.

Special Pay to Barkandaz

8.

The post of Barkandaz carried along with it a special pay of Rs.10 p.m. for

handling petty cash on behalf of the Cashier whom he assist in his work. This special pay
is also sanctioned with effect from the date , the Barkandaz deposits the security
determined by the sanctioning authority.
Special Pay to Junior Engineers
8.

The post of Barkandaz carried along with it a special pay of Rs.10 p.m. for

handling lpetty cash on behalf of the Cashier whom he assist in his work. This special
pay is also sanctioned with effect from the date, the Barkandaz deposits the security
determined by the sanctioning authority.
Special Pay to Junior Engineers
9.

All Junior Engineers irrespective of their qualifications shall get special pay at

uniform rate of Rs.150 (Rupees one hundred and fifty only) per month for design work
and Rs.80 (Rupees eighty only) per month for planning work with effect from 20/8/87.

SECTION 3 ADVANCES
Advance of pay
1.

Advances of pay can be granted to a Govt. servant in the following cases:(i)

While proceeding on earned leave for not less than 30 days (one months
pay).

(ii)

While proceeding on transfer (one months pay); or

(iii)

While proceeding on transfer due to shifting of headquarters of the office

in which the Officer is working (two months pay Rule 260 G.F.R.).

2.

In the case of a temporary Government servant, the application for advance of pay

shall be accompanied by a Surety Bond from a permanent Govt. servant of equal or

higher status. The Head of the Office is empowered to sanction such advances.
3.

The recovery of the advance vide S.No.(i) above is made in full by adjustment in

the monthly pay bill for the month following the month in which the advance was drawn.
The recovery of the advance vide S.No.(ii) above is made in three monthly instalments
from the salary of the Govt. servant for the months following the month in which the
advance was drawn. In the case of the advance at Sl.No.(iii) above, the recovery is made
in 24 monthly instalments in the same manner as laid down in the above cases. Advances
of pay is interest-free.
T.A. Advance
4.

T.A. advance is admissible in case of tour, transfer and while proceeding on a

journey under LTC while applying for the advance the exact amount required has to be
indicated with supporting details of the journeys to be performed, and number and details
of family members accompanying etc., as the case may be. The amount of advance on

tour/transfer shall not exceed the anticipated cost f the journeys by the entitled class and
as far as possible shall be less than that to avoid recoveries at a later stage.
An LTC advance equal to 90% of the estimated amount which the Govt. would
have to reimburse, is also admissible. This advance is subject to fulfilment of conditions
laid down in Rule 235(2) of the GFRs. All these advances are interest free.
5.

In the case of temporary Govt. servant, the application for T.A. advance should be

accompanied by a surely bond from a permanent Govt. servant, of equal or higher status.
The Head of Office is competent authority to sanction the T.A. advance.
6.

The advance on account of T.A. on tour is adjusted in full through the detailed bill

for the journeys for which the advance was drawn. This shall be submitted by the Govt.
servant concerned immediately after the journeys in question have been completed. A
second TA advance on tour is not admissible until and unless the first advance has been
adjusted.
7.

TA advance on transfer is adjusted in full through the detailed transfer TA Bill

which shall be submitted by the Govt. servant concerned within a period not exceeding
six months from the date of drawal of the advance. This time limit can, however, be
relaxed in very exceptional cases by the Head of Deptt. where he is satisfied that the
Govt. servant concerned could not bring his family to the new station of his posting due
to circumstances beyond his control such as, education of children, serious illness of his
family members etc.
8.

The TA advance drawn to avail of Leave Travel Concessions also adjusted

through the detailed TA Bill to be submitted by the Govt. servant immediately after

completion of the journeys.

(For details regarding admissibility of Leave Travel

Concession, Section 5 of this Chapter and GFR 235 may be referred to).
Festival Advance
9.

Festival advance not exceeding Rs.400 in each case is admissible to non-gazetted

Govt. servants drawing a pay of Rs.2850 per month or less. This advance is granted for
festivals like Diwali, Holi, Dushera, Janma-Ashtmi, Id, Guru Nanaks Birthday,
M<ahavir Jayanti, Republic Day, New Years Day, Onam, Pongal, Baisakhi, etc. The
applications of temporary Govt. servants for grant of

festival advance shall be

accompanied by a surety bond from a permanent Govt. Servant of equal or higher status.
The Head of Office is competent to sanction this advance.
10.

This is an interest-free advance and the amount thereof is to be recovered in not

more than 10 equal monthly instalments, of Rs.40 eachthrough the monthly salary
bills following the month in which the advance is drawn. This advance can be granted to
a Govt. servant only once in a financial year.
Advance for purchase of conveyance
11.

Advances are also granted for purchase of conveyance, like Motor-Cycle, Scooter

and Bicycle. These advances are interest-bearing. The amount of the advance shall not
exceed:(i)

In the case of Motor Car Rs.80,000/-(for the first occasion) or Rs.75,000/(for the second or subsequent occasions) or 16 months basic pay or the
anticipated price of

vehicle, whichever is least, (GFR 199-209) and

subject to other provisions of GPF rules & GFRs.

(ii)

In case of Motor Cycl;e or Scooter Rs.13,000/- or 8 months basic pay of

the Govt. servant (on the first occasion) Rs.10,000/- or 6 months basic pay
(on the second subsequent occasions ) or anticipated price of MotorCycle/Scooter, whichever is the least (GFR 211).

(iii)

In case of bicycle Rs.600 restricted to the anticipated price inclusive of

Sale Tax (GFRs 212 & 213).

12.

In the case of temporary Govt. servants advance for purchase of conveyance can

be granted only on their furnishing Surely from permanent Govt. employees of equal or
higher status.
Eligibility
13.

The officers of the following categories only are eligible for grant of advance for

purchase of conveyance provided they have completed three years service under Govt.:(i)

Officers having field and outdoor duties (for all types of conveyances).

(ii)

Officers who are residing at places beyond a distance of 8 Kms. From the
place of their duties (for scooters only): or

(c)

Who are residing at places beyond a distance of 5 Kms. From the place of
their duty (for bicycle only).

14.

The advance for purchase of motor car shall not be granted to those whose basic

pay is less than Rs.3500/-p.m. without the approval of Secretary of the administrative
Ministry. The advance for purchase of Scooter/Motor Cycle, shall not ordinarily be
granted to those Govt. servants

whose basic pay is less than Rs.1500/-p.m.

The

Authority competent to sanction the advances can relax this condition in deserving cases.

Authorities competent to sanction the advance

15.

The Director General of Works and Chief Engineers who have been declared as

Head of Department are competent to sanction such advance. A Head of Office may
sanction for purchase of bicycles.
16.

While considering the applications for grant of these advances, preference is

given to such applications, whose duties involve field and outdoor work maintenance of a
conveyance by them will add to their efficiency. Amongst them also, first priority shall
be given to such applicants, as have got the allotment of a conveyance e.g. Motor Car or
Scooter, as the case may be, from Government Quota or through advance booking with
the authorised dealer.
17.

After the sanction is issued and advance drawn, the person concerned shall be

required to produce the cash receipt in token of having purchased the conveyance within
a period of one month, failing which he shall be required to refund the entire amount of
advance plus the interest accrured thereon in one lump sum.

This period is relaxable up

to two months by the authority competent to sanction the advance.

Recoveries
18.

These advances are to be recovered through the salary bills:(i)

In the case of Motor Car in maximum number of 200 equal monthly

instalments.

(ii)

in the case of Motor Cycle or Scooter in maximum number of 70 equal

monthly instalments not exceeding thirty.

(iii)

in the case of bicycle in equal monthly instalments not exceeding thirty.

The last instalment shall include the interest at the rates notified by Govt.

House Building Advance

19.

The House Building Advance is sanctioned for:

(i)

building a new house on a plot already purchased; or

(ii)

Purchasing a built-up house or flat through the housing schemes sponsored

by the Government or registered Co-operative Housing Societies; or

(iii)

making additions and alterations to an already built up house to enlarge

the existing accommodation.

20.

The application for House Building Advance shall be submitted in the prescribed

form to the Head of Deptt. along with the sanctioned plans and estimates. These will be
scrutinized by the Head of the Department as per the procedure laid down in the House
Building Advance Rules. The sanction will thereafter be issued by the Head of the
Department. The amount of advance ordinarily is released in two or three instalments as
laid

down in the House Building Advance Rules.

(Please see the HBA Rules as

amended from time to time for more details).

Register of Advances
21.

A complete record of all such advances granted shall be kept in a Register of

Advances to be maintained in all offices sanctioning such advances. All recoveries being
effected every month from the salary of the officials concerned shall be indicated in the
Register at the appropriate pages. This Register shall be checked up by the Head of
Office once in a month regularly.

SECTION 4 - LEAVE

Leave under the Central Civil Services (Leave) Rules, 1972

1.

Under the Central Civil Services (Leave) Rules, 1972 the following kinds of

leave can be granted to Government servant in regular establishment:-

(1)

(a)

Earned Leave;

(b)

Half Pay Leave;

(c)

Commuted Leave;

(d)

Leave not due; and

(e)

Extra Ordinary Leave.

Earned Leave for Government servants serving in Departments other than

Vacation Departments.

(1)(a)(i)

The leave account of every Government Servant (other than a military

officer) who is serving in a Department other than a Vacation Department, shall be

credited with earned leave, in advance, in two instalments of 15 days each on the first
day of January and July of every calendar year.
(ii)

When a Government servant joins a new post without availing full joining

time by reasons that (a) He is ordered to join the new post at a new place of posting without
availing of full joining time of which he is entitled.
or
(b) he proceeds alone to the new place of posting and joins the post
without availing full joining time and takes his family later within the

permissible period of time for claiming travelling allowance for the

family,
the number of days of joining time as admissible under sub-rule (4)
of Rule 5 of the Central Civil Services ( Joining time) Rules 1979, subject
to the maximum of 15 days reduced by the number of days actually
availed of, shall be credited to his leave account as earned leave.
Provided that the earned leave at his credit together with the unavailed joining
time allowed to be so credited shall not exceed 300 days).
(b)

The leave at the credit of a Government servant at the close of the

previous half year shall be carried forward to the next half year, subject to the condition
that the leave so carried forward from the previous half year plus the credit for the next
half year do not exceed the maximum limit of 300 days.

Provided where the earned

leave at the credit of Govt. servant as on the last day of December or June is 300 days or
less but more than 275 days the advance credit of 15 days earned leave on Ist day of
January or July to be afforded in the manner indicated under Sub rule (i) of Clause (a) of
Sub Rule (I) shall in stead of being credited in leave account be kept separately and first
adjusted against the earned leave that the Government servant takes during that half year
and the balance if any, shall be credited to the leave account at the close of the half year
subject to the condition that balance of such earned leave plus leave already at credit do
not exceed the maximum limit of 300 days.
(c)

(i)

Where a Government servant not in permanent employee or quasi-

permanent employ is appointed without interruption of service substantively to a

permanent post or declared as quasi-permanent, his leave account shall be credited with

the earned leave which would have been admissible, if his previous duty at the rendered
as a Govt. servant in permanent employ diminished by any earned leave already taken.
(iii)

Where a Govt. servant had availed of leave on half pay or extra ordinarily
since the date of permanent

appointment

or quasi-permanent

appointment, such leave may, subject to the provisions of Rule 10 be

converted into earned leave to the extent it is due and admissible as a
result of recasting of his leave account.
Note: The provision of this Clause shall apply to Govt. servant whose first year of
service or any part thereof in temporary capacity was rendered before Ist November,
1973, when rate of earning such leave used to be 1/22nd of period spent on duty,
(d)

A period spent in foreign service shall count as duty for purposes of this Rule, if

contribution towards leave salary is paid on account of such period.

(2)

Subject to the provisions of Rule 7 and 39 of sub-rules (1) and (30 of the rule, the

maximum earned leave that may be granted at a time shall be 180 days in the case of any
Government servant employed in India or
(3)

Earned leave may be granted to Govt. servant in Class I or Class II service or to a

Government servant mentioned in the Exception to sub-rule (1), for a period exceeding
(180) days but not exceeding (240) days, if the entire leave is so granted or any portion
thereof is spent outside India, Bangladesh, Bhutan, Burma, Sri Lanka, Nepal and
Pakistan:
Provided that where earned leave for a period exceeding 180 days is granted
under this sub-rule, the period of such leave spent in India shall not in the aggregate
exceed the aforesaid limits.

(Consequent upon the decisions taken by the Govt. on the recommendations of the Fifty
Central Pay Commission relating to leave, it has been decided that the existing
provisions of the CCS(Leave) Rules 1972 may be modified as follows in respect of
civilian employees for the Central Government:(a)

The existing ceiling of 240 days on accumulation of earned leave provided

in Rules 26 and 28 ibid shall be enhanced to 300 days.)

(G.I. Deptt. of Per. & Trg. OM No.14028/7/97-Estt. (L) dated 7th October, 1997 para 1(a).

Calculation of Earned Leave:

(1)

Earned leave shall be credited to the leave account of a Government servant at the

rate of 2 days for each completed calendar month of service which he is likely to
render in a half-year of the calendar year in which he is appointed.
(2)

(a)

The credit for the half-year in which a Government servant is due to retire

or resigns from the service shall be afforded only at the rate of 2 days per
completed calendar month up to the date of retirement or resignation.
(b)

When a Government servant is removed or dismissed from the service or

dies while in service, credit of earned leave shall be allowed at the rate of 2
days per completed calendar month up to the end of the Calendar month
preceding the calendar month in which he is removed or dismissed from the
service or dies in service.
(3)

If a Government servant has availed of extraordinary leave and / or some period

of absence has been treated as dies non in a half year, the credit to be afforded to his

leave account at the commencement of the next half-year shall be reduced by 1/10th of
the period of such leave and / or dies non subject to maximum of 15 days.
(4)

While affording credit of earned leave, fractions of a day shall be rounded off to
the earnest day.

Earned leave for persons serving in Vacation Departments

(1)(a) The leave of a teacher, principal, headmaster, librarian, laboratory assistant or a
waterman working in a school shall be credited in advance with Earned leave in
two instalments of five days each on the first day of January and July, of every
year.
(b)

If a teacher, principal, headmaster, librarian, laboratory assistant or waterman

working in a school has availed of extraordinary leave and/or some period of
absence has been treated as dies non during a half year, the credit in the afforded
to his leave account at the commencement of the next half-year shall be reduced
by 1/10th of the period of such leave and/or dies non subject to a maximum of 5
days.

(c)

The credit for the half-year in which a teacher, principal, headmaster, librarian,
laboratory assistant or a waterman working in a school is appointed /ceases to be
service shall be allowed at the rate of 5/6th day for each complete month of service
which he had rendered or is likely to render in the half year in which he is
appointed / ceases to be in service.

(2)

Subject to provisions of sub-rule (1), a Government servant (other than a military

officer) serving in a Vacation Department shall not be entitled to any earned leave

in respect of duty performed in any year in which he avails himself of the full
vacation.
(3)(a) In respect of any year in which a Government servant avails himself of a portion
of the vacation, he shall be entitled to earned leave in such proportion of 30 days
or 45 days when governed by the Exception to sub-rule (I) of Rule 26, as the
number of days of vacation not taken bears to the full vacation:
Provided that no such leave shall be admissible to a Government servant not in
permanent employ or quasi-permanent employ in respect of the first year of his service.
(b)

If, in any year, the Government servant does not avail himself of any vacation,
earned leave shall be admissible to him in respect of that year under Rule 26.

EXPLANATION For the purpose of this rule, the term year shall be construed not as
meaning a calendar year in which duty is performed but as meaning twelve months of
actual duty in a Vacation Department.
NOTE 1 A Government servant entitled to vacation shall be considered to have
availed himself of a vacation or a portion of a vacation unless he has been required by
general or special order of a higher authority to forgo such vacation or portion of a
vacation:
Provided that if he has been prevented by such order from enjoying more than
fifteen days of the vacation, he shall be considered to have availed himself of no
portion of the vacation.
(4)

Vacation may be taken in combination with or in continuation of any kind of

leave under these rules:

Provided that the total duration of vacation and earned leave taken in conjunction,
whether the earned leave is taken in combination with or in continuation of other leave
or not, shall not exceed the amount of earned leave due and admissible to the Govt. at a
time under Rule 26.
(5)

The earned leave under this rule at the credit of the Government servant at the

close of the previous half year shall be carried forward to the next half year subject to the
condition that the leave so carried forward plus the credit of the half year do not exceed
the maximum limit of 300 days.
Half pay leave
(1)

The half pay leave account of every Government servant (other than a military

officer and those covered by Rule 28) shall be credited with half pay leave in advance, in
two instalments of ten days each on the first day of January and July of every calendar
year.
(2)(a) The leave shall be credited to the said leave account at the rate of 5/3 days for
each completed calendar month of service which he is likely to render in the half
year of the calendar year in which he is appointed.
(b)

The credit for the half-year in which a Government servant is due to retire or
resigns from the service shall be allowed at the rate of 5/3 days per completed
calendar month up to the date of retirement or resignation.

(c)

When a Government servant is removed or dismissed from service or dies while

in service, credit of half pay leave shall be allowed at the rate of 5/3 days per
completed calendar month up to the end of the calendar month preceding the

calendar month in which he is removed or dismissed from service or dies in

service.
(d)

Where a period of absence or suspension of a Government servant has been

treated as dies non in a half-year, the credit to be afforded to his half pay leave
account at the commencement of next half-year, shall be reduced by oneeighteenth of the period of dies non subject to a maximum of ten days.

(3)

A Government servant who is eligible for Departmental leave under Rule 49,

shall be entitled to half pay leave of twenty days on completion of twelve months of
actual duty.
(4)

The leave under this rule may be granted on medical certificate or on private

affairs.
(5)

While affording credit of half pay leave, fraction of a day shall be rounded off to

the nearest day:

Provided that in the case of Government servant not in permanent employ or
quasi-permanent employ, no half pay leave shall be granted unless the authority
competent to grant leave has reasons to believe that the Government servant will return to
duty on its expiry except in the case of a Government servant who has been declared
completely and permanently incapacitated for further service by a medical authority.
Commuted leave
(1)

Commuted leave not exceeding half the amount of half pay leave due may be

granted on medical certificate to a Government servant (other than a military officer),

subject to the following conditions:-

(a)

the authority competent to grant leave is satisfied that there is reasonable

prospect of the Government servant returning to duty on its expiry.

(b)

When commuted leave is granted, twice the amount of such leave shall be
debited against the half pay leave due.

(1-A) Half pay leave up to a maximum of 180 days may be allowed to be commuted
during the entire service (without production of medical certificate) where such leave is
utilized for an approved course of study certified to be in the public interest by the leave
sanctioning authority.
(2)

Where a Government servant who has been granted commuted leave resigns from

service or at his request permitted to retire voluntarily without returning to duty, the
commuted leave shall be treated as half pay leave and the difference between the leave
salary in respect of commuted leave and half pay leave shall be recovered:
Provided that no such recovery shall be made if the retirement is by reason of illhealth incapacitating the Government servant for further service or in the event of his
death.
NOTE Commuted leave may be granted at the request of the Government servants
even when earned leave is due to him.
Leave not due
(1)

Save in the case of leave preparatory to retirement, leave not due may be granted

to a Government servant in permanent employ or quasi-permanent employ (other than a

Military officer) limited to a maximum of 360 days during the entire service on medical
certificate subject to the following conditions:-

(a)

the authority competent to grant leave is satisfied that there is reasonable

prospect of the Government servant returning to duty on its expiry;

(b)

leave not due shall be limited to te half pay leave he is likely to earn
thereafter;

(c)

leave not due shall be debited against the half pay leave the Government
servant may earn subsequently.

(1-A) Leave not due may also be granted to such of the temporary Government servants
as are suffering from TB, Leprosy, Cancer or Mental illness, for a period not exceeding
360 days during entire service, subject to fulfilment of conditions in (clauses (a) to (c) of
sub-rule (i) and subject to the following conditions, namely:(i)

that the Government servant has put in a maximum of one years service;

(ii)

that the post from which the Government servant proceeds on leave is
likely to last till his return to duty; and

(iii)

that the request for grant of such leave is supported by a medical

certificate as envisaged in Clauses (c) and (d) of sub-rule (2) of Rule 32.

(2)(a)

Where a Government servant who has been granted leave not due resigns
from service or at his request permitted to retire voluntarily without returning to
duty, the leave not due shall be cancelled, his resignation or retirement taking
effect from the date on which such leave had commenced, and the leave salary
shall be recovered.

(b)

Where a Government servant who having availed himself of leave not due returns

to duty but resigns or retires from service before he has earned such leave, he shall be
liable to refund the leave salary to the extent the leave has not been earned subsequently:

Provided further that no leave salary shall be recovered under Clause (a) or
Clause (b), if the Government servant is compulsorily retired prematurely under Rule 48
(1) (b) of the Central Civil Services Fundamental Rule 56(I).
Extraordinary leave
(1)

Extraordinary leave may be granted to a Government servant (other than a

military officer) in special circumstances
(a)

when no other leave is admissible:

(b)

when other leave is admissible, but the Government servant applies in

writing for the grant of extra ordinary leave.

(2)

Unless the President in view of the exceptional circumstances of the case

otherwise determines, no Government servant, who is not in permanent employ or
quasi-permanent employ, shall be granted extra ordinary leave on any one
occasion in excess of the following limits:(a)

three months;

(b)

six months, where the Government servant has completed (one years
continuous service) on the date of expiry of leave of the kind due and
admissible under these rules, including three months extraordinary leave
under Clause (a) and his request for such leave is supported by a medical
certificate as required by these rules;

(c)

eighteen months, where the Government servant who has competed one
years continuous service is undergoing treatment for
(i)

pulmonary tuberculosis or pleurisy of tubercular origin, in a

recognized sanatorium;

NOTE The concession of extraordinary leave up to eighteen months shall be

admissible also to a Government servant suffering from pulmonary tuberculosis or
pleurisy of tubercular origin who receives treatment at his residence under atuberculosis
specialist recognised as such by the State Administrative Medical Officer concerned and
produces a certificate signed by that specialist to the effect that he is under his treatment
and that he has reasonable chances of recovery on the expiry of the leave recommended.
(ii)

tuberculosis of any other part of the body by a qualified

tuberculosis specialist or a Civil Surgeon or Staff Surgeon; or

(iii)

leprosy in a recognised leprosy institution or by a Civil Surgeon or

Staff Surgeon or a specialist in leprosy hospital recognised as such
by the State Administrative Medical Officer concerned;

(iv)

Cancer or for mental illness, in an institution recognized for the

treatment of such disease or by a Civil Surgeon or Staff Surgeon or
a specialist in such disease.

(e)

Twenty four months, where the leave is required for the purpose of

prosecuting studies certified to be in the public interest, provided the Government

servant cocnerned has completed three years continuous service on the date of
expiry of leave of the kind due and admissible under these rules including three
months extraordinary leave under Clause (a).
(3)(a)

Where a Government servant is granted extraordinary leave in

relaxation of the provisions contained in Clause (e) of sub-rule (2) shall be
required to execute a bond in Form 6 undertaking to refund to the
Government the actual amount of expenditure incurred

by the

Government during such leave plus that incurred by any other agency
with interest thereon in the even to his not returning to duty on the expiry
of such leave or quiting the service before a period of three years after
return to duty.
(b)

The bond shall be supported by sureties from two permanent Government

servants having a status comparable to or higher than that of the
Government servant.

(4)

Government servants belonging to the Scheduled Castes or the Scheduled Tribes

may, for the purpose of attending the Pre-Examination Training Course at the centres
notified by the Government from time to time, be granted extraordinary leave by Head of
Department in relaxation of the provisions of sub-rule (2).
(5)

Two spells of extra ordinary leave, if intervened by any other kind of leave, shall

be treated as one continuous spell of extraordinary leave for the purposes of sub-rule (2).
(6)

The authority competent to grant leave may commute retrospectively periods of

absence without leave into extraordinary leave.

Leave to probationer, a person on probation and an apprentice
(1)(a)

A probationer shall be entitled to leave under these rules if he had held his
post substantively otherwise than on probation.
(b)

If, for any reason, it is proposed to terminate the services of a probationer,

any leave which may be grated to him shall not extend (i)

beyond the date on which the probationary period as already

sanctioned or extended expires, or

(ii)

beyond any earlier date on which his services are terminated by the
orders of an authority competent to appoint him.

(2)

A person appointed to a post on probation shall be entitled to leave under these

rules as a temporary or a permanent Government servant according as his appointment is

against a temporary or a permanent post:
Provided that where such person already holds a lien on a permanent post before
such appointment, he shall be entitled to leave under these rules as a permanent
Government servant.
(3)

An apprentice shall be entitled to (a)

leave, on medical certificate, on leave salary equivalent to half pay for a

period not exceeding one month in any year of apprenticeship;

(b)

extraordinary leave under Rule 32.

Leave preparatory to retirement

(1)

A Government servant may be permitted by the authority competent to grant

leave to take leave preparatory to retirement to the extent of earned leave due, not
exceeding 300 days together with half pay leave due, subject to the condition that such
leave extends up to and includes the date of retirement.
NOTE The leave granted as leave preparatory to retirement shall not include
extraordinary leave.
(2)(a)

Where a Government servant who is on foreign service in or under any

local authority or a corporation or

company wholly or substantially

owned or controlled by the Government or a body controlled or financed

by the Government (hereinafter referred to as the local body) applies for

leave preparatory to retirement , the decision to grant or refuse such leave

shall be taken by foreign employer with the concurrence of the lending
authority under Central government.
(c)

The Government servant on foreign service shall also be allowed to

encash earned leave at his credit on the date of retirement in the manner
provided in sub-rule (2) of Rule 39.

(3)

Where a Government servant is on foreign service in or under a local body other

than the one mentioned in Clause (a) of sub-rule (2), leave preparatory to retirement shall
be admissible to him only when he quits duty under the foreign employer:
Provided that where the Government servant continues in service under such
foreign employer, the Government servant shall not be eligible for grant cash payment in
lieu of leave under Rule 39.
Leave/Cash payment in lieu of leave beyond the date of retirement, compulsory
retirement or quitting of service.
(1)

No leave shall be granted to a Government servant beyond

(a)

the date of his retirement, or

(b)

the date of his final cessation of duties, or

(c)

the date on which he retires by giving notice to Government or he is

retired by Government by giving him notice or pay and allowances in lieu
of such notice, in accordance with the terms and conditions of his service,
or

(d)

the date of his resignation from service.

(2)

(a)

Where a Govt. servant retires on attaining the normal age

prescribed for retirement under the terms and conditions governing his

service, the authority competent to grant leave shall suo motu issue an
order granting cash equivalent of leave salary for earned leave, if any, at
the credit of the Government servant on the date of his retirement, subject
to a maximum of 300 days.
(b)

The cash equivalent under Clause (a) shall be calculated as follows and
shall be payable in one lump sum as a one time settlement.
No House Rent Allowance or Compensatory (City) allowance shall be

payable
Pay admissible on the date
of retirement plus dearness
allowance admissible on
that date
Cash equivalent = ______________________ x
(3)

Number of days of unutilised earned

leave at credit on the date of retirement subject to the maximum of
300 days.

The authority competent to grant leave may withhold whole or part of cash

equivalent of earned leave in the case of a Government servant who retires from service
on attaining the age of retirement while under suspension or while disciplinary or
criminal proceedings are pending against him, if in the view of such authority there is a
possibility of some money becoming recoverable from him on conclusion of the
proceedings against him. On conclusion of the proceedings, he will become eligible to
the amount so withheld after adjustment of Government dues, if any.
(4)

(a)

Where the service of a Government servant has been extended, in the

interest of public service beyond the date of his retirement, he may be granted
(i)

during the period of extension, any earned leave due in respect of the
period of such extension plus the earned leave which was at his credit on

the date of his retirement subject to a maximum of 180 days / 200 days as
the case may be, as prescribed in Rule 26.
(ii)

After expiry of the period of extension, cash equivalent in the manner

provided in sub-rule (2) in respect of earned leave at credit on the date of
retirement plus the earned leave earned during the period of extension,
reduced by the earned leave availed of during such period, subejlct to a
maximum of 300 days.

(b)

The cash equivalent payable under sub-clause (ii) of Clause (a) of this sub-

rule shall be calculated in the manner indicated in Clause (b) of sub-rule (2)
above.
(5).

A Government servant who retires or is retired from service in the manner

mentioned in Clause (c) of sub-rule (1), may be granted suo motu, by the authority
competent to grant leave, cash equivalent of the leave salary in respect of earned leave
at his credit subject to a maximum of 300 days and also in respect of all the half pay
leave at his credit provided this period does not exceed the period between the date on
which he so retires or is retired from service and the date on which he so retires or is
retired from service and the date on which he would have retired in the normal course
after attaining

the age prescribed for retirement under the terms and conditions

governing his service.

The cash equivalent shall be equal to the leave salary as

admissible for earned leave and/or equal to the leave salary as admissible for half pay
leave plus dearness allowance admissible on the leave salary for the first 300 days, at the
rates in force on the date the Government servant so retires or is retired from service.
The pension and pension equivalent of other retirement benefits and ad hoc relief/graded

relief on pension shall be deducted from the leave salary paid for the period of half pay
leave, if any, for which the cash equivalent is payable. The amount so calculated shall
be paid in one lump sum as a one-time settlement. No House Rent Allowance or
Compensatory (City) Allowance shall be payable.
Provided that if leave salary for the half pay leave component falls short of
pension and other pensionary benefits, cash equivalent of half pay leave shall not be
granted.
(5-A) Where a Government servant is compulsorily retired as a measure of penalty
under the provisions of the Central Civil Services (Classification, Control and Appeal)
Rules 1965, and the disciplinary authority has not imposed any reduction in the amount
of his pension (including gratuity) under Rule 40 of the Central Civil Services (Pension)
Rules 1972, the authority competent to grant leave shall suo motu issue an order granting
cash equivalent of leave salary for earned leave, if any, at credit of the Government
servant on the date of such retirement, subject to a maximum of two hundred and forty
days in the manner indicated in Clause (b) of sub-rule (2).
(6)(a)(i)

Where the services of a Government servant are terminated by notice or

by payment of pay and allowances in lieu of notice, or otherwise in
accordance with the terms and conditions of his appointment, he may be
granted, suo motu, by the authority competent to grant leave, cash
equivalent in respect of earned leave at his credit on the date on which he
ceases to be in service subject to a maximum of 300 days.

(ii)

If a Government servant resigns or quits service, he may be granted suo

motu, by the authority competent to grant leave, cash equivalent in respect

of earned leave at his credit on the date of cessation of service, to the

extent of half of such leave at his credit, subject to a maximum of 150
days;
(iii)

A Government servant, who is re-employed after retirement may, on

termination of his re-employment, be granted, suo motu, by the authority
competent to grant leave, cash equivalent in respect of earned leave at his
credit on the date of termination of re-employment subject to a maximum
of 300 days, including the period for which encashment was allowed at
the time of retirement.

(b)

The cash equivalent payable under Clause (a) shall be calculated in the
manner indicated in Clause (b) of sub-rule (2) and for the purpose of
computation of cash equivalent under sub-clause (iii) of Clause (a), the
pay on the date of the termination of re-employment shall be the pay fixed
in the scale of post of re-employment before adjustment of pension and
pension equivalent of other retirement benefits, and the dearness
allowance appropriate to that pay.

Cash equivalent of leave salary in case of death in service

In case a Government servant dies while in service, the cash equivalent of the
leave salary that the deceased employee would have got had he gone on earned leave that
would have been due and admissible to him but for the death on the date immediately
following the death and in any case not exceeding leave salary for 300 days, shall be
paid to his family (in the manner specified in Rule 39-C) without any reduction on
account of pension equivalent of death-cum-retirement gratuity.

NOTE In addition to the case equivalent of leave salary admissible under this rule, the
family of the deceased Government servant shall also be entitled to payment of dearness
allowance only as per orders issued in this behalf separately.
Cash equivalent of leave salary in case of invalidation from service
A Government servant who is declared by a medical authority to be completely
and permanently incapacitated for further service may be granted, suo motu, by the
authority competent to grant leave, cash equivalent of leave salary in respect of leave due
and admissible, on the date of his invalidation from service, provided that the period of
leave for which he is granted cash equivalent does not extend beyond the date on which
he would have retired in the normal course after attaining the age prescribed for
retirement under the terms and condition governing his service. The cash equivalent
thus payable shall be equal to the leave salary as calculated under sub-rule (5) of Rule 39.
A Government servant not in permanent employ or quasi-permanent employ shall not
however be granted cash equivalent of leave salary in respect of half pay leave standing
at his credit on the date of his invalidation from service.
Payment of cash equivalent of leave salary in case of death, etc. of Government
servant
In the event of the death of a Government servant while in service or after
retirement or after final cessation of duties but before actual receipt of its cash equivalent
of leave salary payable under Rules 39, 39-A, 39-B, such amount shall be payable
(i)

to the widow, and if there are more widows than one, to the eldest
surviving widow if the deceased was a male Government servant, or to the
husband, if the deceased was a female Government servant;

EXPLANATION The expression eldest surviving widow shall be construed with

reference to the seniority according to the date of the marriage of the surviving widows,
and not with reference to their ages;
(ii)

failing a widow or husband, as the case may be, to the eldest surviving
son; or an adopted son;

(iii)

Failing (i) and (ii) above, to the eldest surviving unmarried daughter:

(iv)

failing (i) to (iii) above, to the eldest surviving widowed daughter;

(v)

failing (i) to (iv) above, to the father;

(vi)

failing (i) to (v) above, to the mother;

(vii)

failing (i) to (vi) above, to the eldest surviving brother below the age of
eighteen years;

(viii) failing (i) to (vii) above, to the eldest surviving unmarried sister;
(ix)

failing (i) to (viii) above, to the eldest surviving widowed sister;

(x)

failing (i) to (ix) above, to the eldest surviving married daughter; and

(xi)

failing (i) to (x) above, to the eldest child of the eldest predeceased son.

Cash equivalent of leave salary in case of permanent absorption in public sector

undertaking/ autonomous body wholly or substantially owned or controlled by the
Central / State Government

A Government servant who has been permitted to be absorbed in a service or post

in or under a corporation or company wholly or substantially owned or controlled by the
Central Government or State Government or in or under a body controlled or financed by
one or more than one such Government shall be granted suo motu by the authority
competent to grant leave cash equivalent of leave salary in respect of earned leave at his

credit on the date of absorption subject to a maximum of 300 days. This will be
calculated in the same manner as indicated in Clause (b) of sub-rule (2) of Rule 39.
Leave Salary
(1)

Except as provided in sub-rule (7), a Government servant who proceeds on earned

leave is entitled to leave salary equal to the pay drawn while calculating leave salary.
NOTE In respect of any period spent on foreign service out of India, the pay which the
Government servant would have drawn if on duty in India but for foreign service out of
India shall be substituted for the pay actually drawn while calculating leave salary.
(2)

A Government servant on half pay leave or leave not due is entitled to leave

salary equal to half the amount specified in (sub-rule (1).

(3)

A government servant on commuted leave is entitled to leave salary equal to the

amount admissible under (sub-rule (1).

(4)

A Government servant on extraordinary leave is not entitled to any leave salary.

In the case of a Government servant who is granted leave earned by him during the
period of re-employment, the leave salary shall be based on the pay drawn by him
exclusive of the pension and pension equivalent of other retirement benefits.
(5)

In the case of a person to whom the Employees State Insurance act, 1948 (34 of

1948) applies, leave salary payable during leave, other than earned leave, shall be
reduced by the amount of benefit payable under the said Act for the corresponding
period.
(6)

(a)

If, in the case of a Government servant who retires or resigns from the

service, the leave already availed of is more than the credit so due to him,
necessary adjustment shall be made in respect of leave salary, if any, overdrawn,

(b)

Where the quantum of earned leave already availed of by a Government

servant who is dismissed or removed from service or who dies while in
service in excess of the leave credit under Clause (b) of sub-rule (2) of
Rule 27, the overpayment of leave salary shall be recovered in such cases.

Drawal of leave salary

The leave salary payable under these rules shall be drawn in rupees in India.
Advance of leave salary
A Government servant, including a Government servant on foreign service,
proceeding on leave for a period not less than thirty days may be allowed an advance in
lieu of leave salary up to a months pay and allowances admissible on that leave salary
subject to deductions on account of Income Tax, Provident Fund, House Rent, Recovery
of Advances etc.
Special kinds of leave other than Study leave
Maternity Leave
(1)

A female Government servant (including an apprentice)

with less than two

surviving children may be granted maternity leave by an authority competent to grant

leave for a period of 135 days from the date of its commencement.
(2)

During such period she shall be paid leave salary equal to the pay drawn

immediately before proceeding on leave.

NOTE - In the case of a person to whom the Employees State Insurance Act, 1948 ( 34
of 1948) applies, the amount of leave salary payable under this rule shall be reduced byl
the amount of benefit payable under the said Act for the corresponding period.

(3)

Maternity leave not exceeding 45 days may also be granted to a female

Government servant (irrespective of the number of surviving children) during the entire
service of that female Government servant in case of miscarriage including abortion on
production of medical certificate as laid down in Rule 19:
Provided

that the maternity leave granted and availed of before the

commencement of the CCS (Leave) Amendment Rules, 1995, shall not be taken into
account for the purpose of this sub-rule.
(4)

(a)

Maternity leave may be combined with leave of any other kind.

(c)

Notwithstanding the requirement of production of medical certificate

contained in sub-rule (1) of Rule 30 or sub-rule (1) of Rule 31, leave of
the kind due and admissible (including commuted leave for a period not
exceeding 60 days and leave not due) up to a maximum of one year may,
if applied for, be granted in continuation of maternity leave granted under
sub-rule (1).

(5)

Maternity leave shall not be debited against the leave account.

Leave to a female Government servant on adoption of a child

A female Government servant on adoption of a child, may be granted leave of the
kind due and admissible (including leave not due and commuted leave not exceeding 60
days without production of medical certificate) for a period up to one year or till such
time the child is one year old, whichever is earlier. However, this facility will not be
admissible in case she is already having two surviving children at the time of adoption.

Special disability leave for injury intentionally inflected

(1)

The authority competent to grant leave may grant special disability leave to a

Govt. servant (whether permanent or temporary) who is disabled by injury intentionally

inflected or caused in, or in consequence of the due performance of his official duties or
in consequence of his official position.
(2)

Such leave shall not be granted unless the disability manifested itself within three

months of the occurrence to which it is attributed and the person disabled acted with due
promptitude in bring it to notice:
Provided that the authority competent to grant leave may, if it is satisfied as to
the cause of the disability, permit leave to be granted in cases where the disability
manifested itself more than three months after the occurrence of it cause.
(3)

The period of leave granted shall be such as is certified by an Authorized Medical

Attendant and shall in no case exceed 24 months.

(4)

Special disability leave may be combined with leave of any other kind.

(5)

Special disability leave may be granted more than once if the disability is

aggravated or reproduced in similar circumstances at later date, but not more than 24
months of such leave shall be granted in consequence of any one disability.
(6)

Special disability leave shall be counted as duty in calculating service for pension
and shall not, except the leave granted under the provision to clause (b) of subrule (7), be debited against the leave account.

(7)

Leave salary during such leave shall, -

(a)

for the first 120 days of any period of such leave, including a period of
such leave granted under sub-rule (5), be equal to leave salary while on
earned leave; and

(b)

for the remaining period of any such leave, be equal to leave salary during
half pay leave:

Provided that a Government servant may, at his option, be allowed leave salary as
in sub-rule (a) for a period not exceeding another 120 days , and in the event the period of
such leave shall be debited to his half pay leave account.
NOTE Leave salary in respect of special disability leave granted to a Government
servant who has rendered service under more than one Government may be apportioned
between the Governments in accordance with the normal rules.
(8)

(a)

In the case of a person to whom the Workmens Compensation Act, 1923

(8 of 1923) applies, the amount of leave salary payable under this rule shall be
reduced by the amount of compensation payable under clause (d) of sub-section
(1) of Section 4 of the said Act.
(c)

In the case of a person to whom the Employees State Insurance Act, 1948
( 34 of 1948) applies, the amount of leave salary payable under this rule
shall be reduced by the amount of benefit payable under the said Act for
the corresponding period.

(9)

(a)

The provision of this rule shall also apply

(i)

to a civil Government servant disabled in consequence of service

with a military force, if he is discharged as unfit for further

military service, but is not completely

and permanently

incapacitated for further civil service; and

(ii)

to a civil servant not so discharged who suffers a disability which

is certified by a medical board to be directly attributable to his
service with a military force.

(c)

In either case, any period of leave granted to such a person under military
rules in respect of that disability shall be reckoned as leave granted under
this rule for the purpose of calculating the period admissible.

Special disability leave for accidental injury

(1)

The provisions of Rule 44 shall apply also to a Government servant whether

permanent or temporary, who is disabled by injury accidentally incurred in, or in

consequence of, the due performance of his official duties or in consequence of his
official position, or by illness incurred in the performance of any particular duty, which
has the effect of increasing his liability to illness or injury beyond the ordinary risk
attaching to the civil post which he holds.
(2)

The grant of special disability leave in such case shall be subject to the further
conditions
(i)

that the disability, if due to disease, must be certified by an Authorized

Medical Attendant to be directly due to the performance of the particular
duty;

(ii)

that, if the Government servant has contracted such disability during

service otherwise than with a military force, it must be in the opinion of
the authority competent to sanction leave, exceptional in character; and

(iii)

that the period of absence recommended by an Authorised Medical

Attendant may be covered in part, by leave under this rule and in part by
any other kind of leave, and that the amount of special disability leave
granted on leave salary equal to that admissible on earned leave shall not
exceed 120 days.

Hospital leave
(1)

The authority competent to grant leave may grant hospital leave to

(a)

Class IV Government servants, and

(b)

Such Class III Government servants whose duties involve the

handling of dangerous machinery, explosive materials, poisonous
drugs and the like, or the performance of hazardous tasks,

while under medical treatment ina hospital or otherwise, for illness or injury if
such illness or injury is directly due to risks incurred in the course of their official duties.
(2)

Hospital leave shall be granted on the production of medical certificate from an

Authorized Medical Attendant.

(3)

Hospital leave may be granted for such period as the authority granting it may

consider necessary, on leave salary (i)

equal to leave salary while on earned leave, for the first 120 days of any
period of such leave; and

(ii)

equal to leave salary during half pay leave, for the remaining period of
any such leave.

(4)

Hospital leave shall not be debited against

the leave account and may be

combined with any other kind of leave which may be admissible, provided the total
period of leave, after such combination, does not exceed 28 months.
(5)

(a)

In the case of a person to whom the Workmens Compensation Act, 1923 (

8 of 1923) applies, the amount of leave salary payable under this rule shall
be reduced by the amount of compensation payable under clause (d) of
sub-section (1) of Section 4 of the said Act.

(b)

In the case of persons to whom the Employees State Insurance Act, 1948
(34 of 1948) applies, the amount of leave salary payable under this rule
shall be reduced by the amount of benefit payable under the said Act for
the corresponding period.

Seamens sick leave

(1)

A Government servant serving as an officer, warrant officer or petty officer on a

Government vessed may, while undergoing medical treatment for sickness or injury,
either on his vessed or in hospital, be granted leave, by an authority competent to grant
leave, on leave salary equal to full pay for a period not exceeding six weeks:
Provided that such leave shall not be granted if a Government medical officer
certifies that the Government servant is malingering or that his ill health is due to
drunkenness or similar self-indulgence or to his own action in wilfully causing or
aggravating disease or injury.
(2)

A seaman disabled in the exercise of his duty may be allowed leave on leave

salary equal to full pay for a maximum period not exceeding three months, if the
following conditions are fulfilled, namely:-

(a)

a Government Medical Officer must certify the disability;

(b)

the disability must not be due to the seamans own carelessness or

inexperience;

(3)

(c)

the vacancy caused by his absence must not be filled.

(a)

In the case of a person to whom the Workmens Compensation Act, 1923

(8 of 1923) applies, the amount of leave salary payable under this rule
shall be reduced by the amount of compensation payable under clause (d)
of sub-section (1) of Section 4 of the said Act.

(b)

In the case of a person to whom the Employees State Insurance Act,

1948 (34 of 1948) applies, the amount of leave salary payable under this
rule shall be reduced by the amount of benefit payable under the said Act
for the corresponding period.

Departmental leave
(1) Departmental leave may be granted to
(a)

Class III government servants (other than Division I staff and clerks) and
to Class IV Government servants in the Survey of India, attached to
Survey Parties with field and recess duties;

(b)

Members of the seasonal staff in the Posts and Telegraphs Department,

whose duties are not continuous but are limited in certain fixed periods in
each year.

(2)

In addition to leave due and admissible, departmental leave may be granted only

to Government servants whose services are temporarily not required.

(3) (a)

Departmental leave with leave salary may be granted during the recess by
the head of the party or office to which the Government servant belongs in
the Survey of India or an authority not lower than the Divisional
Superintendent of Post Offices in the Posts and Telegraphs Department, as
the case may be, provided the authority granting the leave considers in the
case of a Class IV Government servant that it is desirable to re-employ
the Government servant in the ensuing season.
(c)

Leave so granted may, in special cases, be extended by the SurveyorGeneral or the Postmaster-General or the Director of Posts and
Telegraphs, as the case may be, up to a maximum of eighteen months in
all.

(4)(a)

Departmental leave with leave salary may be granted at times other than
the recess, for not more than six months at a time, by Directors in the
Survey of India, provided the leave is granted in the interests of
Government and not at the request of the Government servant.
(b)

Leave so granted may, in special cases, be extended by the SurveyorGeneral up to a maximum of one year in all.

(d)

Leave on medical certificate shall not be regarded as granted in the

interests of Government.

(5)

Where the President by general or special order so authorizes, departmental leave

without leave salary may be granted by the Surveyor-General or the Postmaster-General

or the Director of Posts and Telegraphs, as the case may be, in continuation of the
departmental leave with leave salary.

(6) (a)

A Government servant on Departmental Leave with leave salary shall be

paid leave salary equal to 25 per cent of the said salary admissible during
the earned leave under sub-rule (I) of Rule 40. No allowance, other than
dearness allowance, shall be admissible on such leave salary.
(b)

A Government servant while on departmental leave with leave salary shall

be paid leave salary at the end of each month (up to first six months) and
thereafter it shall be paid when the Government servant returns to duty:

Provided that where a Government servant dies while on departmental leave, his
leave salary up to the date of his death, or the last day of such leave with leave salary,
whichever is earlier, shall be paid to his heirs.
(7)

Departmental leave does not count as duty ( and such leave shall not be debited to

his leave account).

(8)

Departmental leave may be granted when no leave is due.

(9)

Departmental leave may be combined with any other kind of leave which may be

due.
(10)(a)

When a Government servant to whom these rules apply, holds a post in w

which the Surveyor-General or the Postmaster-General or the Director of
Posts and Telegraphs, as the case may be (hereinafter in this sub-rule
referred to as the authority may be, any balance of leave at debit in the
Government servants leave account should be cancelled.
(b)

All leave earned after such date shall be credited as due in the Government
servants leave account and all leave taken after such date, including
departmental leave with leave salary, if any, shall be debited in it.

NOTE: -

This sub-rule applies to cases of Government servants who have debit

balance in their leave account due to their availing of departmental leave before the Ist
November, 1973, when departmental leave with leave salary used to be debited to leave
account.
Study leave
Conditions for grant of study leave
(1)

Subject to conditions specified in this Chapter, study leave may be granted to a

Government servant with due regard to the exigencies of public service to enable him to
undergo, in or out of India, a special course of study consisting of higher studies or
specialised training in a professional or a technical subject having a direct and close
connection with the sphere of his duty.
(2) Study leave may also be granted
(i)

for a course of training or study tour in which a Government servant may not
attend a regular academic or semi-academic course if the course of training or
the study tour is certified to be of definite advantage to Government from the
point of view of public interest and is related to sphere of duties of the
Governmetn servant; and

(ii)

for the purpose of studies connected with the framework or background of

public administration subject to the conditions that
(a) the particular study or study tour should be approved by the authority
competent to grant leave; and
(b) the Government servant should be required to submit, on his return, a full
report on the work done byl him while on study leave;

(iii)

for the studies which may not be closely or directly connected with the work
of a Government servant, but which are capable of widening his mind in a
manner likely to improve his abilities as a civil servant and to equip him
better to collaborate with those employed in other branches of the public
service.

NOTE -

Application for study leave in cases falling under clause (iii) shall be

considered on merits of each case in consultation with the Department of Expenditure of

the Ministry of Finance.
(3) Study leave shall not be granted unless
(i)

it is certified by the authority competent to grant leave that the propsoed

course of study or training shall be of definite advantage from the point of
view of public interests;

(ii)

(ii) it is for prosecution of studies in subjects other than academic or literary

subject:

Provided that an officer of the Indian Economic Service or Indian Statistical Service
may be granted study leave for prosecuting a course of study for obtaining Ph.D., on a
research thesis, subject to the conditions that
(a)

the subject of research and the institution at which such research is to be

undertaken are got approved by the Chief Economic Adviser to the
Government of India, in case the applicant is a member of the Indian
Economic Service, or by the Director, Central Statistical Organisation, in
case the applicant is a member of the Indian Statistical Service;

(b)

the applicant obtains a certificate from the said authority to the effect that
such study will be valuable in the matter of increasing the efficiency of the
officer in the performance of his duties as a member of the Indian
Economic Service or the Indian Statistical Service, as the case may be;
and

(c)

in cases where the study is to be undertaken at a foreign university, the

applicant obtains a further certificate that the facilities for research on the
particular subject chosen for study are not available at any university or
other institution in India:
Provided further that a Medical Officer may be granted study leave for

prosecuting a course of post-graduate study in Medical Sciences if the DirectorGeneral of Health Services certifies to the effect that such study shall be valuable
in increasing the efficiency of such medical officer in the performance of his
duties:
Provided also that a specialist or a technical person may be granted study
leave, on merits of each case for prosecuting a post-graduate course of study
directly related to the sphere of his duty in case the Head of the Department or the
Secretary to the Department or Ministry concerned certifies that the course of
study shall enable the specialist or the technical person, as the case may be, to
keep abreast with modern development in the field of his duty, improve his
technical standards and competence and thus substantially benefit the Department
or Ministry.

(iii)

the Department of Economic Affairs of the Ministry of Finance agrees to the

release of foreign exchange involved in the grant of study leave, if such leave
is outside India:

Provided that in releasing foreign exchange to Government servants proceeding

on study leave abroad, the Department aforesaid shall satisfy itself whether such
Government servants comply with the minimum educational criteria as specified in
the general orders issued by the said Department from time to time regulating release
of foreign exchange to persons proceedings abroad

for higher studies at their

expense.
(4)

Study leave out of India shall not be granted for the prosecution of studies in

subjects for which adequate facilities

exist in India or under any of the Schemes

administered by the Department of Economic Affairs of the Ministry of Finance or by the

Ministry of Education.
(5)

Study leave may be granted to a Government servant (i)

who has satisfactorily completed period of probation and has rendered not
less than five years regular continuous service including the period of
probation under the Government;

(ii)

who is not due to reach the age of superannuation from the Government
service within three years from the date on which he is expected to return
to duty after the expiry of the leave;

(iii)

who executes a bond as laid down in Rule 53(4) undertaking to serve the
Government for a period of three years after the expiry of the leave.

(6)

Study leave shall not be granted to a Government servant with such frequency as
to remove him from contact for a period of three years after the expiry of the
leave.

Maximum amount of study leave

The maximum amount of study leave, which may be granted to a Government
servant shall be
(a)

ordinarily twelve months at any one time, and

(b)

during his entire service, twenty-four months in all (inclusive of similar

kind of leave for study or training granted under any other rules).

52.

Applications for study leave

(1)(a)

Every application for study leave shall be submitted through proper

channel to the authority competent to grant leave.
(b)

The course or courses of study contemplated by the Government servant

and any examination which he proposes to undergo shall be clearly
specified in such application.

(2)

Where it is not possible for the Government servant to give full details in his

application, or if, after leaving India, he is to make any change in the programmer which
has been approved in India, he shall submit the particulars as soon as possible to the
Head of the Mission or the authority competent to grant leave, as the case may be , and
shall not, unless prepared to do so at his own risk, commence the course of study or incur
any expenses in connection therewith until he receives the approval of the authority
competent to grant the study leave for the course.
Sanction of study leave

(1)

A report regarding the admissibility of the study leave shall be obtained from the

Audit Officer:
Provided that the study leave, if any, already availed of by the Government
servant shall be included in the rep ort.
(2)

Where a Government servant borne permanently on the cadre of one department

or establishment is observing temporarily in another department or establishment, the

grant of study leave to him shall be subject to the condition that the concurrence of the
department or the establishment to which he is permanently attached is obtained before
leave is granted.
(3)

Where the study leave is granted for prosecution of studies abroad, the Head of

the Mission concerned shall be informed of the fact by the authority granting the leave
provided that where such leave has been granted by an Administrator, the intimation
shall be sent through the Ministry concerned.
NOTE The Head of the Mission shall be contacted by the Government servant for issue
of any letters of introduction or for other similar facilities that may be required.
(4)(a)

Every Government Servant in permanent employ who has been granted

study leave or extension of such study leave shall be required to execute a
bond in Form 7 or Form 8, as the case may be, before the study leave or
extension of such study leave granted to him commences.
(b)

Every Government servant not in permanent employ who has been granted
study leave or extension of such study leave shall be required to execute a
bond in Form 9 or Form 10, as the case may be, before the study leave or
extension of such study leave granted to him commences.

(c)

The Authority competent to grant leave shall send to the Audit Officer a
certificate tot he effect that the Government servant referred to in clause
(a) or clause (b) has executed the requisite bond.

(5)(a)

On completion of the course of study leave, the certificates of

examinations passed or special courses of study undertaken, indicating the
date of commencement and termination of the course with the remarks, if
any, of the authority in charge of the course of study.
(b)

If the study is undertaken in a country outside India where there is an

Indian Mission, the certificates shall be submitted through the Head of the
Mission concerned.

Accounting to study leave and combination with leave of other kinds.

(1)

Study leave shall not be debited against the leave account of the Government

servant.
(2)

Study leave may be combined with other kinds of leave, but in no case shall the

grant of this leave in combination with leave, other than extraordinary leave, involve a
total absence of more than twenty-eight months generally and thirty-six months for the
courses lead to Ph.D degree from the regular duties of the Government servant.
EXPLANATION -

The limit of twenty-eight months/thirty six months of absence

prescribed in this sub-rule includes the period of vacation.

(3)

A Government servant granted study leave in combination with any other kind of

leave may, if he so desires, undertake or commence a course of study during any other
kind of leave and subject to the other conditions laid down in Rule 57 being satisfied,
draw study allowance in respect thereof:

Provided that the period of such leave coinciding with the course of study shall
not count as study leave.
Regulation of Study leave extending beyond course of study
When the course of study fails short of study leave granted to a Government
servant, he shall resume duty on the conclusion of the course of study, unless the
previous sanction of the authority competent to grant leave has been obtained to treat the
period of shortfall as ordinary lave.
Leave salary during study leave
(1)

During study leave availed of outside India, a Government servant shall draw

leave salary equal to the pay that the Government servant drew while on duty with
Government immediately before proceeding on such leave and in addition the dearness
allowance and house rent allowance and study allowance as admissible in accordance
with the provisions f Rules 57 to 60).
(2) (a)

During study leave availed of in India, a Government servant shall draw

leave salary equal to the pay that the Government servant drew while on
duty with Government immediately before proceeding on such leave and
in addition the dearness allowance and house rent allowance as admissible
in accordance with the provisions of Rule 60).
(b)

Payment of leave salary at full rate under clause (a) shall be subject to
furnishing of a certificate by the Government servant to the effect that he
is not in receipt of any scholarship, stipend or remuneration in respect of
any part time employment.

(c)

The amount, if any, received by a Government servant during the period

of study leave as scholarship or stipend or remuneration in respect of any
part time employment a envisaged in sub-rule (2) of Rule 57, shall be
adjusted against the leave salary payable under this sub-rule subject to the
condition that the leave salary shall not be reduced to an amount less than
that payable as leave salary during half-pay leave.

(d)

No study allowance shall be paid during study leave for courses of study
in India.

Conditions for grant of study allowance

(1)

A study allowance shall be granted to a Government servant who has been

granted study leave for studies outside India for the period spent in prosecuting a definite
course of study at a recognized institution or in any definite tour of inspection of any
special class of work, as well as for the period covered by any examination at the end of
the course of study.
(2)

Where a Government servant has been permitted to receive and retain, in addition

to his leave salary, any scholarship or stipend that may be awarded to him from a
Government or non-Government sources or any other remuneration in respect of any
part-time employment (a)

no study allowance shall be admissible in case the net amount of such

scholarship or stipend or remuneration (arrived at by deducting the cost of
fees, if any, paid by the Government servant from the value of the
scholarship or stipend or remuneration) exceeds the amount of study
allowance otherwise admissible:

(b)

in case the net amount of scholarship or stipend or remuneration is less

than the study allowance otherwise admissible, the difference between the
value of the net scholarship or stipend or any other remuneration in respect
of any part time employment and the study allowance may be granted by
the authority competent to grant leave.

(3)

Study allowance shall not be granted for any period during which a Government

servant interrupts his course of study to suit his own convenience:

Provided that the authority competent to grant leave or the Head of Mission may
authorise the grant of study allowance for a period not exceeding 14 days at a time
during such interruption if it was due to sickness.
(4)

Study allowance shall also be allowed for the entire period of vacation during the

course of study subject to the conditions that (a)

the Government servant attends during vacation any special course of

study or practical training under the direction of the Government or the
authority competent to grant leave, as the case may be; or

(b)

in the absence of any such direction, he produces satisfactory evidence

before the Head of the Mission or the authority competent to grant leave,
as the case may be, that he has continued his studies during the vacation:

Provided that in respect of vacation falling at the end of the course of study it
shall be allowed for a maximum period of 14 days.
(5)
in all.

The period of which study allowance may be granted shall not exceed 24 months

Rates of study allowance

(1)

The rates of study allowance shall be as follows:Name of the Country

(2)

Study allowance per diem

Australia

$ 1.00 (Sterling)

Continent of Europe

$ 1.65 (Sterling)

New Zealand

$ 1.20 (Sterling)

United Kingdom

$ 2.00 (Sterling)

United States of America

$ 2.75 (Sterling)

The rates of study allowance to be granted to a Government servant who takes

study leave in any country other than the one specified in sub-rule (1) shall be
such as may be specially determined by the President in each case.

Procedure for payment of study allowance

(1)

Payment of study allowance shall be subject to the furnishing of a certificate by

the Government servant to the effect that he is not in receipt of any scholarship, stipend
or any other remuneration in respect of any part-time employment.
(2)

Study allowance shall be paid at the end of every month provisionally subject to

an undertaking in writing being obtained from the Government servant that he would
refund to the Government any over payment consequent on his failure to produce the
required certificate of attendance or on his failure to satisfy the authority competent to
grant leave about the proper utilisation of the time spent for which study allowance is
claimed.
(3) (a)

In the case of a definite course of study at a recognised institution, the

study allowance shall be payable by the authority competent to grant

leave, if the study leave availed of is in a country where there is no Indian

Mission, and by the Head of the Mission in other cases, on claims
submitted by the Government servant from time to time, supported by
proper certificates of attendance.
(c)

The certificate of attendance required to be submitted in support of the

claims for study allowance shall be forwarded at the end of the term, if the
Government servant is undergoing study in an educational institution, or
at intervals not exceeding three months if he is undergoing study at any
other institution.

(4)(a)

When the programme of study approved does not include, or does not
consist entirely of, such a course of study, the Government servant shall
submit to the authority competent to grant leave direct or through the Head
of the Mission a diary showing how his time has been spent and a report
indicating fully the nature of the methods and operations which have been
studied and including suggestions as to the possibility of adapting such
methods or operations to conditions obtaining in India.
(c)

The authority competent tog rant leave shall decide whether the diary and
report show that the time of the Government servant was properly utilised
and shall determine accordingly for what periods study allowance may be
granted.

Admissibility of allowances in addition to study allowance

(1)

For the first 180 days of the study leave, house rent allowance shall be paid at the

rates admissible to the Government servant from time to time at the station from where

he proceeded on study leave. The continuance of payment of house rent allowance

beyond 180 days shall be subject to the production of a certificate as prescribed in para 8
(d) of Ministry of Finance, OM No.2(37)-EII(B)/64 dated 27/11/1965, as amended from
time to time.
(2)

Except for house rent allowance as admissible under sub-rule (1) and the dearness

allowance and the study allowance, where admissible, no other allowance shall be paid to
a Government servant in respect of the period of study leave granted to him.
Travelling allowance during study leave
A Government servant to whom study leave has been granted shall not ordinarily
be paid travelling allowance but the President may in exceptional circumstances sanction
the payment of such allowance.
NOTE Where a Government servant serving in the Indian Audit and Accounts
Department is on study leave in India, the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India
may, in exceptional circumstances, sanction the grant of travelling allowance.
Cost of fees for study
A Government servant to whom study leave has been granted shall ordinarily be
required to meet the cost of fees paid for the study but in exceptional cases, the President
may sanction the grant of such fees:
Provided that in no case shall the cost of fees be paid to a Government servant
who is in receipt of scholarship or stipend from whatever source or who is permitted to
receive or retain, in addition to his leave salary, any remuneration in respect of part-time
employment.

NOTE -

Where a Government servant serving in the Indian Audit and Accounts

Department is on study leave in India, the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India

may, in exceptional circumstances, sanction the grant of the cost of fees paid for the
study.
Resignation or retirement after study leave (or non-completion of the course of
study)

(1)

If a Government servant resigns or retires from service or otherwise quits service

without returning to duty after a period of study leave or within a period of three years
after such return to duty or fails to complete the course of study and is thus unable to
furnish the certificates as required under sub-rule (5 ) or Rule 53 he shall be required to
refund (i)

the actual amount of leave salary, study allowance, cost of fees, travelling
and other expenses, if any, incurred by the Government of India; and

(ii)

the actual amount, if any, of the cost incurred by other agencies such as
foreign Governments, foundations and Trusts in connection with the
course of study,

together with interest thereon at rates for the time being in force on Government loans,
from the date of demand, before his resignation is accepted or permission to retire is
granted or his quitting service otherwise:
Provided that except in the case of employees who fail to complete the course of
study nothing in this rule shall apply
(a)

to a Government servant who, after return to duty from study leave, is

permitted to retire from service on medical grounds; or

(b)

to a Government servant who, after return to duty from study leave, is

deputed to serve in any statutory or autonomous body or institution in the
public interest.

(2)(a)

The study leave availed of by such Government servant shall be converted

into regular leave commenced, any regular leave taken in continuation of
study leave being suitably adjusted for the purpose and the balance of the
period of study leave, if any, which cannot be so converted, treated as
extraordinary leave.
(c)

In addition to the amount to be refunded by the Government servant under

sub-rule (1), he shall be required to refund any excess of leave salary
actually drawn over the leave salary admissible on conversion of the study
leave.

(3)

Notwithstanding anything contained in this rule, the President may, if it is

necessary or expedient to do so, either in public interest or having regard to the peculiar
circumstances of the case or class of cases, by order, waive or reduce the amount required
to be refunded under sub-rule (1) by the Government servant concerned or class of
Government servants.

SECTION 5
LEAVE TRAVEL CONCESSION
L.T.C. Scheme
The concession for reimbursement under the LTC scheme provides for
reimbursement of the cost of fare for journey by the shortest direct routine to Home
Town/Any where in India as laid down in CCS (Leave Travel Concession) Rules 1988 to
the Govt. servant on any member of his/her family whether travelling together in
different groups. The terms family for the purpose of LTC will have the same meaning
as defined under SR 2(8) and the shortest direct route as defined under SE.30 and
orders issued thereunder from time to time. The LTC shall be admissible on completion
of one years continuous service under the Central Govt. and provided that it is certified
by the appropriate administrative authority that the employee concerned is likely to
continue to serve under the Central Govt. for a period of at least two years in the case of
Leave Travel Concession to home town and at least four years in the case of leave travel
concession to any place in India be reckoned from the date of his joining the post under
the Central Govt.
2.

In the case of officers appointed on contract basis, where the initial contract is for

one year but is later extended, the total duration of the contract will be taken into account
for the purpose of leave travel concession.
3.

In the case of persons re-employed, immediately after retirement without any

break, the period of re-employed service will be treated as continuous with the previous
service for the purpose of leave travel concession and the concession allowed for the re-

employed period, provided that the leave travel concession would have been admissible
to the re-employed officer, had he not retired but had continued as serving officer.
Illustration
If any officer has availed of the concession to visit any place in India in respect of
a block of four years before his retirement and he is re-employed without any break, he
cannot avail this concession till the expiry of the particular block of four years.
4.

The facility shall be admissible to all persons.

(i)

Who are appointed to Civil Services and posts including civilian Govt.
servants in the Defence Services in connection with the affairs of the
Union;

(ii)

Who are employed under a State Govt. and who are on deputation with the
Central Govt;

(iii)

Who are appointed on contract basis;

(iv)

Who are re-employed after their retirement.

3.

Change of Home Town

1.

Criterion for determining home town

(a)

Initial declaration

It is not necessary to have an elaborate

check on the declaration of home town by an employee. The declaration

made by the Government servant initially may be accepted.
(b)

Change of home town declaration -

applied when he seeks a change.

may be applied:-

A detailed check may be

For the detailed check, the following criteria

(i)

whether the place declared by the Government servant is the one

which requires his physical presence at intervals for discharging
various domestic and social obligations, and if so, whether after his
entry into service, the Government servant had been visiting that
place frequently.

(ii)

Whether the Government servant owns residential property in that

place or whether he is a member of a joint family having such
property there.

(iii)

Whether his near relations are permanently residing in that place.

(iv)

Whether prior to his entry into government service, the

Government servant had been living there for some years.

The criteria, one after the other, need be applied only in cases

where the

immediately preceding criterion is not satisfied.

Where property is owned in more than one place, the Government servant may
choose any one place, giving reasons for the choice, but the decision of Controlling
Officer whether or not to accept such a place as the home town of the Government
Servant shall be final.
Where the presence of near relations at a particular place is to be determining
criterion for the acceptance of the declaration of home town, the presence of near
relations should be a more or less permanent nature.
2.

When both husband and wife are Government servants -

declare separate home towns independently.

They

can

3.

Instructions regarding home town declaration - The declaration is to be made

to the authority who had been declared to be the Controlling Officer in respect of the
Government servant for T.A. claims, before the expiry of six months from the date of
entry into service. No particular form declaration has been prescribed.
An officer who is his own Controlling Officer for purposes of T.A should make
an initial or any subsequent declaration of his home town to his next superior
administrative authority for acceptance and not to the Accounts Officer direct.

The

Comptroller and Auditor-General and Secretaries to the Government will , however,

communicate their declarations direct tot heir Accouts Officer concerned.
The declaration shall be kept on the Service Book.
4.

Change of home town. -

The declaration of home twon once made shall

ordinarily be treated as final. In exceptional circumstances the Head of the Department,

or if the Government servant himself is the Head of Department, the Administrative
Ministry, may authorize a change in such declaration provided that such a change shall
not be made more than once during the service of a Government servant.
ANY PLACE IN INDIA
1.

Scope Any place in India will cover any place within the territory of India

whether it is on the mainland India or overseas. If there are any local restrictions on visit
to places in border areas it is the responsibility of the official undertaking the visit to
fulfil the conditions for visit to the place which is subject to local restrictions. Rule 4(a).
Any place in India includes the Government servants home town also.
2.

Intended place of visit to be declared in advance When the concession to visit

any place in India is proposed to be availed of by the Government servant and/or

member(s) of his family, the intended place of visit should be declared by the
Government servant in advance to his Controlling Authority.
3.

Declared place of visit must be visited -

The Government

servant

and/or

member(s) of his family, as the case may be, must visit the declared place to become
eligible for making the LTC claim. The journey may be performed by any route tot he
declared place of visit but the claim will be regulated with reference to the shortest direct
route on a through ticket basis between the headquarters and the declared place of visit.
4.

Change of the declared place of visit -

The declared place of visit can be

changed before the commencement of the journey, with the approval of the Controlling
Authority. It cannot be changed after the commencement of the journey.
EXCEPTION -

If, however, it is established that the request for change cannot be

made before the commencement of the journey owing to conditions beyond the control of
the Government servant, this condition may be relaxed by the Administrative Ministry/
Department or by the Head of Department, as the case may be, and the claim allowed.
If the Government servant while proceeding under 4 years LTC to a declared
destination had to stop at a particular station en route and hence could not visit the
declared station due to circumstances beyond his control, his claim may be admitted
provided that such intermediary station is en route to his declared destination.
5.

Travel to different places The Government servant and/or member(s) of his

family may visit either the same place or different places of their choice. It is not
necessary that all of them should visit the same place.
TWO YEAR AND FOUR YEAR BLOCKS

1.

How to reckon the first block on entry into service -

A Government servant

who is recruited at any time during 1998 or earlier will be entitled for the concession
during the block 1998-1999; but a Government servant who is appointed during the year
1999, as he would not have completed one year of service before Ist January, 2000. He
can avail of the concession during the block 2000-2001 only.
2.

In the case of deputationists In the case of deputationists serving under the

Central Government, the blocks will not be on the calendar year basis as above, but he
will be for periods of two years commencing from the actual dates of their joining under
the Centre.
3.

Grace time for availing the concession The concession admissible for a

particular block of two years, which is not availed of during the block, may be availed of
in the first year of the next blocks by the Government servant and his family
independently of each other. According to this relaxation, there is the possibility of a
Government servant availing of the concession twice during the same calendar year.
Thus a Government servant may avail of the concession twice in 2000 once for the block
1998-1999 and the other in respect of 2000-2001. The concession due for the 1998-99
block must, however, be availed of before 31st December, 2000, the grace time period.
If this is not done, the Government servants title to concession for that block should be
treated as having lapsed. The blocks will, however, remain unchanged.
The concession to travel to any place in India once in a block of four years can
also be likewise carried over to the first year of the next block of four years.

However, a Government servant can carry forward the concession to travel to

anywhere in India to the first year of the next block, only if he is entitled to a carried
forward travel concession to home town for that year.
Example During the block years of 1998-2001, a Government servant can avail two
concessions, i.e. one for 1998-99 block and second for 2000-2001 block.
Of the above two concessions, he can avail
(i)

Both of them to home town, or

(ii)

First block to anywhere in India and the second block to home town; or

(iii)

First block to home town and second to anywhere in India.

The concession to travel to anywhere in India can be carried forward to 2002 in

this officials case only
(i)

If he has not availed it against the concession for the block 1998-99; and

(ii)

If he has not availed the concession to home town for the block 20002001.

If the official has failed to avail the concession due for the block 1998-99 (before
the expiry of the grace period), he is losing that concession and cannot carry it forward to
2002.
4.

Return journey in next year In the event of the return journey falling in the

succeeding calendar year, the concession should be counted against the year in which the
outward journey commenced.
For example, for the block ending with 2001, it is enough if the outward journey
is commenced on the 31st December, 2002.
CALCULATION OF CLAIM

1.

By shortest route A Government servant or his family, may travel by any route

or halt anywhere on the way but the Governments assistance shall be limited to the fare
by the shortest route calculated on a through ticket basis. Where the shortest route is
disrupted due to accidents or other causes, the power to grant reimbursement by the
actual route travelled may be exercised by the Controlling Authority.
2.

Journeys from a station other than the duty station The Government servant

will be entitled to the concession from the place of residence to the place visited/home
town but restricted to the entitlement from his duty station to the place visited/home town
by the shortest route.
3.

To home/declared destination and back In every case the journey should be

to the home/declared destination and back, but it need not necessarily commence from or
end at the headquarters of the Government servant either in his own case or in the case of
the family. But the assistance admissible will be the amount admissible for the actual
distance travelled, limited to the amount that would have been

admissible had the

journey been performed between the headquarters and the home of the Government
servant or declared destination.
4.

Between places connected by rail (i) Journey by longer route in two stages in

two different classes When the joureny is performed by a longer route which is not the
cheapest in two different classes, e.g. partly by I Class to which he is entitled and partly
by II Class, the entitled class rate will be admissible for the corresponding proportion of
the shortest or cheapest route and the lower class rate for the remaining mileage by such
route.

Example Total distance by longer route 1,100 kilometres. Distance by shortest route
1,000 kilometres. A Government servant travels by the longer route, covering the initial
800 kilometres by II class and the remining 300 Kilometres by I Class.

The

reimbursement will be as follows:Divide 1,000 kilometres in the ratio of 8:3 i.e. 727 kilometres by II class and the
balance 273 kilometres by 1 class. The reimbursement will be II Class fare for 727
kilometres and I class fare for 273 kilometres.
(ii) By road - LTC will be admissible only if the journey is performed by vehicles
owned and operated by Tourism Development Corporations in Public Section, State
Transport Corporations and Transport services run by other Government or local bodies
or private buses operating as regular transport service from point to point at regular
intervals at fixed fare rates with the approval of the Transport Authorities. The claim will
be restricted to the actual expenses limited to the railway fare by the authorized class of
accommodation.
4.

Class of Accommodation

(A)

Journey by Air/Rail:

Pay Range Rs.18,400 and above:- Air Economy (Y) Class by National Carrier.
Pay Range
Shatabadi Express Rajdhani Express Other Trains
Rs.16,400 and above

Executive Class

AC First class

AC First class

Rs. 8,000 to Rs.16,399

AC Chair Car

AC 2 tier

AC 2 tier

Rs. 4,100 to Rs. 7,999

AC Chair Car

AC 3 tier

Below Rs. 4,100

Not entitled

Not entitled

*First class AC 3
tier/AC Chair car
Sleeper Class

All Government servants who are entitled to travel on LTC at their discretion by
First Class/AC 3-tier/AC Chair Car may, travel by AC 2-tier, in cases where any of the
trains connecting the originating and destination stations by the direct shortest route do
not provide these three classes of accommodation.
NOTE Entitlement by Rajdhani/Shatabdi Trains would applicable in cases where
journey is actually undertaken by these trains and not for determining entitlement on
notional basis.

Both ends of the journey i.e. place of start of the journey and the

destination should be directly connected by Rajdhani/Shatabdi Express.

(B)

Journey by Sea or by River Steamer:

Pay
Range
drawing pay

Officers A&N
Islands
and Others
Lakshdweep
Islands
(Shipping Corpn. Of India
Rs.8,000 and above
Deluxe Class
Highest Class
Rs.6,500 to Rs.7,999

First/ A Cabin class

Rs.4,100 to Rs.6,499

Second/ B Class

Below Rs. 4,100

Bunk class

(C)

If there be two class only on

the steamer the lower class
If there be three classes the
middle or second class. If
there be four classes the
third class
The lowest class

Journey by Road:
Pay Range

Entitlement

1.

Rs.8,000 and above

Actual fare by any type of public bus, including air

conditioned bus:

2.

Rs.4,100 to Rs.7,999

Same as 1 above except that AC Bus is not admissible

3.

Below Rs. 4,100

Ordinary Bus.

Special relaxation May travel by air between Leh and Srinagar/Jammu/Chandigarh

during winter for Government servant, his/her spouse, and two dependent children (up to
18 years for boys and 24 years for girls).
In other cases, if the journeys are performed by air, the claim of the official will
be restricted to his eligibility by the entitled class of accommodation by rail or by road, as
the case may be.
The Government servant may travel by air between places not connected by rail
where an alternative means of travel is either not available or is more expensive.
6.

Animal transport like pony, etc. - Between places not connected by any other

means of transport, a Government servant can avail animal transport like pony, camel,
elephant etc. In such cases mileage allowance will be admissible at the rate admissible
for journeys on transfer. 7.

Concessional circular trip tickets There is no objection to a Government

servant or his family members availing themselves of concessional circular trip tickets
offered by the Railways in conjunction with the leave travel concessions.
In such cases also the official will be entitled to reimbursement of the fare for the
entitled/lower class actually used by the shortest route.
If a Government servant performs the journey by purchasing a circular tour ticket,
his claim will be regulated as between the Headquarters and the home town/declared
place of visit by the shortest direct route by the class of accommodation for which the
ticket was actually purchased or entitled class, whichever is less.
8.Journey in a private car/chartered bus LTC is not admissible for journeys
performed in a private car (owned, borrowed or hired) or chartered bus, van or other

vehicle owned, operated by private operators. LTC is admissible for journeys conducted
by Tourism Development Corporations in the Public Sector,

State Transport

Corporations and Transport services run by other Government or local bodies in their
own vehicles. In such cases, the Government servant will be entitled to reimbursement
of(i)

the actual hire charges on the chartered vehicle; or

(ii)

the amount reimbursable had the journey to the declared place of visit
been performed by the entitled class by rail by the shortest direct route;

whichever is less.
If such local bodies, etc. conduct the tour in a chartered/private vehicle NOT
owned by them, LTC is NOT admissible.
Journeys can however be performed by private buses operating as regular
transport service from point to point at regular intervals at fixed fare rtes with the
approval of the Transport authorities/State Government concerned.
9.

Journey by hired/chartered-rail coach. Journey by a chartered-rail coach is

also not admissible unless the chartered tour is wholly operated and conducted by a
Central or State Undertaking.
CLASS OF ACCOMMODATION
1.

Class of accommodation decided by status on the date of journey. Suppose

Mr. X, a Government servant drawing pay of Rs.4,000 sends his family to the home town
in May and gets his promotion in June, with the pay of Rs.4,500. He proceeds to his
home town in July and returns with his family in August. His family will be entitled to
travel by Sleeper Classes in the forward journey and by First Class or AC 3-Tier in the

return journey. The Government servant will be entitled to travel by First Class or AC 3Tier both ways. Here note that the position is somewhat different under T.A. Rules. For
the purpose of transfer T.A., the class of accommodation is decided by pay on the date of
his transfer concession during leave, the grade is decided by his status on the date of the
journey itself.
2.

Different classes in the same journey -

A Government servant may travel in

a lower or higher class, but Governments assistance would be limited to the fare of the
accommodation of the entitled class and/or the lower class, to the extent actually used.
3.

Special supplementary charges levied by the Railways from those travelling by

Super Fast Express trains in reserved accommodation, is also reimbursable under the
LTC in the same way as the amount of rail fares.
4.

Reservation Charges The extra cost incurred for the Reservation Charges is

also reimbursable.
5.

Telegram charges not reimbursable Reimbursement of telegram charges paid

to Railway authorities for reservation of berth on train in case of journeys on LTC is not
reimbursable.
COMBINATION OF LEAVE TRAVEL CONCESSION WITH TRANSFER OR
TOUR
1.

WITH TRANSFER JOURNEY

Old Headquarters to Home town and to New Headquarters therefrom:

Eligible for minimum entitlement of transfer T.A. under SR 124 or SR 126, as the
case may be, and in addition LTC under the rules to the extent of ( x+y-z) kilometres
(where x is the distance from old headquarters to home town, y is the distance from home
town to a new headquarters and z is the distance for which transfer T.A. is admissible), it

is open to the Government servant not to avail of the leave travel concession without
prejudice to his title for the concession later subject to usual conditions. In such a case
the advance, if any, taken should be adjusted in his transfer T.A. Bills.
II.

WITH TOUR JOURNEY

(a)

From Tour Station to Home town and back to Headquarters:

Eligible for (i) T.A. as on tour for the journey from headquarters to the tour
station and (ii) LTC for the journey from our station to home town and back to
headquarters deeming the tour station as the starting point for the onward journey.
LTC limited to journey from headquarter to home and back.

(b)

From Home town to Tour Station and back to Headquarters:

Eligible for LTC from headquarters to home town and T.A. as on tour from home
town to tour station and back to headquarters.

FOREFEITURE OF CLAIM
Where no advance is drawn by the Government servant, the right of a
Government servant for reimbursement of Leave Travel Concession claim stands
forfeited or deemed to have been relinquished, if the claim for it is not preferred within
three months of the date of completion of the return journey. If advance is drawn, the
final bill should be preferred within one month of the completion of return journey. If
that is not done the entire advance should be recovered in lumpsum after which it will be
taken as if no advance had been drawn and the claim preferred within three months of
completion of the return journey.

DISCIPLINARY ACTION FOR FRAUDULENT CLAIMS

If the Disciplinary Authority decided to initiate disciplinary proceedings against
an official on the charge of preferring a fraudulent claim
1.

Such official cannot avail LTC till finalization of the disciplinary

proceedings;

2.

If, on the completion of the proceedings, he is inflicted with any of the

penalty under the CCS(CCA) Rules, he will not be allowed the next two
sets in addition to the sets withheld during the pendency of the
proceedings. The Controlling Authority can disallow even more than two
sets in specific cases and he should record his reasons in writing in such
cases;

3.

If the official is fully exonerated of the charge, he will be allowed to avail

the LTCs withheld earlier in addition to his normal entitlements. He
should, however, avail the LTCs before his superannuation.

Two sets mean, one concession to home town and one concession to any place
in India.
GRANT OF ADVANCES
1.

Advances are granted to Government servants to enable them to avail themselves

of the concession. The amount of such advance in each case will be limited to 80% of
the estimated amount which Government would have to reimburse in respect of the cost
of the journey both ways.
2.

If the family travels separately from the Government servant, the advance may

also be drawn separately to the extent admissible.

3.

The advances may be drawn both for the forward and return journeys at the time

of commencement of the forward journey, provided the period of leave taken by the
Government servant or the period on anticipated absence of the members of the family
does not exceed three months or 90 days. If this limit is exceeded, then the advance may
be drawn for the outward journey only.
4.

If the limit of 3 months or 90 days is exceeded after the advance had already been

drawn for both the journeys, one-half of the advance should be refunded to Government
forthwith.
5.

Advances to temporary Government servants are sanctioned subject to production

of surety of a permanent Government servant.

5.

Advances are sanctioned by the Head of Office.

7.

Normally, the advance should be refunded in full if the outward journey is not

commenced within 30 days of the grant of advance. In case of journey by rail, advance
can be drawn sixty days before the proposed date of the outward journey. In all cases,
the Government servant should produce railway or bus tickets within ten days of drawal
of the advance.
8.

The claims in adjustment of the advance should be preferred within one month of

the completion of the return journey, if advance has been drawn and within three months
if no advance has been drawn.
9.

Separate advances for different batches may be adjusted by separate claims. A

consolidated advance should, however, be adjusted in a single bill.

10.

In the case of an officer on deputation who avails of

LTC immediately on

reversion but before joining his parent office, the borrowing department may grant the

advance in consultation with the lending department to enable them to watch the
adjustment of the advance.
11.

Field Offices should maintain a register of LTC claims. The register should be

closed monthly in the last week and put up to the Head of Office for obtaining orders in
regard to recovery of outstanding advance due for adjustment.
12.

If the conditions laid down in the sanction are not complied with or if the rules for

granting advances for LTC have been violated, the Head of Office should charge penal
interest, i.e. 2% above the rate of interest allowed by Government on Provident Fund
balances.

SECTION 6 - MEDICAL FACILITIES

The Central Government provides medical facilities for or reimburses the

medical charges to all Central Government employees throughout the country. In places
such as Delhi, Meerut, Allahabad, Lucknow and Bombay, Central Government Health
Scheme has been introduced by the Government of India to provide medical attendance
and treatment to Central Government employees and their families, including parents.
Under the scheme, all the employees are requested to contribute to the scheme at the rates
indicated below , the amount being recoverable from the monthly salary bills of the
individual Government Servants:-

Employees drawing monthly basic pay:

2.

Upto Rs.1200

1.00

From 1201-1500

2.00

From 1501-1800

3.00

From 1801 2500

4.00

From 2501-3200

5.00

From 3201-4000

6.00

From 4001-5000

9.00

Above Rs.5000

12.00

Central Government servants and their families who are entitled to the benefits

under the CGHS scheme either at Bombay, Delhi, Allahabad, Lucknow or Meerut etc.
shall be eligible to medical attendance while visiting any of these cities from the station

of posting of the Government servant. They shall have to obtain an authority for medical
treatment at such outstations (i.e. Delhi, Bombay, Allahabad, Lucknow or Meerut etc.)
from the office in which the Government servant is employed in the prescribed proforma
(Appendix IX) in duplicate. One copy thereof shall be handed over to CGHS Dispensary
from where medical treatment is to be obtained and the other copy shall be retained by
the Government servant for obtaining medical treatment. This facility is restricted to a
period of 6 months only, after which an extension has to be obtained, if necessary.

Reimbursement of Medical Charges

3.

In places, where the Central Government Health Scheme does not exist, the

Central Government employees stationed there or those passing through such places, are
governed by the CS (Medical Attendance) Rules, 1944, as amended from time to time.
These employees permanent, temporary or officiating including

probationers, re-

employed persons, employees on refused leave or leave preparatory to retirement, whole

time apprentices, whole-time staff paid out of contingencies and work charged staff of the
CPWD.
4.

Under the above rules, a Government employee is entitled to free medical

treatment in a Government Hospital or Medical Institutions, as are recognized by the

Central or State Government concerned for the purpose, from time to time.
5.

A Government employee is entitled to reimbursement of the expenses incurred

on medical treatment of self and/ or members of his/her family including hospital, as

indicated

in the previous

paragraph, on production of a certificate from his/her

Authorised Medical Attendant, who shall be:-

(a)

A civil surgeon or Principal Medical Officer of the place/station where the

employee or any member of his/her family has fallen ill ( in respect of the
persons drawing pay of not less than Rs.750 p.m.) (Pre revised).

(b)

As Assistant Surgeon Grade I (in case of persons drawing Pay more than
Rs.300 p.m. but less than Rs.750 p.m.) (Pre-revised).

(c)
6.

An Assistant Surgeon Grade II in respect of others.

For the purpose of paras 1 and 5 above, the terms parents men parents

wholly/mainly dependent upon the Government Servant who is entitled to the benefits
under the CS (MA) Rules, 1944 and / or the CGHS scheme. Wholly/ mainly dependent
parents are those who normally reside with the Government Servant concerned and
whose total monthly income does not exceed Rs.500 p.m. Lumpsum non-recurring
income e.g. GPF benefits, Prize Bonds, Gratuity, Insurance benefits etc. are not regarded
as income for this purpose. Recurring monthly income from landed property etc. is
however, treated as income for this purpose.
7.

The medical attendance in respect of (a), (b) and (c) in paras above means

attendance at hospital or residence according to the condition of the patient, or as the

Authorised Medical Attendant may consider it necessary.
8.

The reimbursement is admissible in respect of the following items:(i)

Medical Attendance at residence of the Government employee or at the

consulting room of the Authorised Medical Attendant.

(ii)

Cost of such medicines and preparations, as are certified to be essential for

treatment of the patient and are not, ordinarily, available in the hospital
stock. (This does not, however, include the cost of such preparations,

which are not termed as medicines but

are primarily foods, tonics,

disinfectants, toilets preparations etc. A list of all such preparations, for

which no reimbursement is permissible, is issued by the Director General
of Health Services, Government of India, New Delhi, from time to time.
This list is to be referred to in all cases of the claims for reimbursement
so as to ensure that the reimbursement is not allowed for such medicines
and preparations as are excluded for the purpose).
(iii)

Any treatment or social charges, viz. X-Ray, Pathological, Bacteriological,

Radiological and other such tests, as considered essential by the
Authorised Medical Attendant at the rates fixed for the same by the Local
Administration.

(iv)

Accommodation charges provided in the hospital according to the status

of the employees as per scale laid down for the purpose by the Local
Administration. (In cases, where these charges include diet charges, the
same shall be excluded for payment as these are not reimbursable in
certain cases).

In the event of accommodation suited to the status of a Government servant is not

available, the accommodation of higher class may be allowed subject to a certificate by
the Medical Superintendent of the hospital concerned, as follows:(a)

that the accommodation of the appropriate class was not

available at the time of admission of the patient:

(b)

that in case of illness, other than confinement, the

admission of the patient in the hospital could not be

delayed without danger to the health of the patient until

accommodation of the appropriate class became available;
and
(c)

that in the case of confinement, the accommodation was

booked well in advance.

(v)

cost of injections, as may be considered essential by the authorized

Medical Attendant;

(vi)

Specialist consultation fees, if any, of not other than the Govt. Specialist
within the State, where the patient has fallen ill, as may be certified
essential by the Authorised Medical Attendant;

(vii)

Traveling allowance to the consulting room of the Authorised Medical

Attendant, if the place at which the patient has fallen ill is more than five
miles by the shortest route. In such cases, the claim shall be supported by
a certificate in writing from

the Authorised Medical Attendant, duly

counter-signed by the next higher authority.

(viii) Traveling allowance of the Authorised Medical Attendant in case the
patient is too ill to travel and the distance at which the patient has fallen ill
is more than five miles from the consulting room of the Authorised
Medical Attendant. The claim in such cases also shall be supported by a
certificate in writing from the Authorized Medical Attendant, duly
countersigned by his next higher authority, to the effect that the patient
was too ill to travel.

(No Traveling allowance is admissible to the Compounder, Nurse or

Laboratory Assistant, who may be required to administer injections or
attend to the patient at this residence).
(ix)

Expenditure on pre-natal and post-natal treatment of the wife of a male

Government employee, or of a female Government employee herself.

(x)

Blood Transfusion charges paid to a Government Institute, or any other

local Organisation, recognized by the State Government. If such an
institution etc. does not exist in the State concerned or blood of the type
required is not available with them, the blood plasma may be purchased
from a chemist or from a private donor provided the claim is supported by
the non-availability certificate from the Authorised Medical Attendant and
is certified by the AMA that the price paid was reasonable.

9.

All claims, for reimbursement of the expenses incurred on medical treatment, as

certified by the Authorised Medical Attendant, and admissible according to the Rules
referred to above, shall be accompanied by an essentiality certificate in the prescribed
form from the Authorised Medical Attendant conform from the Authorised Medical
Attendant concerned. All the Cash Memos for the medicines purchased and fees paid
shall be countersigned by the Authorised Medical Attendant, who has prescribed the
medicines in question, which shall be specifically mentioned in the essentiality
certificate.

Treatment at Calcutta

10.

In Calcutta, employees and their family members may receive medical treatment

from private registered medical practitioners of their choice at their residences or at the
residences or consulting room of the Doctor and get reimbursement of the expenses in the
same manner as abovae.

Protracted Illness
11.

In case of special diseases like Diabetes, Cancer, Mental Diseases, Tubercular

diseases etc. reimbursement of medical charges is admissible subject to certain limitation

and conditions, as laid down in the Medical Attendance Rules.

SECTION 7

CHILDREN EDUCATION ALLOWANCAE/REIMBURSEMENT OF TUITION

FEES
Government have issued exhaustive orders under the caption CSS (Educational
Assistance) Orders 1988 which came into force on the Ist October 1988.
incorporate the salient features of their application, admissibility

These rules

and method of

reimbursement as also prescribed the various forms which are required used.
In addition, these orders also lay down the guidelines for affording benefits for
hostel subsidy wherever applicable as also the procedure thereof. Applicable to all
Central Government servants including State Government servants on deputation to
Central Government. The assistance is admissible only if the children study in a
recognized school and are between 5-20 years of age. The facility is not admissible for
the same child for more than two academic years in the same class. There is no pay limit
with effect from 1/12/1987. If both husband and wife are Central Government servants,
the assistance will be admissible to one of them only. The assistance will be admissible
to a Government servant in respect of not more than three children at any time. This limit
is restricted to two children only in respect of children born after 31/12/1987.
Eligibility and Rates All Central Government servants without any pay-limit are
eligible for this allowance, at Rs.100 per month per child for Class I to XII.
When admissible The allowance is admissible only when a Government servant is
compelled to send his child/children to a school away from the station at which he is
posted and/or residing owning to the absence of a school of the requisite standard at the
station.

Schools not to be deemed to be schools of the requisite standard

(a)

For an anglo-Indian child, a school not run by the Anglo Indian

Community or a school not affiliated to the Council for Indian School
Certificate Examination or the Indian Council of Secondary Education.

(b)

A school run by the body of a religious persuasion which the child is

prevented by the tenets of his religious persuasion from attending due to
religious instructions being compulsorily imparted in the school.

(c)

A school where teaching is conducted is a language different from the

language of the child. (Language of the child means the medium of
instructions in the school in which the child was studying earlier and in
respect of a child who is admitted for the first time, its mother tongue by
birth or by adoption).

When no admissible At a station where there is no school of requisite standard, the

allowance will not be admissible if the nearest school is so situation that
(a)

there is a convenient train or bus service to take the children near the time
of the opening of the school and bring them back not too long after the
school is closed, and

(b)

the journey each way does not take more than an hour.

Where these conditions are not fulfilled, the allowance will be admissible
irrespective of the distance of the school from the station of posting/residence of the
Government servant.

Denial of admission to a school of the requisite standard in a Government servants

place of posting/residence, for want of a vacancy or for any other reason, shall be
regarded as absence of a school of the requisite standard at that station.
Continuance of the allowance on transfer On the transfer of a Government servant
the allowance will continue as long as children continue to study in the same school even
though a school of the requisite standard exists in the new station of posting/residence.
Period during which the allowance is admissible The allowance will be admissible
throughout the year including vacation. In the case of a child successful at he final
secondary/higher secondary/senior secondary examination, the allowance shall be
admissible up to the end of the month up to which the school fees were charged or up to
the end of the month in which the examination is completed, whichever is later. In the
case of a child failing in the final examination, the allowance shall be admissible for the
period of vacation intervening, if fees are paid for the period of vacation.
The allowance will be admissible during any period not exceeding four months
when

(a)

the Government servant may go and stay with the concerned

child/children while on leave/suspension/temporary transfer;

(b)

the child comes to live with the Government servant if it is certified by a

registered medical practitioner that the child is forced to remain away due
to illness;

(c)

the child comes to live with the Government servant during vacation
provided the child continues to be on the rolls.

Special Concession for serving in N-E Region, etc. If the children do not accompany
the Government servant tot he remote locality, CEA up to Class XII will be admissible
for children studying at the last station of posting or any other station where the children
reside, without any restriction of the pay of the Government servant.
C. Reimbursement of Tuition Fees
Eligibility and amount reimbursable All Government servants without any pay-limit
are eligible for this concession at the following limits:Class I to X

Rs.40 per month per child.

Class XI to XII

Rs.50 per month per child.

For physically handicapped and mentally retarded children the amount will be
Rs.100 per month per child.
For Class XI and XII Science Fee up to rs.10 p.m. will be reimbursable in
addition to tuition fee.
Tuition Fees include
(a)

Science fee or laboratory fee in case Science fee is not separately charged.

(b)

Special fee charged for Agriculture as an elective additional subject.

(c)

Any fee charged for subjects like Music which are taught as par of the
regular curriculum or subject requiring practical work under the
programme of works experience.

Tuition fees do not include

(a)

Domestic science fund charges;

(b)

Library fee;

(c)

Games fee;

(d)

Admission fee; and

(e)

Extra-curricular activity fees.

If tuition fee charged for a science student is higher than that charged for a nonscience student, science fee, though separately charged, shall not be reimbursed.
Polytechnic and University
The tuition fees charged by a College run by a University or affiliated to a
University for the following classes will be reimbursed but reimbursement will be
restricted to the rates prescribed by Government Colleges for corresponding classes:(a)

Pre-University.

(b)

First year class of an Intermediate College.

(c)

First year class of a Technical College.

(d)

First year class of a Polytechnic.

(e)

First year class of a correspondence course.

Two year Diploma Course The reimbursement of tuition fees will be admissible, for
the Ist and 2nd year classes of a two-year Diploma course in Polytechnics in cases where
the minimum qualification for admission to the course is X standard of the revised
pattern of education.
Special provision for handicapped children From 1/8/1997 in the case of physically
handicapped and mentally retarded children, tuition fees will be reimbursed even if the
institution in which the child is studying is not recognized by the Central or State
Governments or Union Territory Administration.
D. Hostel Subsidy

When admissible Admissible if, because of his transfer, the Government servant is
obliged to keep his children in the hostel of a residential school away from the station at
which he is posted and/or resides.
Rate Rs.300 p.m. per child.
Payable up to 10 plus 2 stage in States and Union Territories, where the pattern of
10 plus 2 plus 3 has been adopted and up to Higher Secondary and Senior Secondary
Stage in other States and Union Territories irrespective of the fact that the children study
in a Kendriya Vidyalaya or any other recognized school.
If CEA is drawn Not admissible in respect of the child for whom Childrens
Educational Allowance is drawn.
Special concession for serving in N-E Region etc Officers serving in the N-E Region/
Andaman and Nicobar Islands will be entitled to hostel subsidy without other restrictions
in respect of their children who do not accompany them but put in hostels at the last
station of posting or any other station.

SECTION 8 GENERAL PROVIDENT FUND

Condition of eligibility
All temporary Government servants after a continuous service of one year, all reemployed pensioners (other than those eligible for admission to the Contributory
Provident Fund) and all permanent Government servants shall subscribe to the Fund:
Provided that no such servant as has been required or permitted to subscribe to a
Contributory Provident Fund shall be eligible to join or continue as a subscriber to the
Fund, while he retains his right to subscribe to such a fund:
Provided further that a temporary Government servant, who is borne on an
establishment or factory to which the provisions of Employees Provident Funds and
miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952 ( 19 of 1952), would apply or would have applied but
for the exemption granted under Section 17 of the said Act, shall subscribe to the General
Provident Fund if he has completed six months continuous service or has actually
worked for not less than 120 days during a period of six months or less in such
establishment or factory or in any other establishment or factory to which the said Act
applies, under the same employer or partly in one and partly in the other.
EXPLANATION For the purposes of this rule continuous service shall have the
same meaning assigned to it in the Employees Provident Funds Scheme, 1952, and the
period of work for 120 days shall be computed in the manner specified in the said
scheme and shall be certified by the employer.
NOTE 1 apprentices and Probationers shall be treated as temporary Government
servants for the purpose of this rule.

NOTE 2 - A temporary Government servant who completes one year of continuous

service during the middle of a month shall subscribe to the Fund from the subsequent
month.
NOTE 3 Temporary Government servants (including Apprentices and Probationers)
who have been appointed against regular vacancies and are likely to continue for more
than a year may subscribe to the General Provident Fund any time before completion of
one years service.
NOMINATIONS
(1)

A subscriber shall, at the time of joining the Fund, send to the Accounts Officers

through the Head of Office a nomination conferring on one or more persons the right to
receive the amount that may stand to his credit in the Fund in the event of his death,
before that amount has become payable or having become payable has not been paid:
Provided that where a subscriber is a minor, he shall be required to make the
nomination only on his attaining the age of majority:
Provided further that a subscriber who has a family at the time of making the
nomination shall make such nomination only in favour of a member or members of his
family:
Provided further that the nomination made by the subscriber in respect of any
other provident fund to which he was subscribing before joining the Fund shall, if the
amount to his credit in such other fund has been transferred to his credit in the Fund, be
deemed to be a nomination duly made under this rule until he makes a nomination in
accordance with this rule.

(2)

If a subscriber nominates more than one person under sub-rule (1), he shall

specify in te nomination the amount or share payable to each of the nominees in such
manner as to cover the whole of the amount that may stand to his credit in the Fund at
any time.
(3)

Every nomination shall be made in the Form set forth in the First Schedule.

(4)

A subscriber may at any time cancel a nomination by sending a notice in writing

to the Accounts Officer. The subscriber shall, along with such notice or separately, send
a fresh nomination made in accordance with the provisions of this rule.
(5)

A subscriber may provide in a nomination (a)

in respect of any specified nominee, that in the event of his predeceasing

the subscriber, the right conferred upon that nominee shall pass to such
other person or persons as may be specified in the nomination, provided
that such other person or persons shall, if the subscriber has other
members of his family, be such other member or members. Where the
subscriber confers such a right on more than one person under this clause,
he shall specify the amount or share payable to each of such persons in
such a manner as to cover the whole of the amount payable to the
nominee.

(b)

that the nomination shall become invalid in the event of the happening of a
contingency specified therein:
Provided that if at the time of making the nomination the
subscriber has only one member of the family, he shall provide in
the nomination that the right conferred upon lthe alternate nominee

under Clause (a) shall become invalid in the event of his

subsequently acquiring other member or members in his family.
(6)

Immediately on the death of a nominee in respect of whom no special provision

has been made in the nomination under Clause (a) of sub-rule (5) or on the occurrence of
any event by reason of which the nomination becomes invalid in pursuance of Clause (b)
of sub-rule(5) or the proviso thereto, the subscriber shall send to the Accounts Officer a
notice in writing canceling the nomination, together with a fresh nomination made in
accordance with the provisions of this rule.
(7)

Every nomination made, and every notice of cancellation given by a subscriber

shall, to the extent that it is valid, take effect on the date on which it is received by the
Accounts Officer.
NOTE - In this rule, unless the context otherwise requires person or persons shall
include a company or association or body of individuals, whether incorporated or not. It
shall also include a Fund such as the Prime Ministers National Relief Fund or any
charitable or other Trust of Fund, to which nomination may be made through the
Secretary or other executive of the said funds or Trust authorized to receive payments.
SUBSCRIBERS ACCOUNT
An account shall be opened in the name of each subscriber in which shall be
shown
(i)

his subscriptions;

(ii)

interest, as provided by Rule 11, on subscriptions;

(iii)

bonus, as provided by Rule 11-A on subscriptions; and

(iv)

advances and withdrawals from the fund.

CONDITIONS AND RATES OF SUBSCRIPTIONS

Conditions of subscriptions
(1)

A subscriber shall subscribe monthly to the Fund except during the period when

he is under suspension:
Provided that a subscriber may, at his option, not subscribe during leave which
either does not carry any leave salary or carries leave salary equal to or less than half-pay
or half average pay:
Provided further that a subscriber on reinstatement after a period passed under
suspension shall be allowed the option of paying in one lumps um, or in instalments, any
sum not exceeding the maximum amount of arrear subscriptions payable for that period.
NOTE 1 Group C and Group D employees of the Survey of India who are sent on
departmental leave need not subscribe to the Fund, during the period of such leave.
NOTE 2 The holder of a seasonal post in an establishment need not subscribe to the
Fund, during the period of his unemployment.
NOTE 3 A subscriber need not subscribe during a period treated as dies non.
(2)

The subscriber shall intimate his election not to subscribe during the leave

referred to in the first proviso to sub-rule (I) in the following manner:(a)

if he is an officer who draws his own bills, by making no deduction on

account of subscription in his first pay bill drawn after proceeding on
leave;

(b)

if he is not an officer who draws his own pay bills, by written

communication to the Head of his Office before he proceeds on leave.

Failure to make due and timely intimation shall be deemed to constitute an

election to subscribe.
The option of a subscriber intimated under this sub-rule shall be final.
(3)

A subscriber who has under Rule 32 withdrawn the amount standing to his

credit in the Fund shall not subscribe to the Fund after such withdrawal unless he
returns to duty.
8. Rates of Subscription
(I)

The amount of subscription shall be fixed by the subscriber himself, subject to the
following conditions, namely:(a)

It shall be expressed in whole rupees

(b)

It may be any sum, so expressed not less than 6 per cent of his
emoluments and not more than his total emoluments:

Provided that in the case of a subscriber who has previously been subscribing to a
Government Contributory Provident Fund at the higher rate of 8 1/3 per cent, it may be
any sum, so expressed, not less than 8 1/3 percent, of his emoluments and not more than
his total emoluments.
(c)

When a Government servant elects to subscribe at the minimum rate of 6

per cent, or 8 1/3 percent, as the case may be, the fraction of a rupee will be rounded to
be nearest whole rupee, 50 p. counting as the next higher rupee.
(2)

For the purpose of sub-rule (1) the emoluments of a subscriber shall be

(a)

in the case of a subscriber who was in Government service on the 31st

March of the preceding year, the emoluments to which he was entitled on
that date:

Provided that
(i)

if the subscriber was on leave on the said date and elected not to subscribe
during such leave or was under suspension on the said date, his
emoluments shall be the emoluments to which he was entitled on the first
day after his return to duty;

(ii)

if the subscriber was on deputation out of India on the said date or was on
leave on the said date and continues to be on leave and has elected to
subscribe during such leave, his emoluments shall be the emoluments to
which he would have been entitled had he been on duty in India;

(b)

in the case of a subscriber who was not in Government service on the 31st
March of the preceding year, the emoluments to which he was entitled on
the day he joins the Fund.

(3)

The subscriber shall intimate the fixation of the amount of his monthly
subscription in each year in the following manner:(a)

If he was on duty on the 31st March of the preceding year,

by the

deduction which he makes in this behalf from his pay bill for that month;
(b)

If he was on leave on the 31st March of the preceding year, and elected not
to subscribe during such leave, or was under suspension on that date, by
the deduction which he makes in this behalf from his first pay bill after his
return to duty;

(c)

If he has entered Government service for the first time during the year, by
the deduction which he makes in this behalf, from his pay bill for the
month during which he joins the Fund;

(d)

If he was on leave on the 31st March of the preceding year, and continues
to be on leave and has elected to subscribe during such leave, by the
deduction which he causes to be made in this behalf from his salary bill
for that month;

(e)

If he was on foreign service on the 31t March of the preceding year, by the
amount credited by him into the treasury on account of subscription for the
month of April in the current year;

(4)

The amount of subscription so fixed may be

(a)

reduced once at any time during the course of the year;;

(b)

enhanced twice during the course of the year; or

(c)

reduced and enhanced as aforesaid:

Provided that when the amount of subscription is so reduced it shall not be less
than the minimum prescribed in sub-rule(1):
Provided further that if a subscriber is on leave without pay or leave on half-pay
or half average pay for a part of a calendar month and he has elected not to subscribe
during such leave, the amount of subscription payable shall be proportionate to the
number of days spent on duty including leave, if any, other than those referred to above.

9. Transfer to foreign service or deputation out of India

When a subscriber is transferred to foreign service or sent on deputation out of
India, he shall remain subject tot he rules of the Fund in the same manner as if he
were not so transferred or sent on deputation.

REALISATION OF SUBSCRIPTIONS
10. Realisation of subscriptions
(1)

When emoluments are drawn from a Government treasury in India or from an

authorised office of disbursement outside India, recovery of subscriptions on account of

these emoluments and of the principal and interest of advances shall be made from the
emoluments themselves.
(2)

When emoluments are drawn from any other source the subscriber shall forward

his dues monthly to the Accounts Officer:

Provided that in the case of a subscriber on deputation to a body corporate, owned
or controlled by Government, the subscriptions shall be recovered and forwarded to the
Accounts Officer by such body.
(3)

If a subscriber fails to subscribe with effect from the date on which he is required

to join the Fund or is on default in any month or months during the course of a year
otherwise than is provided in Rule 7, the total amount due tot he Fund on account of
arrears of subscription shall, with interest thereon at the rate provided in Rule 11,
forthwith be paid by the subscriber to the Fund or in default b ordered by the Accounts
Officer to be recovered by deduction

from the emoluments of the subscriber by

instalments or otherwise, as may be directed by the authority competent to sanction an

advance for the grant of which special reasons are required under sub-rule (2) of Rule 12:
Provided that subscribers whose deposits in the Fund carry no interest shall not be
required to pay any interest.

INTEREST
11. Interest
(1)

Subject to the provisions of sub-rule (5), Government shall pay to the credit of

the account of a subscriber interest at such rate as may be determined for each year
according to the method of calculation prescribed from time to time by the Government
of India:
Provided that, if the rate of interest determined for a year is less than 4 per cent,
all subscribers to the Fund in the year preceding that for which the rate has for the first
time been fixed at less than 4 per cent, shall be allowed interest at 4 per cent:
Provided further that a subscriber who was previously subscribing to any other
provident fund of the Central Government and whose subscriptions, together with interest
thereon, have been transferred to his credit in his Fund under Rule 35, shall also be
allowed interest at 4 per cent, if he had been receiving that rate of interest under the rules
of such other Fund under a provision similar to that of the first proviso to this rule.
(2)

Interest shall be credited with effect from last day in each year in the following

manner:(i)

on the amount to the credit of a subscriber on the last day of the preceding
year, less any sums withdrawn during the current years interest for
twelve months;

(ii)

on sums withdrawn during the current year interest from the beginning
of the current year up to the last day of the month preceding the month of
withdrawal;

(iii)

on all the sums credited to the subscribers account after the last day of the
preceding year interest from the beginning of the current year up to the
last day of the month preceding the month of withdrawal;

(iv)

the total amount of interest shall be rounded to the nearest whole rupee
(fifty paise counting as the next higher rupee):

Provided that when the amount standing to the credit of a subscriber has become
payable, interest shall thereupon be credited under this rule in respect only of the period
from the beginning of the current year or from the date of deposit, as the case may be, up
to the date on which the amount standing tot he credit of the subscriber became payable.
(3)

In this rule, the date of deposit shall in the case of recoveries from emoluments be

deemed to be the first day of the month in which it is recovered, and in the case of
amounts forwarded by te subscriber, shall be deemed to be the first day of the month of
receipt, if it is received by the Accounts Officer before the fifth day of that month, but if
ti is received or or after the fifth day of that month, the first day of the next succeeding
month:
Provided that where there has been delay in the drawal of pay or leave salary and
allowances of a subscriber and consequently in the recovery of his subscription towards
the Fund the interest on such subscriptions shall be payable from the month in which the
pay or leave salary of the subscriber was due under the rules, irrespective of the month in
which it was actually drawn:
Provided further that in the case of an amount forwarded in accordance with the
proviso to sub-rule (2) of Rule 10, the date of deposit shall be deemed to be the first day

of the month if it is received by the Accounts Officer before the fifteenth day of that
month:
Provided further that where the emoluments for a month are drawn and disbursed
on the last working day of the same month the date of deposit shall, in the case of
recovery of his subscriptions, be deemed to be the first day of the succeeding month.
(4)

In addition to any amount to be paid under Rule 31, 32, or 33, interest thereon up

to the end of the month preceding that in which the payment is made, or up to the end of
the sixth month after the month in which such amount, became payable whichever of
these periods be less, shall be payable to the person to whom such amount is to be paid:
Provided that where the Accounts Officer has intimated to that person(or his
agent) a date on which he is prepared to make payment in cash, or has posted a cheque in
payment to final person, interest shall be payable only up to the end of the month
preceding the date so intimated, or the date of posting the cheque, as the case may be:
Provided further that where a subscriber on deputation to a body corporate, owned
or controlled by the Government or an autonomous organisation registered under the
Societies Registration Act, 1860 (21 of 1860) is subsequently absorbed in such body
corporate or organisation with effect from a retrospective date, for the purpose of
calculating the interest due on the Fund accumulations of the subscriber the date of issue
of the orders regarding absorption shall be deemed to be the date on which the amount to
the credit of the subscriber became payable subject, however, to the condition that the
amount recovered as subscription during the period of commencing from the date of
absorption shall be deemed to be subscription to the Fund only for the purpose of
awarding interest under this sub-rule.

NOTE Payment of interest on the Fund balance beyond a period of 6 months may be
authorized by
(a)

the Head of Accounts Office (which expression includes the Pay and
Accounts Officer, where there is one) up to a period of one lyear; and

(b)

the immediate superior to the Head of Accounts Office (which expression

includes a Controller of Accounts, where there is one or the financial
Adviser to the concerned Administrative Ministry or Department) up to
any period;

after he has personally satisfied himself that the delay in payment was occasioned by
circumstances beyond the control of the subscriber or the person to whom such payment
was to be made, and in every such case the administrative delay involved in the matter
shall be fully investigated and action, if any required, taken.
(5)

Interest shall not be credited to the account of a subscriber if he informs the

Accounts Officer that he does not wish to receive it; but if he subsequently asks for
interests, it shall be credited with effect from the first day of the eyar in which he asks for
it.
(6)

The interest on amounts which under sub-rule(3) of Rule 10, Rule 31 or Rule 32

are replaced to the credit of the subscriber in the Fund, shall be calculated at such rates
as may be successively prescribed under sub-rule (1) of this rule and so far as may be in
the manner described in this rule.
(7)

In case a subscriber is found to have drawn from he Fund an amount in excess of

the amount standing to his credit on the date of the drawal, the overdrawn amount,
irrespective of whether the overdrawal occurred in the course of an advance or a

withdrawal or the final payment from the fund, shall be repaid by him with interest
thereon in one lumpsum, or in default, be ordered to be recovered by deduction in one
lumpsum, from the emoluments of the subscriber. If the total amount to be recovered is
more than half of the subscribers emoluments, recoveries shall be made in monthly
instalments of moieties of his emoluments till the rate of interest to be charged on
overdrawn amount would be 2 1 over and above the normal rate of Provident Fund
balance under sub-rule (1). The interest realized on the overdrawn amount shall be
credited to Government account under a distinct sub-head interest on overdrawals from
Provident Fund under the Head 049 Interest Receipts-C-Other interest receipts of
Central Government Other Receipts.

ADVANCES FROM THE FUND

12. Advances from the fund
(1)

The

appropriate sanctioning authority may sanction the payment to any

subscriber of an advance consisting of a sum of whole rupees and not exceeding in

amount three months pay or half the amount standing to his credit in the Fund,
whichever is less, for one or more of the following purposes:(a)

to pay expenses in connection with the illness, confinement or a disability,

including where necessary, the travelling expenses of the subscriber and
members of his family or any person actually dependent on him;

(b)

to meet cost of higher education, including where necessary, the travelling

expenses of the subscriber and members of his family or any person
actually dependent on him in the following cases, namely:(i)

for education outside India for academic, technical, professional

or vocational course beyond the High School stage; and

(ii)

for any medical, engineering or other technical or specialized

course in India beyond the High School stage, provided that the
course of study is not less than three years;

(c)

to pay obligatory expenses on a scale appropriate to the subscribers status

which by customary usage the subscriber has to incur in connection with
betrothal or marriages, funerals or other ceremonies;

(d)

to meet the cost of legal proceedings instituted by or against the

subscriber, any member of his family or any person actually dependent
upon him, the advance in this case being available in addition to any

advance admissible for te same purpose from any other Government

source.
(e)

to meet the cost of the subscribers defence where he engages a legal

practitioner to defend himself in an enquiry in respect of any alleged
official misconduct on his part.

(f)

to purchase consumer durables

such as TV, VCR,/VCP,

washing

machines, cooking range, geysers and computers.

(1-A)

The President may, in special circumstances, sanction the payment to any

subscriber of an advance if he is satisfied tat the subscriber concerned requires the

advance for reasons other than those mentioned in sub-rule (1).
(2)

An advance shall not, except for special reasons to be recorded in writing, be

granted in any subscriber in excess of the limit laid down in sub-rule (1) or until
repayment of the last instalment of any previous advance.
(3)

When an advance is sanctioned under sub-rule (2) before repayment of last

instalment of any previous advance is completed the balance of any previous advance not
recovered shall be added to the advance so sanctioned and the instalments for recovery
shall be fixed with reference to the consolidated amount.
(4)

After sanctioning the advance, the amount shall be drawn on an authorization

from the Accounts Officer in case where the application for final payment had been
forwarded to the Accounts Officer under clause (ii) of sub-rule (3) of Rule 34.
NOTE 1. For the purpose of this rule, pay includes dearness pay where admissible.
NOTE 2. The appropriate sanctioning authority for the purpose of this rule is specified
in the Fifth Schedule.

NOTE 3. A subscriber shall be permitted to take an advance once in every six months
under item (b) of sub-rule(1) of Rule 12.
13. Recovery of advances
(1)

An advance shall be recovered from the subscriber in such number of equal

monthly instalments as the sanctioning authority may direct; but such number shall not be
less than twelve unless the subscriber so elects and more than twenty-four. In special
cases where the amount of advance exceeds three months pay of the subscriber under
sub-rule (2) of Rule12, the sanctioning authority may fix such number of instalment in a
month,. Each instalment shall be a number of whole rupees, the amount of the advance
being raised or reduced, if necessary, to admit of the fixation of such instalments.
(2)

Recovery shall be made in the manner prescribed in Rule 10 for the realization of

subscriptions, and shall commence with the issue of pay for the month following the one
in which the advance was drawn.

Recovery shall not be made, except with the

subscribers consent while he is in receipt of subsistence grant or is on leave for ten days
or more in a calendar month which either does not carry any leave salary or carries leave
salary equal to or less than half-pay of half average pay, as the case may be. The
recovery may be postponed, on the subscribers written request, by the sanctioning
authority during recovery of an advance of pay granted to the subscriber.
(3)

If an advance has been granted to a subscriber and drawn by him and the advance

is subsequently disallowed before repayment is completely, the whole or balance of the

amount withdrawn shall forthwith be repaid by the subscriber to the Fund, or in default,
be ordered by the Accounts Officer to be recovered by deduction from the emoluments of
the subscriber in a lumpsum or in monthly instalments not exceeding twelve as may be

directed by the authority competent to sanction an advance for the grant of which, special
reasons are required under sub-rule (2) of Rule 12.
Provided that, before such advance is disallowed, the subscriber shall be given an
opportunity to explain to the sanctioning authority in writing and within fifteen days of
the receipt of the communication why the repayment shall not be enforced and if an
explanation is submitted by the subscriber within the said period of fifteen days, it shall
be referred to the President for decision; and if no explanation within the said period is
submitted by him, the repayment of the advance shall be enforced in the manner
prescribed in this sub-rule.
(4)

Recoveries made under this rule shall be credited as they are made to the

subscribers account in the Fund.

14. Wrongful use of advance
Notwithstanding anything contained in these rules, if the sanctioning authority has
reason to doubt that money drawn as an advance from the Fund under Rule 12 has
been utilized for a purpose other than that for which sanction was given to the
drawal of the money, he shall communicate to the subscriber the reasons for his
doubt and require him to explain in writing and within fifteen days of the receipt
of such communication whether the advance has been utilized for the purpose for
which sanction was given to the drawal of the money. If the sanctioning authority
is not satisfied with the explanation furnished by the subscriber within the said
period of fifteen days, the sanctioning authority shall direct the subscriber to
repay the amount in question to the Fund forthwith or, in default, order the
amount to be recovered by deduction in one sum from the emoluments of the

subscriber even if he be on leave. If, however, the total amount to be repaid by

more than half the subscribers emoluments, recoveries shall be made in monthly
instalments of moieties of his emoluments till the entire amount is repaid by him.
NOTE the term emoluments in the rule does not include subsistence grant.
WITHDRAWALS FROM THE FUND
15. Withdrawals from the Fund
(1)

Subject to the conditions specified therein, withdrawals may be sanctioned

by the authorities competent to sanction an advance for special reasons under subrule (2)of Rules 12, at any time (A)

After the completion of (fifteen) years of service (including broken

periods of service, if any) of a subscriber or within ten years before the date of his
retirement on superannuation, whichever is earlier, from the amount standing to
his credit in the Fund, for one or more of the following purposes, namely:(a)

meeting the cost of higher education including where necessary, the

travelling expenses of the subscriber or any child of the subscriber in the
following cases, namely;(i)

for education outside India for academic, technical professional or

vocational course beyond the High School stage; and

(ii)

for any medical, engineering or other technical or specialized

course in India beyond the High School stage;

(b)

meeting the expenditure in connection with the betrothal/marriage of the

subscriber or his sons or his daughters, and any of the female relation
actually dependent on him;

(c)

meeting the expenses in connection with the illness, including where

necessary, the travelling expenses, of the subscriber and members of his
family or any person actually dependent on him;

(d)

meeting the cost of consumer durables such as TV, VCR/VCP, washing

machines, cooking range, geysers and computers.

(B)

During the service of a subscriber from the amount standing tot his credit
in the Fund for one or more of the following purposes, namely;(a)

building or acquiring a suitable house or ready-built flat for his residence

including the cost of site or any payment towards allotment of a plot or flat
by the Delhi Development Authority, State Housing Building Society;

(b)

repaying an outstanding amount on account of loan expressly taken for

building or acquiring a suitable house or ready-built flat for his residence;

(c)

purchasing a house-site for building a house thereon for his residence or

repaying any outstanding amount on account of load expressly taken for
this purpose;

(d)

reconstructing, additions or alterations to a house or a flat already owned

or acquired by a subscriber.

(e)

renovating, additions or alterations or upkeep of the ancestral house or a

house built with the assistance or loan from Government;

(f)
(C)

constructing a house on a site purchased under Clause (c);

within twelve months before the date of subscribers retirement on

superannuation from the amount standing to the credit in the fund, without
linking to any purpose.

(D)

Once during the course of a financial year, an amount equivalent to

one years subscription paid for by the subscriber towards the Group Insurance
Scheme for the Central Government employees on self-financing and contributory
basis.
NOTE I -

A subscriber who availed himself of an advance under the Scheme

of the Ministry of Works and Housing for the grant of advance for house-building
purpose, or has been allowed any assistance in this regard from any other
Government source, shall be eligible for the grant of final withdrawal under subclauses (a), (c), (d) and (f) of Clause (B) for the purposes specified therein and
also for the purpose of repayment of any loan taken under the aforesaid Scheme
subject to the limit specified in the proviso to sub-rule (I) of Rule 16.
If a subscriber has an ancestral house or built a house at a place other than
the place of his duty with the assistance of loan taken from the Government he
shall be eligible for the grant of a final withdrawal under sub-clauses (a), (c) and
(f) of Clause (B) for purchase of house-site or for construction of another house or
for acquiring a ready-built flat at the place of his duty.
NOTE 2.

Withdrawal under sub-clauses (a), (d), (e) or (f) of Clause (B) shall

be sanctioned only after a subscriber has submitted a plan of the house to be

constructed or of the additions or alterations to be made, duly approved by the
local municipal body of the area where the site or house is situated and only in
cases where the plan is actually got to be approved.
NOTE 3.

The amount of withdrawal sanctioned under sub-clause (b) shall

not exceed ths of the balance on date of application together with the amount of

pervious withdrawal under sub-clause (a), reduced by the amount of pervious

withdrawal. The formula to be followed is: 3/4ths of the balance as on date plus
amount of previous withdrawals for the house in question minus the amount of
the previous withdrawals.
NOTE 4 -

Withdrawal under sub-clause (a) or (d) of Clause (B) shall also be

allowed where the house-site or house is in the name of wife or husband provided
she or he is the first nominee to receive Provident Fund money in the nomination
made by the subscriber.
NOTE 5 -

Only one withdrawal shall be allowed for the same purpose under

this rule. But marriage or education of different children or illness on different

occasions or a further addition or alteration to a house or flat covered by a fresh
plan duly approved by the local Municipal Body of the area where the house or
flat is situated shall not be treated as the same purpose. Withdrawal for meeting
he cost of education of a child may be allowed on annual basis till the concerned
child continues to purpose the technical or professional course.

Second or

subsequent withdrawal under sub-clause (a) or (f) of Clause (B) for completion of
the same house shall be allowed up to the limit laid down under Note 3.
NOTE 6 -

A withdrawal under this rule shall not be sanctioned if an advance

under Rule 12 is being sanctioned for the same purpose and the same time.
(2)

Whenever a subscriber is in a position to satisfy the competent authority

about the amount standing to his credit in the General Provident Fund Account
with reference to the latest available statement of General Provident Fund
Account together with the evidence of subsequent contribution, the competent

authority may itself sanction withdrawal within the prescribed limits, as in the
case of a refundable advance. In doing so, the competent authority shall take into
account any withdrawal or refundable advance already sanctioned by it in favour
of the subscriber. Where, however, the subscriber is not in a position to satisfy
the competent authority about the amount standing to his credit or where there is
any doubt about the admissibility of the withdrawal applied for, a reference may
be made to the Accounts Officer by the competent authority for ascertaining the
amount standing to the credit of the subscriber with a view to enable the
competent authority to determine the admissibility of the amount of withdrawal.
The sanction for he withdrawal should prominently indicate the general Provident
Fund Account Number and the Accounts Officer maintaining the accounts and a
copy of the sanction should invariably be endorsed to that Accounts Officer. The
sanctioning authority shall be responsible to ensure than an acknowledgement is
obtained from the Accounts Officer that the sanction for withdrawal has been
noted in the ledger account of subscriber. In case the Accounts Officer reports
that the withdrawal as sanctioned is in excess of the amount to the credit of the
subscriber or otherwise inadmissible, the sum withdrawn by the subscriber shall
forthwith be repaid in one lump sum by the subscriber to the Fund and in default
of such repayment, it shall be ordered by the sanctioning authority to be recovered
from him emoluments either in a lump sum or in such number of monthly
instalments as may be determined by the President.
(3)

After sanctioning the withdrawal the amount shall be drawn on an

authorization from the Accounts Officer in cases where the application for final

payment had been forwarded to the Accounts Officer under clause (ii) of sub-rule
(3) of Rule 34.

Accounting
In respect of all Group A, B and C Officers the Accounts of General
Provident Fund shall be maintained by the Pay and Accounts Officer concerned,
who will issue to the subscriber an annual statement of his/her account. The
subscriber is required to verify the amounts shown against his/her name in the
account and confirm the balance or point out the discrepancies, if any.
Accounting in respect of Group D Staff
16.

In the case of Group D staff, the accounts are maintained by the Office

from which they draw their salaries. These accounts shall be maintained in
registers in form Nos. ATM 65, 75 and 76 and shall be reviewed regularly by the
Head of Office concerned. The stock register of Insurance Policies admitted for
financing from the GPF shall also be maintained by the Head of Office concerned
in Form ATM 68.
17.

As is done in respect of Group A, B & C officers by the Pay &

Accounts Officer, similarly the annual account slips shall be issued to the group
D staff by the Head of Office in From No. ATM 81 at the end of each financial
year.
18.

In the case of accounts maintained by the Head of Office in respect of

Group D staff, the interest accrued in every year shall be added to the GPF

accounts of such staff by the office as is done in the case of the accounts
maintained by the Pay and Accounts Officer.
19.

In case the transfer of a member of Group D establishment from one

office to another, the account broadsheet as maintained in the office shall be

transferred to the new office where he/she is transferred, who shall thereafter,
maintain the accounts upto date.
20.

The final withdrawal, consequent on the retirement of an official of Group

D establishment shall be ordered by the Head of Office on

receipt of an

application to that effect from the retired official concerned in the same manner as
is done by the Pay & Accounts Officer in respect of Groups other than Group D.
21.

The details of the scheme of maintenance of GPF accounts of Group D

staff are contained in Ministry of Finance (Deptt. of Expenditure) OM

No.F.52(9)-FV/60 dated 27/6/60. Under this OM certain functions have been
assigned to Heads of Department also in the connection. The powers of Head of
Department in this respect have been delegated to the Superintending Engineers
in so far as subordinate offices of the Department are concerned.

SECTION 9

PENSION, GRATUITY AND OTHER RETIREMENT BENEFITS

Gratuity to temporary employees

1.

Government servants are entitled to retirement benefits in the shape of pension,

service gratuity Death-cum-Retirement Gratuity and family pension etc., according to

their service status. The procedure for sanctioning retirement benefits are given in the
CCS (Pension) Rules, 1972.
2.

(a)

A Government servant who has put in five

years qualifying

service and has become eligible for service gratuity or pension under Rule
49 of the CCS (Pension) Rules, 1972 shall on his retirement be granted
DCR.

Gratuity equal to one fourth of his emoluments for each

completed six monthly period of qualifying service subject to a maximum

of 16 times of emoluments. A period of more than 3 months shall be
treated as six months for calculating these benefits.
(b)

If a Government service dies in the first year of qualifying service, a

death-cum-retirement gratuity equal to two times of his monthly
emoluments at the time of his death shall be paid to his family.

(c)

If a Government servant dies after completion of one year of qualifying

service but before completing five years of qualifying service, the amount
of death-cum-retirement gratuity shall be equal to six times of his monthly
emoluments.

(d)

If a Government servant dies while in service after completing five years

qualifying service, the amount of DCR gratuity shall be equal to 12 times
of his monthly emoluments on the amount determined under (a) above
whichever is higher and the same shall be paid to his family in the
manner indicated in sub rule (i) of the rule 51 of the CCS (Pension) Rules,
1972.
Provided that the amount of DCR Gratuity payable in no case shall
exceed Rs.1,00,000 and the emoluments for working out the amount of
DCR gratuity shall be sanctioned in accordance with Rule 33 of the CCS
(Pension) Rules, 1972.

3.

DCR gratuity shall not be admissible in cases, where the employees concerned

resigns his post, or is removed or dismissed from service as a disciplinary measure. It

shall also not be admissible to Govt. Servants, who are re-employed after retirement.
4.

If an officer, who has become eligible for pension or gratuity under the above

rules, dies within 5 years after he has retired from service, and the sums actually received
by him before death on account of such gratuity granted and commuted pension or any
portion of the pension commuted to him are less than the amount equal o twelve times of
his monthly emoluments an additional gratuity equal to the deficiency to that extent may
be granted to his heirs.
Pension
5.

A govt. servant may be granted pension calculated @ 50%

of the average

emoluments subject to maximum of Rs.4500 p.m. provided he has rendered 33 years or

more of qualifying service.

Family Pension Scheme, 1964

6.

The Family Pension Scheme was

CHAPTER VI
SECURITIES, TRANSFER OF CHARGE, DISCIPLINARY CASES AND
DEPARTMENTAL PROCEEDINGS AND DELEGATION OF POWERS
SECTION I SURETY AND SECURITY DEPOSITS
Surety
1.

A Government servant who is not permanent or quasi-permanent in any post

shall be required to furnish sureties of permanent Government servants in
Form G.F.R. 21 before the following nature of the advances are sanctioned to
him/her in accordance with G.F.R 181:(i)

Advance of Pay on transfer.

(ii)

Advance of pay on earned leave of more than 30 days.

(iii)

Advance of travelling allowance on tour.

(iv)

Advance of travelling allowance on transfer.

(v)

Advance for leave travel concession.

(vi)

Festival advance.

(vii)

Advance for purchase of conveyances like Motor Car, Motor Cycle or

Bicycles.

(viii) House Building advance.

2.

Similar sureties are also required to be furnished in respect of residential

accommodation allotted to temporary Govt. Servants.

3.

The permanent government servants who stand sureties shall be required to

execute the prescribed bonds, agreements or certificates, as the case may be in
each case.

Security Deposits
4. Security Deposits shall be furnished by member of suitable staff entrusted with the
custody of cash and stores as required vide paragraph 15 of the Central Public Works
Department Code. (GFR 270).
Cashier
5.

The quantum of the security to be deposited by Cashier is to be decided by the

controlling officer, keeping in view the scale given below:(i)

Central Office 1 per cent of the value of cash to be handled subject

to a maxium of Rs.3,000/=.

(ii)

Zonal Office 1 per cent of the value of cash to be handled subject a

maximum of Rs.1,000.

(iii)

Circle Office 1 per cent of the value of cash to be handled subject a

maximum of Rs.1,000.

(iv)

Divisional Office and (v) Sub Divisional Office 1 per cent of the
value of cash to be handled subject to a maximum of Rs.1,000.

Barkandaz
6.

The barkandazes in various offices are required to furnish the securities as

below:(i) Central Office
(ii)

Rs.100.00

Zonal Office, Circle Office and Divisional Office Rs. 50 each.

Stores
7.

Junior Engineers and other employees handling stores shall furnish a security
Deposit in each individual case at the rate of 0.5 per cent of he value of the
stores under his/her charge subject to a maximum of Rs.500.

Method of furnishing Security

8.

Security may be furnished in the form of pass book of deposit in a post office
savings Bank or National Saving Certificate or Fixed Deposits Receipt or such
other kind of Government Certificate. This shall be pledged in favour of the
Officers (By designation only) under whom the employee is working. The
Pass Book or Certificate or Fixed Deposit Receipt mentioned above, thus
pledged, shall remain in the custody of the Head of Office concerned. These
shall be entered in the Register of Interest Bearing Securities and periodically
reviewed.

Refund of security
9.

On relinquishing the charge of the office for which the security is furnished,
the pledged documents shall be returned to the person concerned after
revocation of the pledge.

Relaxation
10.

The Director General of Works may, at his discretion reduce the amount of the

security deposit or allow such deposits to be furnished in a form different from those
mentioned in para 10 above, in any particular case.

Other Securities
10.

The procedure to be followed and the relevant rules in the case of securities to
be obtained from contractors etc. for execution of works and supplies are dealt
with in volume II of this Manual.

SECTION 2 TRANSFER OF CHARGE

Report of Transfer of Charge
1.

All Gazetted Officers shall submit their reports of transfer of charge in Form
T.R.I to the Pay & Accounts Officers concerned, his controlling authority, the
Chief Engineer concerned and DG(W) direct on the day the transfer is
effected. The names and designations of the relieved and relieving Officers
shall be shown in block letters below their dated signatures. The time taken
in the transfer of charge shall invariably be noted and a simultaneous reference
made to the competent authority, through proper channel, for getting the
excess period, if any, regularised under Audit Instruction I below F.R. 107.

Assistant Engineers
3.

The Assistant Engineers are required to submit their transfer reports in the
Form given at Appendix X.

Handing over note

4.

In addition, each relieved officers must hand over to his/her successor a

detailed note on the works under his/her charge, disputed and complicated
cases, if any, unadjusted claims with supporting data and such other points of
interest, or special instructions, as may be necessary for the relieving officer to
take up the threads from where his/her predecessor left off. The relieving
Divisional Officer shall state specifically in his/her charge report whether the
accounts of his/her Division may be considered to represent truly the progress
of works, under his/her charge.

5.

At the time of handing over charge, the confidential reports of all the officers
working under him/her, as also his/her own self appraisal shall be written by
the relieved officer, in the prescribed forms, or on plain paper, a the case may

be according to the period involved. Where the transfer of charge involves

handing over assumption of responsibility for cash, stores etc. the following
instructions shall be complied with:(i)

The cash book or imprest account shall be closed on the date of

transfer and a note showing the cash and imprest balance in hand and
the number of unused cheques, if any, made over/received shall be
recorded in it over the signature of both the relieved and relieving
officers.

(ii)

The relieving Officer, while sending the charge report shall mention
clearly anything irregular or objectionable noticed by him/ her in the
conduct of business, in the office. In addition to cash, he/she shall
examine the accounts, inspect the stores, count, weight and/or measure
certain selected items in order to verify the accuracy of the returns and
registers and describe the state of the records relating to accounts.

(iii)

If due to any sudden development necessity arises for an officer to quit

his/her charge all of a sudden the next senior officer of the
office/department present in the headquarters shall take over the
charge. In such cases, if the person who takes over charge is a nongazetted officer, he/she shall at once report the circumstances
necessitating his/her taking over charge to his/her immediate superior
and obtain orders with regard to the cash in hand, if any, received in
the charge.

(iv)

When affecting the transfer of a Sub-Divisional charge, the relieved

officer shall unless other ordered, take the relieving officer round to
show him/her the various works under his/her charge.

In case of

transfer of a divisional charge, the relieved officer shall accompany the

relieving officer to the works in the station and such other works in
outstations as directed by the Superintending Engineer. Where the
relieving officer could not inspect all the works before taking over the
charge, he/she shall mention specifically the out station works he/she
could not inspect indicating as to when he/she proposes to inspect
these.
(v)

Failure on the part of relieving officer in bringing to the notice of the

Superior Authority within a reasonable time, any deficiency or defects
or departures in the execution of the works or stores and cash taken
over from his/her predecessor shall render the relieving officer
responsible for the quality and quantity of works, stores and cash etc.

(vi)

The transfer of charge report of the Divisional and Sub-Divisional

officer shall be submitted to the Superintending Engineer within a
fortnight of such transfer except in special circumstances.

6.

In the case of ministerial or drawing office establishment, the Head

Clerk/Accountant/ Superintendent/Estimator/Draftsman shall, in addition to a
detailed note, enclose a list of files and equipment in their personal custody
and a list of returns or data which may be required to be submitted to the
higher authorities within the next fortnight.

7.

Similarly, the ministerial and drawing office staff shall hand over the lists of

pending cases/estimates and undisposed of references to their relievers. A census of

the Library Books, Measurement Books, Tools and Plant and stationery and office
equipment, liveries of Group D etc. shall be taken and made over to the successor.

SECTION 3 DISCIPLINARY CASES & DEPARTMENTAL

PROCEEDINGS

Procedure in Disciplinary Cases

1.

The procedure to be followed in disciplinary cases has a statutory basis. Any

neglect in its due observance is liable to vitiate the whole proceedings and the
ultimate orders passed. The officers and staff dealing with this type of cases
shall be well conversant with the instructions laid down in the Vigilance
Manual Volume I and II and the Central Civil Services (Classification, Control
and Appeal) Rules, 1965. The procedure is summarized hereunder:(i)

Decision to proceed against the officer concerned after a preliminary

enquiry.

(ii)

Framing of charge-sheet and issue of charge sheet.

(iii)

Consideration of the case by the Disciplinary Authority in the light of

the defence statement received from the accused officer and passing of
final orders or conducting any oral inquiry into the charges by the
disciplinary authority itself or by appointing an Inquiry Officer and
passing final orders on receipt of the Inquiry Officers report after
examination of the oral and documentary evidence.

Note: Where the disciplinary authority is the Director General (Works) or

higher, preliminary enquiry into the cases of administrative nature ought to be
processed by the Chief Engineers. The drill required to be performed by them
is calling for the explanation of the officer concerned giving of show cause
notice

to him/her and examining the same.

If in the opinion of Chief

Engineer after the preliminary investigation there is substance in the case,

warranting initiation of formal disciplinary proceedings for imposition of any

of the statutory

penalties, a self-contained report supported by relevant

documents together with the explanation of the Govt. servant concerned are
required to be sent to the Director General (Works) for consideration. Where
however, the preliminary investigation does not in the opinion of the CE
justify imposition of any of the statutory penalties, he may finalise the case
himself by closing the case or by administering a recordable simple/ oral
warning according to the seriousness of the lapse without any reference to the
Director General of Works.
Complaints
2.

Complaints received against Govt. servants are entered in a Complaint

Register in Form CVCI. Only those complaints in which there is an allegation
of corruption or improper motive or a prima facie indication of an offence
with a vigilance angle are entered in this register. Information gathered from
Audit reports, returns, inspection notes, newspapers proceedings of
Parliament etc. which has a vigilance angle also came under the term
Complaint and entered in the register for further action.
Annonymous and Pseudonymous complaints

3.

No action shall be taken on anonymous complaints against Govt. servants.

Pseudonymous Complaints against Government servants are also treated
similarly.

However, in case of doubt, the pseudonymous character of a

complaint

is verified by enquiring

from the signatory of the complaint

whether it had actually been sent by him. IF he cannot be contacted at the

address given in the complaint or if no reply is received from him within a
reasonable time it may be presumed that the complaint is pseudonymous and
maybe ignored.

Preliminary enquiry
4.

On receipt of a complaint, a preliminary inquiry is conducted immediately.

At the preliminary inquiry, all available evidence and relevant documents are
collected and oral evidence of witness, if any, recorded in writing and got
signed by them, if possible, in the presence of the officer complained against.
The preliminary inquiry report is examined by the disciplinary authority in
order to decide whether a prima facie case exists and whether departmental
disciplinary action may be taken or the case be referred to the Central Bureau
of Investigation for further investigation.
Complaints against Group A Officers are sent through the Ministry to the
Central Vigilance Commission along with the finding of the preliminary
enquiry for advice and opinion with regard to the action to be taken.

Cases to be referred to the C.B.I.

5.

Allegations involving offences punishable under law such as offences

involving bribery, corruption, forgery, cheating, criminal breach of trust,
falsification of records and possession of assets disproportionate to known
sources of income are entrusted to the CBI for investigation, as a general
rule.

Cases in which the allegations are such that their truth cannot be

ascertained without making enquiries from non-official sources or persons or

those involving examination of non-government records, books of accounts
etc. and other cases

of complicated nature requiring expert police

investigation also shall be referred to the CBI.

Suspension
6.

When disciplinary proceedings are pending/contemplated against an officer in

respect of any criminal offences referred to above and/ or the disciplinary

authority considers that his/her presence in office may be prejudicial to the

interest of security of the State and discipline in the office or maybe a
hindrance or be detrimental to the investigation and proceedings
contemplated/ pending against him/her, he/ she may be placed under
suspension by issue or a specific order to that effect.
7.

It may be considered desirable to place a Government servant under

suspension for misdemeanors of the following nature:(i)

An offence or conduct involving moral turpitude.

(ii)

Corruption, embezzlement or mis-appropriation of Govt. money,

possession of disproportionate assets, misuse of official powers for
personal gains.

(iii)

Serious negligence and dereliction of duty resulting in considerable

loss to Government.

(iv)

Desertion of duty.

(v)

Refusal or deliberate failure to carry out written orders of superior

officers.

8.

The authority competent to place an officer under suspension shall be the

Appointing Authority of any authority to which the Appointing Authority
is subordinate or any other authority empowered in that behalf by the
President by general or special orders

(Please refer to Rule 10 of CCS

(CC&A) Rules 1965).

Framing of charges
9.

After the receipt of preliminary inquiry report to competent authority decides

if a prima facie case exists and whether disciplinary proceedings shall be taken
against the officer under rule 14 (Major Penalty) or Rule 16 (Major Penalty)

of the CCS (Classification Control and Appeal) Rules, 1965. The choice of
the Rule to be made applicable is a matter of vital significance, it will
determine the procedure to be followed

for further conduct of the

proceedings.
Penalties
10.

The following penalties may, for good and sufficient reasons, be imposed on a
Government servant, namely:Major Penalties
(i)

Censure;

(ii)

Withholding of promotion;

(iii)

Recovery from pay of the whole or part of any pecuniary loss caused
to the Government by negligence or breach of orders;

(iv)

Withholding of increments of pay;

Major Penalties
(v)

Reduction to a lower stage in the time-scale of pay for a specified

period, with further directions as to whether or not the government
servant will earn increments of pay during the period of such reduction
and whether on the expiry of such period, the reduction will or will
not have the effect of postponing the future increment of pay;

(vi)

Reduction to a lower time scale of pay, grade, bar to the promotion of

the Government servant to the time scale of pay, grade, post or service
from which he was reduced, with or without further directions
regarding conditions of restoration to the grade or post or services
from which the Government servant was reduced and his seniority and
pay on such restoration to that grade, post or service;

(vii)

Compulsory retirement;

(viii) Removal from service which shall not be a disqualification for further
employment under the government;
(ix)

Dismissal from service which shall ordinarily be a disqualification for

future employment under the government. (Rule 11 of CCS (CC&A)
Rules 1965).

Types of cases for Major Penalty charges

11.

Certain type of vigilance cases in which it may be desirable to start

proceedings for imposing a major penalty are given below, as illustrative
guidelines:(i)

Cases in which there is a reasonable ground to believe that a penal

offence has been committed by a Government servant but the evidence
forthcoming is not sufficient for prosecution in a Court of Law:

(ii)

Possession of disproportionate assets:

(iii)

Obtaining or attempting to obtain illegal gratification;

(iv)

Misappropriation of Govt. property, money or store;

(v)

Obtaining or attempting to obtain any valuable thing or pecuniary

advantage without consideration which is not adequate;

(vi)

Falsification of Government records;

(vii)

Gross irregularity or negligence in the discharge of official duties with

a dishonest motive;

(viii) Misuse of official position or power for personal gain;

(ix)

Disclosure of secret or confidential information even though it does not

fall strictly within the Official Secrets Act;

(x)

False, T.A. Claims, false medical reimbursement claims etc.

Issue of Charge-Sheet
12.

Once a decision has been taken after a preliminary enquiry that a prima facie
case exists and that formal proceedings shall be commenced against a
delinquent government servant under the CCS(CCA) Rules, the disciplinary
authority has to decide whether the proceedings shall be taken under Rule 14
(i.e. for imposing major penalty) or under Rule 16 (i.e. for imposing a minor
penalty). The procedure under rule 14 is much more elaborate than that under
rule 16. It will be waste of time and effort to commence proceedings under
rule 14 in cases in which the circumstances indicate that a minor penalty
would suffice.

13.

In minor penalty cases, the disciplinary authority shall issue a Memorandum in

the prescribed form (Appendix XI) to the delinquent officer, accompanied by a
statement of imputations and of misconduct or misbehavior for which action
is proposed o be taken against him/her.

14.

In major penalty cases, a statement of

articles of charges, together with

statement of the imputations or misconduct or misbehavior in support of each

article of charge, and the list of documents and witnesses, shall however, be
appended to the memorandum. (Specimen form at Appendix XII).
15.

The imputation of charges shall be clear, specific and precise, and shall give
the person full information as to the allegations made against him/her. The
statement of charges, thus prepared, shall be supported by a detailed statement
of allegations, on which each of the charges is based and other facts and
circumstances, which is proposed to take into consideration in passing orders
in the case.

16.

In the case referred to CBI, charges shall be framed on receipt of their report,
if they advise regular departmental action. In cases where they consider that
there is sufficient justification for starting criminal proceedings against the
delinquent officer, they shall request the disciplinary authority for sanction for
criminal prosecution to enable these to file a case in a competent Court of
Law.

Inquiry into the charges

17.

In minor penalty cases, on receipt of the reply from the accused officer to the
statement of imputations and misconduct, the disciplinary authority may, if
considered necessary and asked for by the accused

officer, give an oral

hearing to him. After taking into account all relevant facts of the case, it shall
issue the final orders, as deemed fit by it to meet the ends of justice.
18.

In major penalty cases on receipt of the defence statement from the accused
officer, the disciplinary authority is satisfied that there is no justification of
ground for major penalty or otherwise; it may if so considers, close the case
with a minor penalty or exonerate the officer. If, however, it feels that the
explanation of the officer is not satisfactory and the case for major penalty
shall be proceeded with, it may inquire into the charges itself, or appoint an
Inquiry Officer in respect of any or all the charges not admitted by the
accused officer.

19.

If the Govt. servant to whom a charge sheet has been issued, does not submit
the written statement of defence on or before the Inquiry Officer appointed to
enquire into the charges or otherwise fails or refuses to comply with the
provisions of the CCS(CCA) Rules, the Inquiry Officer may be held the
inquiry ex-parte. The inquiry may be held ex-parte also in the cases in which

it is not possible to trace the accused Government servant and to effect the
service of the charge sheet and notices etc. at subsequent stages. In an exparte proceedings all the formalities of inquiry have to be followed and notice
of each hearing shall be sent to the Government servant also. In case the
where abouts are not known, the notices may be sent at his last known address
and also at his permanent residential address.

As measure of abundant

precaution a notice may be given through press giving reasonable time.

Appointment of Inquiry Officer
20.

In major penalty cases an inquiry is to be held and Inquiry Officer is to be

appointed for the purpose, if any, or all, the charges have not been admitted
by the accused officer. A specimen form for appointment of inquiry Officer
in major penalty proceedings is given in Appendix XIII. The inquiry into the
charges shall be held by an Officer, who is competent to award suitable
punishment in the vent of charges being established or by any other Officer
holding a post

superior in the rank of the accused Officer, as may be

appointed by the disciplinary authority for the purpose. In appointing the

Inquiry Officer, the disciplinary authority shall pay due regard to the
seriousness of the alleged offences and the status of the accused officer, and
no person suspected of any prejudice or bias against the accused officer shall
be appointed as Inquiry Officer, the inquiry shall not be entrusted to:(a)

an officer who held the preliminary inquiry and expressed a definite

opinion on the points at issue and where such opinion is adverse to the
accused, or

(b)

an officer directly subordinate to another Officer, who has already

expressed a definite opinion on the point at issue and where such
opinion is adverse to the accused.
In such cases, an independent officer should be appointed as Inquiry
Officer. As far as possible he shall be an Officer of the Department,
unless all the officers in the Department competent to hold the inquiry
have already expressed definite opinions on the points at issue.

21.

In all cases concerning Gazetted Officers of the Department including those

who are on deputation outside the Deptt. the Central Vigilance Commission is
required to be consulted for nominating one of the Commissioners for
Departmental Inquiry attached to the Commission as Inquiry Officer. In
cases where non-gazetted staff are involved alongwith Gazetted Officers, the
Departmental Inquiries shall be entrusted to

a Commissioner for

Departmental Inquiries. The orders for appointment of the Inquiry Officer in

such cases also shall be issued by the disciplinary authority.
Appointment of Presenting Officer
22.

Simultaneously,

the disciplinary authority will take action to appoint a

Government Officer, who is conversant with the facts of the case as Presenting
Officer to present the case on behalf of the Government in support of the
articles of charges before the Inquiry Officer. In cases of complicated nature
involving points of law, if any, a legal practitioner may be associated with or
appointed as Presenting Officer, if considered necessary. An officer who
made the preliminary investigation or inquiry into the case shall not be
appointed as Presenting Officer.

23.

In cases in which initiation of disciplinary action is the result of investigations

made by the Special Police Establishment, the disciplinary authority will
request the Spl. Police

Establishment for Presenting Officer. the formal

appointment shall be made by the disciplinary authority after the Spl. Police
Establishment nominates an officer.
24.

The delinquent Officer is ordinarily not permitted to engage a legal

practitioner for his defence, unless the Presenting

Officer

is a legal

practitioner or the disciplinary authority having regard to the circumstances

of a case, so permits in view of the mass of evidence being complicated,
implication of which may be far from the understanding of a non-legal person.
The government servant shall not take the assistance of any other government
servant who has two pending cases in hand for assistance. Subject to above,
the accused Officer may avail himself of the assistance of any other
Government Servant, for which no permission is needed. The latter is also not
required to take permission for assisting the

accused Officer.

It will,

however, be necessary for him/her to obtain the permission of his controlling

officer to absent himself/herself from the office in order to assist the accused
officer during the inquiry.
25.

Along with the copy of the order of appointment of Inquiry Officer, the
disciplinary authority shall forward to the Inquiry Officer the following
documents:(i)

a copy of the articles of charges and statement of allegations against

the accused officer;

(ii)

a copy of the written statement of defence submitted by the accused

officer. If the accused officer has not submitted any written statement
of defence, this fact shall be brought to the notice of Inquiry Officer;

(iii)

a copy of the statement of witnesses and documents on the basis of

which the charges framed are proposed to be sustained; (The original
documents shall be collected in advance and sent to the Presenting
Officer).

(iv)

proof of delivery of the charge-sheet etc.

to the accused officer

indicating the date of receipt of these by him/her; and

(v)

a copy of the order appointing the Presenting Officer.

Inquiry Proceedings
26.

The detailed procedure for conducting the departmental inquiry is given in

Chapter XI of the Vigilance of Manual Volume I. After conclusion of the
inquiry, the inquiry officer shall,

while

submitting his report to the

proceedings of the inquiry held by him from time to time.

Final Findings
27.

As the overall responsibility for taking disciplinary action against the accused
officer is that of the disciplinary authority, it is necessary for that authority to
examine the entire record of the proceedings, the findings of the inquiry
officer and all other relevant facts and satisfy itself that there have been no
procedural irregularities and the conclusion arrived at by the Inquiry Officer
are correct and are warranted on the basis of facts on record. After examining
the report carefully and dispassionately, the disciplinary authority shall record

its findings in respect of each article of charge stating clearly whether it agrees
with the findings of the Inquiry Officer and whether in its opinion the charges
stand proved or not. If it disagrees with the findings of the Inquiry Officer in
respect of any of the charges, it shall, while recording its own findings, also
record the reason for the disagreement.
28.

If the disciplinary authority considers that there has been a defect in the
inquiry, it may, for reasons to be recorded in writing, remit the case to the
Inquiry Officer for further inquiry and report.

The Inquiry Officer shall

thereupon proceed to hold further inquiry according to the provisions of Rule

14 of the CCS (Classification Control and Appeal) Rules, 1965.
29.

In the case of transfer of accused officer from the officer to where the alleged
irregularities were committed or misconduct took place, to another office
under a different disciplinary authority. The new disciplinary authority may,
if it considers it necessary, obtain the comments and opinion on specific
points from the previous disciplinary authority under whose jurisdiction the
lapses and irregularities wee alleged to have been committed by the accused
reference to such opinion of the previous disciplinary authority shall not be
mentioned anywhere in the final order awarding punishment.

Order imposing a Minor Penalty

30.

After examination of the report of the Inquiry Officer, if the disciplinary

authority considers that any of the minor penalties mentioned in Rule 11 of the
CCS (CCA) Rules, 1965 shall be imposed on the accused officer, it may
proceed to issue an order to that effect straightway.

31.

While imposing the minor penalty of withholding of increment, it shall

specifically be mentioned whether the withholding will have cumulative effect
or not and when the next increment may be allowed to the delinquent official.

32.

Administration of a warning, reprimand, caution or admonition does not

amount

to a formal punishment under the CCS (CCA) Rules, 1965.

Similarly, communication of displeasure of Government or higher officers in

certain cases does not come under the definition of penalty under the CCS
(CCA) Rules, 1965.
There may be occasions when a superior officer may find it necessary
to criticise adversely the work of an officer working under him or he may call
for explanation

for some act of omission or commission and taking all

circumstances into consideration it may be felt that while the matter is not
serious enough to justify the imposition f the formal punishment of censure, it
calls for some formal action such as the communication of a written as
warning, admonition

or reprimand.

Where such a warning/ displeasure/

reprimand is issued, it should be placed in the personal file of the officer

concerned.

At the end of the year of period of report of the officer, may

decide not to make a reference in the confidential report to the warning/

displeasure/ primand, if, in the opinion of that authority, the performance of
the officer reported on after the issue of the warning or displeasure or
reprimand as the case may be, has improved and has been found satisfactory.
If, however, the reporting authority comes to the conclusion that despite the
warning/displeasure/ reprimand, the officer has not improved, it may make
appropriate mention of such warning/displeasure/reprimand as the case may
be in the relevant column in Part-III of the form of confidential report relating

to assessment by the Reporting Officer and, in that case, a copy of the

warning/displeasure/reprimand referred to in the confidential report shold be
placed in the C.R. Dossier as an annexure to the confidential report for the
relevant period.

The adverse remarks should also be conveyed to the officer

and his representation, if any against the same disposed of in accordance with
the procedure laid down in the instructions issued in the regard.
Order imposing a Major Penalty
33.

If the disciplinary authority comes to the conclusion after careful consideration

of the report

of the

inquiry officer and other relevant factors the case

warrants the impositions of any of the major penalties mentioned in Rule 11 of

CCS(CC&A) Rules, 1965, it shall proceed to issue an order imposing such
penalty straightway. It shall not be necessary to give to the accused officer
any opportunity to make a representation on the penalty proposed to be
imposed.

However, on appeal or review, whether the appellate authority or

the President, as the case may be, on its own or otherwise, if it proposes to
enhance the penalty earlier imposed shall issue a show-cause notice, on
envisaged under Rule 29 of CCS (CC&A) Rules, 1965 to the delinquent
official.
33.

Where the authority competent to order reinstatement is of the opinion that the
accused officer who

was under

suspension or who had been dismissed

removed or compulsorily retired and later reinstated

on moved or

compulsorily retired and later reinstated on appeal has been fully exonerated,
or the suspension was wholly unjustified, he/she shall be paid full pay and
allowances, subject to all other conditions to which he would have been
entitled, had he not been dismissed, removed or

compulsorily retired or

suspended, as the case may be and the entire period of absence will be treated
as period spent on duty for all purposes under FR 54 (4).
35.

In case where the disciplinary authority is of the opinion that the Government
servant who had been under suspension has not been fully exonerated or that
suspension was

wholly unjustified, the order issued by the disciplinary

authority shall clearly specify:(a)

the proportion of pay and allowances as the competent authority may

prescribe under FR 54(3), which shall not, however, be less than the
subsistence and other allowances admissible under F.R. 53, payable to
the accused officer, and

(b)

whether the period of absence from duty of the accused officer shall be
treated as a period spent on duty or otherwise for any specific purpose
or purposes or for all purposes. In the absence of such a stipulation in
the order it shall be assumed that the period of absence shall not be
treated as duty for any purpose.

Disciplinary authority
36.

The appointing authority, disciplinary authority and appellate authority

in respect of various groups of government servants is in the CPWD
are detailed below:-

Sl.No. Post/Service
Appellate

Appointing
authority

Authority

competent

to

impose

penalties and penalties which it

Authority

1. Group A (Other
President

3
President

may impose (with reference to

Rule 11 of CCS (CCA) Rules 1965
______________________________
Authority
Penalties
4
5
President

All

than officers belonging

to the CSS) viz. Central Engineering Service, Central Elect.
& Mech. Engg., Service Group
A and
General Central Service Group A
Consisting of the following:
DG(W)/ADG(W)/ADG(ARCH)/CE/SE/EE/AEE/CA/ACA/SA/Architect/Dy.
ARCH./ Dir. of Hort./ Addl. Dir. of Hort./ FO to DG(W)/DD(H)
II.Group B (other than officers DG(W) a) DG(W)
DG(W)
belonging to the CSS/CSSS.
b) CE(Vig.)

a)

All

President

b) for (i) to (iv) only

Central Engg. Service Group

B C & Central Elect.Engg.
service Group B.
a) Asstt.Director of Horticulture } DG(W)
President
b) Asstt. Architect
}

DG(W)

c) Chief Architectural Assistant }

(non gazetted)(previously
} DG(W) DG(W)
President
designed as Chief Draftsman }
1
2
3
4

All

All

DG(W)

All

President

(1) Architectural Assistant Director of

(previously designated Admn.
as Architectural Draftsman/Asstt. (Arch.
Department).

Director of
Admn.

All

DG(W)

(2) Circle Office Superintendent

Urban

DG(W)

All

Secretary in the
Ministry
of

d)
III.

Financial Officer to the DG(W)

Group C (Other than
officers belonging to
CSS/CSSS/CSCS

DG(W)

Development.
Suptdg.Engineer (i) to (iv)
(iv)

DG(W) for all

penalties (i) to

(3) Ministerial & Engineering SE/Director

all
Drawing staff of Suborof Hort.
CE
dinate Office cadre
Penalties

SE/Director of

All

Hort.

(a) DG(W) for

penalties

(b)

(Vig.)

for

(i)
(4) Junior Engineer (Civil/
for
Elect.)

S.E.

S.E.

All

to (iv).

Concerned

CE

penalties

(5) Sectional Officer (Hort.) Director of

Hort.

Director of
Hort.

(6) All other miscellaneous

posts in Circles, Divn.s

(a) SE/Director (a) CE(Vig.)

Hort.
for all
penalties

S.E.

(b) Divisional
Officer

All

(i) to (iv)

-do-

(b) SEs for

penalties

(i)
to
where
orders
have
been
passed
by
Divisional
Officer.

(iv)

IV.

CSS/CSCS/CSCS STAFF
GROUP A, B AND C

(1)

Dir. of Admn. holding the

rank of Dy. Secretary
to the Govt. of India.

President

President

All

President

(2)

Dy. Director of Admn.

holding the rank of Under
Secretary to the Govt. of
India.

President

President

All

President

(3)

Section Officers of the CSS President

(i) President
(ii) DG(W)

All
President
for (i)
only

(4)

Assistants of CSS

President

(i) President
(ii) DG(W)

All
President
for (i) to
(iv) only.

(5)

Stenographers CSS
Grade I

President

(i) President
(ii) DG(W)

All
-dofor (i) only

(6)

Stenographers CSCS
Grade II.

President

(i) President
(ii) DG(W)

All
-dofor (i) to
(iv) only.

(7)

Upper Division Clerks

& Lower Division Clerks
Ministry

Dy. Secy. in (i) Dy. Secy. All

the Ministry.
in the Ministry

Secretary
in
the

(ii) Director For (i) DG(W)

of Admn. to (iv)
NOTE:
Items 2-4 are in accordance with Part II & III of the Schedule
annexed to Department of Personnel Notification NO.7/3/68-Estt(A), dated 21/8/71.
V.

Group D Staff

(1) In Central Office (all posts)

of

Dy. Director

Dy. Director

of Admn.

of Admn.

All

Director
Admn.

(2) In Circle Offices(all posts)

concerned

SE

SE

All

CE

(3) In Divisional & Sub-Divisional Offices (all posts)

EE

(i) EE
All
SE/EE
(ii) Sub-Divi- for (i) to
sional Officer (iv) only.

Provisions regarding persons borrowed from other Govt. Deptts., State Govts.
etc.
37.
In the case of persons whose services have been borrowed from other Govt.
Departments or State Govts., the disciplinary authority if it considers an order
imposing a minor penalty may be issued, it shall , after following the prescribed
procedure and after consultation with the leading authority proceed to issue an order
imposing such penalty. In the event of difference of opinion between the borrowing
and lending authorities, the services of the Government servant concerned shall be
replaced at the disposal of the lending department, for such action as deemed
necessary by the lending authority.
38.
In the borrowing authority is of the opinion at the conclusion of
Disciplinary/Vigilance proceedings against an officer borrowed from another Govt.
Deptt./ State Govt. that any of the major penalty shall be imposed on the accused
officer, it shall replace the services of the accused officer at the disposal of the lending
authority and transmit to it he proceedings of the inquiry for such action as the latter
may deem necessary. The disciplinary authority in the lending department may then
make an order either on the basis of the record of the inquiry transmitted to it by the
borrowing authority or, after holding such further inquiry, as it may be deem
necessary.
Removal/ Dismissal from Government Service in consequence of arrest/ censure
in court of Law.
40.
It shall be the duty of a Government servant who may be arrested by the
Police for any reason whatsoever, to intimate the fact of his/her arrest, and the
circumstances connected there-with, to his/her official superior promptly even though
he/she might have subsequently been released on bail. Failure on the part of any
Govt. servant to inform his/her official superior about the fact of arrest will be
regarded as suppression of material information and will render him/her liable to
disciplinary action on this ground alone, apart from the action that may be called for,
on the outcome of the police case against him/her liable to disciplinary action on this
ground alone, apart from the action that may be called for, on the outcome o the
police case against him/her. On the outcome of the police case against him/her. On
receipt of the information from the person concerned or from any other source about
the fact of arrest, the disciplinary authority shall immediately decide whether the facts
and circumstances leading to the arrest of the person call for his/her suspension and
place him/her under suspension, where consider necessary.
41.
If a Government servant who has been placed under suspension as a result of
his/her arrest is honourably acquitted by the court or, if the imprisonment was for
debts, and it is proved that the Government servants liability arose from
circumstances beyond his/her control and other action is pending against him/her
departmentally, he/she shall be reinstated in service from the date of judgement in the
case. In case of conviction or a criminal offence the Govt. servant, if the disciplinary
authority, the conviction does not warrant dismissal/ removal from service, the case
in the opinion of the disciplinary authority, the conviction does not warrant
dismissal/removal from service, the case may be considered on merits and, if no
serious delinquency on the par of the Govt. servant concerned is attributed, he/she

may be reinstated with or without imposition of some punishment. In such cases, the
question of payment of emoluments during the period of suspension will be regulated
under F.R. 53.
It shall not necessary in such cases of conviction to follow the defaulted
procedure under Rule 14 of the CCS(CCA) Rules, 1965.
42.
When a Govt. servant is convicted by a competent court of criminal offence
involving moral turpitude, the appropriate authority may under Rule 19 of the CCS
(CCA) Rules, 1965, proceed to pass an order of removal/dismissal etc. from service
without following the detailed procedure prescribed by the appellate court if an appeal
against the Government has been final.
43.
If the Govt. servant is acquitted by trial or appellate Court and if it is decided
that the acquittal should not be challenged in a higher court the disciplinary authority
should decide whether or not despite the acquittal, the facts and circumstances of the
case, are such as to call for a departmental enquiry on the basis of the allegations on
which he was previously charged and convicted. Therefore, even where the accused
officer is acquitted and exonerated of an offence, such acquittal does not bar a
departmental disciplinary authority from holding or continuing disciplinary
proceedings against the accused officer.
Disciplinary cases (Points to be considered)
(i)

Who is the competent authority to issue the charge sheet and decide the
punishment, if the charges are proved.

(ii)

Whether all the charges and the statement of allegations have been drawn up
properly.

(iii)

Whether the comments, where necessary of the immediate superior officer

have been obtained.

(iv)

Whether the comments, where necessary of the immediate superior officer

have been obtained.

(v)

Whether the charge have been established or the statement of Defence is

considered satisfactory.

(vi)

Whether the punishment, proposed is commensurate with the gravity of the

offence.

(vii)

Whether the procedure set forth in the Central Civil Services (Classification,
Control and Appeal) Rules as in force at the time the case is dealt with and
other procedural instructions issued from time to time have been followed.
(Detailed procedure is given in Section 3 Chapter VII).
Appeals
(i)

Whether an appeal is tenable under the Rules (It should normally be submitted
within 45 days).

(ii)
(iii)

Whether the appeal violates the rules for submission of petitions and
memorials.
Whether the facts stated therein are correct.

SECTION 4 DELEGATION OF POWERS

To ensure execution of works and avoid delay in deciding the issues involved
in various administrative and financial matters, powers have been delegated to the
Director General of Works. Chief Engineers and other Officers subordinate to them,
as per provisions in the F.Rs , S.Rs, GFR, DFP Rs, CPWD Code, CPWA Code etc.
The powers, delegated for facility of day to day execution of administrative work are
given in Appendix XIV and XV. Those for execution of works i.e. Contracts and
Accounts etc. are given in Volume II.

Use of Hindi in endorsements

12.

In the eleventh meeting of the official language implementation Committee of the CPWD

held on 2/3/1977, it was decided that the circulars received from the Ministries/ Departments in
English only shall be endorsed in Hindi.
(DG(W) O.M. No.1/1/83-Hindi dated 24/8/83 (Circular No.42/83).
Arrangements for Implementation of the Policy of Progressive use of Hindi.
13(i)

All Inspection sub-committee of the Directorate General has been entrusted with the task

of inspecting the different CPWD offices in order to assess the extent of the implementation of
India orders about Hindi and official languages Rules, etc. The Director General has directed
that all orders relating tot he sue of Hindi shall be endorsed to the Sub-Division and circulated
amongst their staff at the earliest, by the Circles/Divisions.
(ii)

The officer in charge of the officers to be inspected by the inspection sub-committee are
required to remain available for discussion and for getting the inspection done in their
offices.

(iii)

Compliance of the Inspection Report shall be reported to the Directorate General.

(DGW)s O.M.1/1/78-Hindi dated 21st July, 1978.
It is also desired that the officers going on inspection shall also, inter alia inspect the
extent of use of Hindi in the Cricles/Divisions/Sub-Divisions concerned and send a
report in the proforma prescribed by the Ministry of Home Affairs to the Directorate
General and to the other higher officers.
(DGW)s O.M.No.4/3/73-Hindi dated 11th May, 1976.

Amendment to Forms CPWD-28 and CPWD-29 regarding Inspection Report

of Sub-Division Offices by the Executive Engineers and the Divisional Offices by the
Superintending Engineer.
14.

According to the decision taken in the Departmental Official Languages Implementation

Committee meeting held on 29/7/1978, the Forms 28, i.e. the Inspection Report forms of subdivisional offices by the Executive Engineers and CPWD Forms 29 i.e. the Inspection Report
form of Divisional Officer by the Superintending Engineer, have been amended to incorporate
the items relating to the use of Hindi.
(DG(W) s O.M. 4/3/77-Hindi dated 30th October, 1978.
(Notifiation of Offices in the Gazette of India in pursuance to Rule 10(4) of the Official
Language Rules, 1976.
15.

The Director General (Works) has notified the following offices of the CPWD in the

Gazette of India Part II (ii) of Sec.3 Vide Notification No.2/2/77-Hindi dated 17/8/78, under
Rule 10(4) of the Official Language Rules, 1976:
CENTRAL PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
(NEW DELHI ZONE)
1.

Superintending Surveyor of Works (NDZ), CPWD, Nirman Bhawan, New Delhi.

2.

Delhi Central Circle I, CPWD, Indraprastha Bhawan, New Delhi.

3.

F Division, CPWD, I.P. Bhawan, New Delhi.

4.

N Division, CPWD, I.P. Bhawan, New Delhi.

5.

Safdarjung Hospital Division, CPWD, Safdarjng Hospital, New Delhi.

6.

Dr. Ram Manohar Lohia Hospital Division, CPWD, Dr. Ram Manohar Lohia Hospital,
New Delhi.

7.

Parliament Works Division No. I, CPWD, I.P. Bhawan, New Delhi.

8.

Parliament Works Division No.II, CPWD, I.P. Bhawan, New Delhi.

9.

President Estate Division, CPWD, Rashtrapati Bhawan, New Delhi.

10.

Delhi Central Circle No.IV, CPWD, I.P. Bhawan, New Delhi.

11.

Construction Division No.VI, CPWD, I.P. Bhawan, New Delhi.

12.

Construction Division No.VII, CPWD, I.P. Bhawan, New Delhi.

13.

Construction Division No.IX, CPWD, I.P. Bhawan, New Delhi.

14.

Construction Division No.XI, CPWD, I.P. Bhawan, New Delhi.

15.

Central Stores Division No.II, CPWD, Netaji Nagar, New Delhi.

16.

Delhi Central Elect. Circle No.I, CPWD, i.p. Bhawan, New Delhi.

17.

Central Elect.Divn.No.I, CPWD, I.P. Bhawan, New Delhi.

18.

Central Elect. Division No.II, CPWD, I.P. Bhawan, New Delhi.

19.

Central Elect. Divn. No.III, CPWD, I.P.Bhawan, New Delhi.

20.

Air Conditioning Divn.No.I, CPWD, Vidyut Bhawan, Shanker Market, New Delhi.

21.

Delhi Central Elect. Circle No.III, CPWD, I.P. Bhawan, New Delhi.

22.

Elect. Constn.Divn.No.II, CPWD, Vidyut Bhawan, Shanker Market, New Delhi.

23.

Central Elect.Divn.No.VIII , CPWD, Vidyut Bhawan, Shankar Market, New Delhi.

24.

Air Conditioning Division No. III, CPWD, Vidyut Bhawan, Shankar Market, New Delhi.

25.

Delhi Central Elect.Circle No. IV, CPWD, I.P. Bhawan, New Delhi.

26.

Air Conditioning Divn. No. IV, CPWD, Vidyut Bhawan, Shankar Market, New Delhi.

27.

Safdarjung Hospital, Elect. Divn., CPWD, Safdarjung Hospital, New Delhi.

28.

Dr. Ram Manohar Lohia Hosptal, Elect. Divn., CPWD, Dr. Ram Manohar Lohia
Hospital, New Delhi.

29.

Directorate of Horticulture, CPWD, I.P. Bhawan, New Delhi.

30.

Horticulture (North) Division, CPWD, I.P. Bhawan, New Delhi.

31.

Horticulture (West) Division, CPWD, I.P. Bhawan, New Delhi.

CENTRAL PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT (NORTHERN ZONE)

32.

Superintending Surveyor of Works (Aviation), CPWD, East Block I, RK Puram, New

Delhi.

33.

Superintending Surveyor of Works (Northern Zone), CPWD, East Block I, RK Puram,

New Delhi.

34.

Agra Central Circle, CPWD, 416 Mandi Sayeed Khan, Agra (UP).

35.

Kanpur Central Division, CPWD, 9/78, Arya Nagar, Kanpur (UP).

36.

Dehradun Central Division, CPWD, 20,Subhash Marg, Dehradun, (UP).

37.

Gwalior Central Division, CPWD, 34/35, Laxmibai Cly., Gwalior (MP).

38.

Ajmer Central Division, CPWD, Civil Lines, Katchery Road, Ajmer (Raj.).

39.

Allahabad CentralDivision, CPWD, 76, Lukar Ganj, Allahabad (UP).

40.

Barelli Central Division, CPWD, 5-A, Model Town, Bareilly (UP).

41.

Delhi Central Circle No. V, East Block IV, RK Puram, New Delhi.

42.

Jaipur Central Diviison, NCR Bldg., Jaipur.

43.

Delhi Aviation Division, CPWD, East Block No.3, R.K. Puram, New Delhi.

44.

Hindon Central Electrical Division, CPWD, Hindon Ghaziabad (UP).

C.P.W.D. (FOOD ZONE)/NDZ III

45.

Superintending Surveyor of Works (Food), CPWD, I.P. Bhawan, New Delhi.

46.

Delhi Central Circle No. III, CPWD, I.P. Bhawan, New Delhi.

47.

Construction Division NO. II, CPWD, I.P. Bhawan, New Delhi.

48.

Construction Division No.III, CPWD, I.P. Bhawan, New Delhi.

49.

Delhi Central Circle No.VI, CPWD, East Block I, RK Puram, New Delhi.

50.

P Division, CPWD, I.P. Bhawan, New Delhi.

51.

Delhi Central Electrical Circle No. VII, CPWD, East Block, RK Puram, New Delhi.

52.

Electrical Division No.V, CPWD, I.P. Bhawan, New Delhi.

53.

Electrical Division NO. I, CPWD, Block-8, Type B Qrs. Sadiq Nagar, New Delhi.

CENTRAL PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT (DELHI ADMINISTRATION ZONE)

54.

PWD Division No.II, (Delhi Admn.) Store Block, Lok Nayak Jai Prakash Hospital, New
Delhi.

55.

PWD Division NO.III ( Delhi Admn.) Sunlight Insurance Building, Asaf Ali Road, New
Delhi.

56.

PWD Division No. XII (Delhi Admn.) Barracks near Delhi High Court Bapa Nagar, New
Delhi.

57.

PWD Divn.No.XIII, (Delhi Admn.) Tis Hazari Courts Buildings, New Delhi.

58.

PWD Division No.I (Delhi Admn.) Sunlight Insurance Building, Asaf Ali Road, New
Delhi.

59.

PWD Division No.VI (Delhi Admn.) Tis Hazari Courts Building, New Delhi.

60.

PWD Division No.VII (Delhi Admn) Tis Hazari Courts Building, New Delhi.

61.

PWD Circle III, (Delhi Admn.), MSO Building, I.P. Bhawan, New Delhi.

62.

PWD Division No.V (Delhi Admn.)Asaf Ali Road, New Delhi.

63.

PWD Circle IV, (Delhi Admn.) Barracks behind MSD Building, I.P. Bhawan, New
Delhi.

64.

PWD Division No.. VIII, (Delhi Admn.) Barracks behind MSD Building, I.P. Bhawan,
New Delhi.

65.

PWD Division No.XIX, (Delhi Admn.) Barracks behind MSD Building, I.P. Bhawan,
New Delhi.

66.

PWD Electrical Division No.I, (Delhi Admn.) Asaf Ali Road, New Delhi.

67.

PWD Electrical Division No.III, (Delhi Admn.) MSD Building, R.P. Estates, New Delhi.

CENTRAL PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT (WESTERN ZONE)

68.

Bombay Central Circle No. I, CPWD, Old CGO Building, 5th floor, 101, M.K. Road,
Bombay-20.

69.

Bombay Central Circle No.III, CPWD, CGO Qrs. Ghatkoper (West), Bombay.

70.

Bombay Central Electrical Circle, CPWD, New CGO Building, 2nd floor, Church Gate,
Bombay-20.

Subsequently the Director General (Works) has notified the following CPWD offices also vide
No.2/2/84-Hindi dated 9/8/84.

CENTRAL PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT (NEW DELHI ZONE)

1. (R) Division, CPWD, Kasturba Gandhi Marg, Barracks, New Delhi.
2. Air Conditioning Division NO.2, CPWD, Indraprastha Bhlawan, New Delhi.
3. Parliament Works Electrical Division, CPWD, Indraprastha Bhlawan, New Delhi.
4. Electrical Division No.4, CPWD, Indraprastha Bhlawan, New Delhi.
5. Electrical Division No.6, CPWD, Indraprastha Bhlawan, New Delhi.
6. Horticulture Division (South) CPWD, Indraprastha Bhlawan, New Delhi.
7. Horticulture Development Division No.I, CPWD, Indraprastha Bhlawan, New Delhi.

CENTRAL PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT (NORTH ZONE)/NDZII/FOOD ZONE.

8. Ghaziabad Central Division, CPWD, Hindon Airfield, Ghaziabad (UP).

9. Delhi Central Electrical Circle No.2, CPWD, Indraprastha Bhawan, New Delhi.
10. Chandigarh Central Circle, CPWD, Kothi No.23-A, Sector-3, Chandigarh.
11. Madhopur Central Division, CPWD, Madhopur (Punjab).
12. Amritsar Central Division, CPWD, Ramtirtha Marg, Amritsar.
13. Shimla Central Division, CPWD, Shimla.
14. Dehradun Central Divn.No.2, CPWD, 20 Subhash Marg, Dehradun (UP).
15. Lucknow Central Electrical Division, CPWD, Lucknow (UP).
16. Mechanical and Workshop Division, East Block, R.K. Puram, New Delhi.

CENTRAL PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT (FOOD ZONE)

17.Electrical Division NO.13, CPWD, Pushpa Bhawan, Madangir, New Delhi.
18. Food Storage Circle, CPWD, Kothi NO.132/16-A, Faridabad.
19. D Division, CPWD, D-II/133-135, Kidwai Nagar, New Delhi.

CENTRAL PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT NDZ III

20. Construction Division No. I, CPWD, Indraprastha Bhawan, New Delhi.

21. Construction Division No. 4, CPWD, Indraprastha Bhawan, New Delhi.
22. Construction Division No. 12, CPWD, Indraprastha Bhawan, New Delhi.
23. Project Manager, Mehrauli Badarpur Road Housing Poject, Sewa Bhawan, New Delhi.
24. Construction Division NO.10, CPWD, Indraprastha Bhawan, New Delhi.
25. Construction Division No.13, CPWD, Indraprastha Bhawan, New Delhi.
26. Delhi Central Electrical Circle No.8, CPWD, Indraprastha Bhawan, New Delhi.

PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT (DELHI ADMINISTRATION ZONE-I)

27. PWD Division NO.25, (Delhi Admn.) Police Headquarters Building, New Delhi.
28. PWD Circle No.I, (Delhi Admn.), N Block, Vikas Bhawan, New Delhi.
29. PWD Division No.II, (Delhi Admn.) New Delhi.
30. Superintending Surveyor of Works I, PWD (Delhi Admn.) Police Headquarters Building,
Indrapastha Marg, New Delhi.
31. PWD Division No.21, (Delhi Admn.) Police Headquarters Bldg., New Delhi.

32. Project Manager, Din Dayal Upadhaya Hospital Project, Police Headquarters, Indraprastha
Marg,New Delhi.
33. PWD Electrical Division NO.7, Tis Hazari Courts, New Delhi.

PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT (DELHI ADMINISTRATION ZONE II)

34. Superintending Surveyor of Works II, PWD (Delhi Admn.) Police Headquarters, Indrapastha
Marg, New Delhi.
35. PWD Division No.17 (Delhi Admn.) Police Training School Mehrauli Badarpur Road, New
Delhi.
36. PWD Division No.24 (Delhi Admn.), Tis Hazari Court, New Delhi.
37. PWD Circle No.6 ( Delhi Admn.) Police Headquarters Bldg., Indrapastha Marg, New Delhi.
38. Project Manager, Guru Teg Bahadur Medical College and Hospital Project Shahdra, Delhi.

YAMUNA BRIDGE PROJECT LPWD (DELHI ADMN.)

39. Yamuna Bridge Project Division No.II, PWD (Delhi Admn.), NEW DELHI.

CENTRAL PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT (WESTERN ZONE) BOMBAY

40. Bombay Central Circle No.II, CPWD, Nishath Bhaan, Bombay- 20.
41. Bombay Central Division NO. 4, CPWD, Sheikh Mistry, Antop Hill Bombay.
42. Bombay Central Division No.7, CPWD, Sheikh Mistry Plot, Antop Hill, Bombay.
43. Goa Central Division, CPWD, Dabolin Goa 5.
44. Horticulture Development Division NO.2, CPWD, Bombay-37.
45. Bombay Central Electrical Division No.I, CPWD, Nishtha Bhawan, Bombay.

Subsequently, the Director General (Works) has notified the following CPWD Offices vide
No.2/2/86-Hindi dated 9th October, 1986 and 16th April, 1987:-

DIRECTORATE OF HORTICULTURE (CPWD)

1. East Horticulture Division, CPWD, I.P. Bhawan, New Delhi-110002.
2. Central Horticulture Division, CPWD, I.P. Bhawan, New Delhi-2.
CHIEF ENGINEER (WESTERN ZONE) (CPWD)

1. Bombay Central Division 1.

2. Bombay Central Division-6.
3. Ahmedabad Central Division.
4. Superintending Surveyor of Works (Western Zone).
5. Bombay Central Division-2.
6. Pune Central Division.
7. Bombay Central Division-8.
8. Bombay Central Elect.Division-3.
9. Bombay Central Elect.Division-4.
10. Nagpur Central Elect.Circle.
11. Bombay Central Elect.Division-2.

Subsequently the Director General (Works) has notified the following CPWD Offices
vide No.2/2/86-Hindi dated 19th October, 1987:-

Chief Engineer (New Delhi Zone) (CPWD).

1.

Executive Engineer, K Division, CPWD, New Delhi.

2.

Executive Engineer, B Division, CPWD, New Delhi.

3.

Executive Engineer, C Division, CPWD, New Delhi.

4.

Executive Engineer,E Division, CPWD, New Delhi.

5.

Executive Engineer, Asian Games Works Division, CPWD, New Delhi.

6.

Executive Engineer, A Division, CPWD, New Delhi.

7.

Executive Engineer, Air-conditioning Division-5, CPWD, New Delhi.

8.

Executive Engineer, Electrical Division-12, CPWD, New Delhi.

9.

Executive Engineer, Asian Games Elect. Division, CPWD, New Delhi.

10.

Superintending Engineer, Delhi Central Circle-9, CPWD, New Delhi.

11.

Bombay Central Elect.Division-2.

Subsequently the Director General (Works) has notified the following CPWD Offices
vide No.2/2/86-Hindi dated 19th October 1987:Chief Engineer (New Delhi Zone) (CPWD)

1.

Executive Engineer K Division, CPWD, New Delhi.

2.

Executive Engineer, B Division, CPWD, New Delhi.

3.

Executive Engineer, C Division, CPWD, New Delhi.

4.

Executive Engineer, E Division, CPWD, New Delhi.

5.

Executive Engineer, Asian Games Works Division, CPWD, New Delhi.

6.

Executive Engineer, A Division, CPWD, New Delhi.

7.

Executive Engineer, Air conditioning Division, CPWD, New Delhi.

8.

Executive Engineer, Electrical Division-12, CPWD, New delhi.

9.

Executive Engineer, Asian Games Elect. Division, CPWD, New Delhi.

10.

Superintending Engineer, Delhi Central Circle-9, CPWD, New Delhi.

Chief Engineer (Food Zone) (CPWD)

11.

Executive Engineer, Elect.Division-9, CPWD, New Delhi

12.

Executive Engineer, Mechanical & Workshop Divn., CPWD, New Delhi.

13.

Executive Engineer, H.M.A.P. Divn., CPWD, New Delhi.

14.

Executive Engineer, Bhopal Food Storage Divn.-I, Bhopal.

15.

Executive Engineer, Bhopal Food Storage Division-2, Bhopal.

16.

Executive Engineer, Raipur Central Food Storage Divn.Raipur.

17.

Superitending Engineer, Bhopal Central Circle, CPWD, Bhopal.

Chief Engineer (Northern Zone) (CPWD)

18.

Superintending Engineer, Delhi Central Circle-7, CPWD, New Delhi.

19.

Executive Engineer, Works Divn.-8, CPWD, New Delhi.

20.

Executive Engineer, Elect. Works Divn.3, CPWD, New Delhi.

21.

Executive Engineer, Elect.Works Divn., 5CPWD, New Delhi.

22.

Executive Engineer, Elect. Works Divn.6, CPWD, New Delhi.

23.

Executive Engineer, Elect.Works Divn.14, CPWD, New Delhi.

24.

Executive Engineer, Elect.Works Divn.2, CPWD, New Delhi.

25.

Executive Engineer, Elect.Works Divn.4, CPWD, New Delhi.

26.

Executive Engineer, Elect.Works Divn.11, CPWD, New Delhi.

27.

Executive Engineer, Air-conditioning Divn.3, CPWD, New Delhi.

Chief Engineer (Northern Zone) (CPWD)

28.

Superintending Engineer, Allahabad Central Circle, CPWD, Allahabad.

29.

Executive Engineer, Chandigarh Central Divn.,CPWD, Chandigarh.

30.

Executive Engineer, Jammu Central Divn. CPWD, Jammu.

31.

Executive Engineer, Lucknow Central Divn., CPWD, Lucknow.

32.

Executive Engineer, Jaipur Central Division, CPWD, Bikaner.

33.

Executive Engineer, Bikaner Central Divn. CPWD, Bikaner.

34.

Executive Engineer, Delhi Aviation Divn., CPWD, New Delhi.

35.

Executive Engineer, Faridabad Cent.Divn.-1, CPWD, Faridabad.

36.

Executive Engineer, Faridabad Central Divn.2, CPWD, Faridabad.

37.

Executive Engineer, Srinagar Central Divn., CPWD, Srinagar.

38.

Executive Engineer, Shahdra Central Divn., CPWD, Srinagar.

39.

Executive Engineer, Elect.Divn.7, CPWD, New Delhi.

40.

Executive Engineer, Chandigarh Central Elect.Divn., CPWD, Chandigarh.

41.

Executive Engineer, Srinagar Central Elect. Divn. CPWD, Srinagar.

42.

Executive Engineer, Madhopur Central Elect. Divn., CPWD, Madhopur.

43.

Executive Engineer, Jaipur Central Elect.Divn., CPWD, Jaipur.

44.

Executive Engineer, Faridabad Central Elect.Divn., CPWD, Faridabad.

45.

Executive Engineer, Kanpur Central Elect.Divn., CPWD, Kanpur.

46.

Executive Engineer, Dehradun Central Elect.Divn., CPWD, Dehradun.

Chief Engineer (Delhi Admn. Zone-1) (CPWD)

47.

Executive Engineer, Divn.10(D.A.), PWD, New Delhi.

48.

Executive Engineer, Divn.23(D.A.), PWD, New Delhi.

49.

Executive Engineer, Divn.10(D.A.), PWD, New Delhi.

50.

Executive Engineer, Divn.20(D.A.), PWD, New Delhi.

51.

Executive Engineer, Horticulture Development PWD, New Delhi.

52.

Executive Engineer, Elect.Divn.2 (D.A.), PWD, New Delhi.

53.

Executive Engineer, Elect. Divn.5(D.A.), PWD, New Delhi.

Chief Engineer (Delhi Admn.) PWD

54.

Superintending Engineer, Circle-2 (DA), PWD, New Delhi.

55.

Executive Engineer, Elect. Divn. 4 (D.A.), PWD, New Delhi.

56.

Executive Engineer, Elect. Divn.8 (D.A.), PWD, New Delhi.

57.

Executive Engineer, Elect. Divn.9 (D.A.), PWD, New Delhi.

58.

Executive Engineer, G.T.B.M. College/Hos. (DA) PWD, New Delhi.

59.

Executive Engineer, G.T.B.M. College/Hos. Divn. (DA) PWD, New Delhi.

60.

Executive Engineer, G.T.B.M. College/Hos. Elect.Divn. (DA) PWD, New Delhi.

Chief Engineer (Yamuna Bridge Project Circ.-2 (D.A.) PWD

61.

Superintending Engineer, Yamuna Bridge Project Cir-2(DA) PWD, New Delhi.

Chief Engineer (Western Zone) CPWD, Bombay.

62.

Executive Engineer, Bombay Central Divn., CPWD, Bombay.

63.

Executive Engineer, Bombay Central Divn., CPWD, Bombay.

64.

Executive Engineer, Indore Central Divn., CPWD, Indore.

65.

Executive Engineer, Indore Central Elect. Divn., CPWD, Indore.

Subsequently the Director General (Works) has notified the following CPWD offices
vide No./1/88-Hindi date 22nd March, 1990:
1.

Chief Engineer (New Delhi Zone), CPWD, New Delhi.

2.

Chief Engineer (New Delhi Zone-2), CPWD, New Delhi.

3.

Chief Engineer (Delhi Admn.Zone-1), CPWD, New Delhi.

4.

Chief Engineer (Delhi Admn. Zone-2), CPWD, New Delhi.

5.

Chief Engineer (Construction Zone) CPWD, New Delhi.

6.

Chief Engineer (Electrical Zone-1) CPWD, New Delhi.

7.

Chief Engineer (Electrical Zone-II) CPWD, New Delhi.

8.

Chief Engineer (Food Zone) CPWD, New Delhi.

9.

Project Manager, Yamuna Bridge Projece (DA), PWD, New Delhi.

10.

Superintending Engineer, Delhi Central Elect.Circle-6, CPWD, New Delhi.

11.

Superintending Engineer, Delhi Central Elect.Circle-5, CPWD, New Delhi.

12.

Superintending Engineer, Delhi Central Circle-2, CPWD, New Delhi.

13.

Superintending Engineer, Delhi Cent. Food Storage Circle, CPWD, New Delhi.

14.

Executive Engineer, Elect.Works Divisin-1, CPWD, New Delhi.

15.

Executive Engineer, Vigyan Bhawan Division, CPWD, New Delhi.

16.

Executive Engineer, Nagpur Central Elect.Divn, CPWD, Nagpur.

17.

Executive Engineer, S.K. Hospital Division, CPWD, New Delhi.

18.

Executive Engineer, H Division, CPWD, New Delhi.

19.

Executive Engineer, J Division, CPWD, New Delhi.

20.

Executive Engineer, Food Storage Division, CPWD, New Delhi.

21.

Executive Engineer, Patna Central Division, CPWD, Patna.

22.

Executive Engineer, Ranchi Central Division, CPWD, Ranchi.

23.

Executive Engineer, Nagpur Central Divn.I, CPWD, Nagpur.

24.

Executive Engineer, Nagpur Central Divn.2, CPWD, Nagpur.

25.

Executive Engineer, Exhibition Division, CPWD, New Delhi.

26.

Executive Engineer, Indore Central Division, CPWD, Indore.

27.

Executive Engineer, Central Storage Divn.2, CPWD, Bhopal.

28.

Executive Engineer, Bhopal Central Divn., CPWD, Bhopal.

29.

Executive Engineer, PWD(DA)Divn.26, New Delhi.

30.

Executive Engineer, PWD(DA)Divn.20, New Delhi.

LIST NO. I:

Subsequently the Director General (Works) has notified the following CPWD offices
vide No.5/1/94-Hindi dated 13/12/94.
1.

Chief Engineer (North Zone), CPWD, RK Puram, New Delhi.

2.

Central Electrical Division No.8, CPWD, IP Bhawan, New Delhi.

3.

Senior Architect-8, CPWD, RK Puram, New Delhi.

4.

Senior Architect-2, CPWD, RK Puram, New Delhi.

5.

Chandigarh Central Division No.2, CPWD, Chandigarh.

6.

Bhopal Central Elect. Division, CPWD, Bhopal.

7.

Karnal Central Division, CPWD, 448 Subhash Colony, Karnal (Haryana).

8.

Delhi Central Circle 5, CPWD, New Delhi.

9.

Electrical Division-10, CPWD, Sadiq Nagar, New Delhi.

10.

Senior Architect-9, CPWD, RK Puram, New Delhi.

11.

Jaipur Central Division, CPWD, G.S.I. Complex, Malviya Nagar, Jaipur.

12.

Jodhpur Central Division, CPWD, G-50, Shastri Nagar, Jodhpur.

13.

Karnal Central Electrical Division, CPWD, Karnal (Haryana).

14.

Chandigarh Central Circle, CPWD, Chandigarh.

15.

Chief Engineer (Training), CPWD, B Wing, Nirman Bhawan, New Delhi.

16.

Co-ordination Circle (WZ), CPWD, Bombay-20.

17.

Pushp Vihar Maintenance Division, CPWD, Pushpa Bhawan, New Delhi.

18.

Madhopur Central Division, CPWD, Madhopur.

19.

Nagpur Central Circle, CPWD, Seminar Hills,Nagpur.

20.

Delhi Central Electrical Circle-2, CPWD, New Delhi.

21.

Senior Architect (North Zone), CPWD, R.K. Puram, New Delhi.

22.

G Division, CPWD, New Delhi.

23.

M Division, CPWD, New Delhi.

24.

Vigyan Bhawan Electrical Division, CPWD, New Delhi-11.

25.

Superintending Surveyor of Works (NZ), CPWD, East Block-I, Level-5, RK Puram, New
Delhi.

26.

Central Stores Circles, CPWD, Netaji Nagar, New Delhi.

27.

Shrinagar Central Division, CPWD, Jammu.

28.

Aurangabad Central Division, CPWD, Aurangabad.

29.

Jalandhar Central Circle, CPWD, Jalandhar.

30.

Patna Central Circle, CPWD, Patna-20.

31.

Yamuna Bridge Project Circle NO. I, PWD (DA), New Delhi.

32.

District Court & Advocate Chamber Project Division, P.W.D. (D.A.) Shahdra, Delhi.

33.

Horticulture Development Division No.2, PWD(DA), New Delhi.

34.

P.W.D. Division-18 (D.A.) New Delhi.

35.

Yamuna Bridge Project Divn.NO.3, P.W.D. D.A. New Delhi.

36.

Yamuna Bridge Project Divn. NO.1, PWD(DA) New Delhi.

37.

Yamuna Bridge Project Elect.Division, MSO Building, 7th floor, New Delhi.

38.

P.W.D. Electrical Division No.9 (DA), New Delhi.

39.

Guru Teg Bahadur Medical College & Hospital Project Divn. NO.9, (DA), New Delhi.

40.

Yamuna Bridge Project Circle No.3, MSO Building, Ist floor,. New Delhi.

41.

Yamuna Bridge Project Divn.NO.5, P.W.D. (D.A.) New Delhi.

42.

Nagpur Central Division NO.2, C.P.W.D., Nagpur.

LIST NO.II

Subsequently the Director General (works) has notified the following CPWD offices vide
NO.5/1/98-Hindi dated 23/12/98.

1. Chief Engineer, Parliament Library Project, CPWD, Parliament House Annexe, Pt.
Pant Marg, New Delhi-1.
2. Chief Architect-I, CPWD, Nirman Bhawan, New Delhi.
3. Chief Architect (South West Zone), CPWD, 11th floor, CGO Annexe, 101,M.K.
Road, Mumbai-20.
4. Chief Engineer (NDZ)III, CPWD, Sewa Bhawan, RK Puram, New Delhi-66.
5. Chief Engineer (NDZ)IV, CPWD, East Block-I, Level-3, R.K. Puram, New Delhi66.
6. Chief Architect (EZ & NEZ), CPWD, 234/4, Acharya J.C. Bose Road, Calcutta-20.
7. Chief Engineer (CDC), CPWD, Nirman Bhawan, New Delhi.
8. Chief Engineer (CSQ), CPWD, Nirman Bhawan, New Delhi.
9. Chief Engineer (NZ)I, CPWD,Kendriya Sadan, Sector-9 A, Chandigarh-160017.
10. Chief Engineer (NZ)II, CPWD, Alilganj,Lucknow-226024.
11. Chief Engineer (SPG) Project, CPWD, CGO Complex, Lodhi Road, New Delhi-3.
12. Chief Engineer (SP Marg Project), CPWD, 35, Sardar Patel Marg, New Delhi-21.
13. Chief Engineer (Central Zone), CPWD, E-3/4, 4B, Arera Colony, Bhopal-462016.
14. Chief Engineer (Elect.), North Zone, CPWD, East Block-I, Level-5, RK Puram, New
Delhi-66.
15. Chief Engineer (NZ)III, Central Public Works Department, CPWD Complex, Sector7, Vidyadhar Nagar, Jaipur 302012.
16. Chief Engineer (Outer Delhi Zone), CPWD, B Block, Curzon Road Barracks, New
Delhi-1.
17. Chief Engineer (PWD) Zone-3govt. of Delhi, MSO Building, I.P. Estate, New Delhi2.
18. Chief Engineer (PWD Zone)IV, Govt. of Delhi, MSO Building, I.P. Estate, New
Delhi-2.

19. Chief Engineer (WZ)I, CPWD, Old CGO Bldg. Annexe, 14th floor, 101, M.K. Road,
Mumbai-20.
20. Chief Engineer (WZ)II, CPWD, A Block. CGO Complex, Seminary Hills, Nagpur440006.
21. Chief Engineer (E), Western Zone, CPWD, CGO Bldg., 4th floor, 48, New Marine
Lines, Mumbai-20.
22. Chief Engineer (EZ)I, CPWD Ist MSO Bldg., 234/4, Acharya J.C. Bose Road,
Calcutta-20.
23. Chief Engineer (EZ)II, CPWD, Pant Bhawan, Baily road, Patna.
24. Chief Engineer (E), Eastern Zone, CPWD,234/4, Acharya J.C. Bose Road, Calcutta20.
25. Chief Engineer (SZ)III, CPWD, A Wing, Ist floor, Kendriya Sadn, Kora Mangla,
Bangalor-34.
26. Chief Engineer (E)., Southern Zone, CPWD, G Wing, Rajaji Bhawan, Beasant
Nagar, Chennai-90.
27. Chief Enginer (BFZ), CPWD, East Block-1, Level-4, RK Puram, New Delhi-66.
28. Chief Engineer (E) BFL, CPWD, Vidyut Bhawan, Shankar Market, New Delhi-1.
29. Executive Director (Consultancy), CPWD, Nirman Bhawan, New Delhi.

New Delhi Zone I

1. Superintending Surveyor of Works, New Delhi Zone (!), CPWD, Nirman Bhawan,
New Delhi.
2. Superintending Engineer, President Estate Circle, Central Public Works Department,
Rashtrapati Bhawan, New Delhi.
3. Superintending Engineer, Vigyan Bhawan Circle, CPWD, Vigyan Bhawan Annexe,
New Delhi-11.
4. Executive Engineer, Electrical Divn.15, CPWD, I.P. Bhawan, New Delhi.

NEW DELHI ZONE (II)

1. Superintending Surveyor of Works, New Delhi Zone-2, CPWD, 2nd floor, I.P.
Bhawan, New Delhi 110002.

2. Delhi Central Circle-10, CPWD, Netaji Nagar, New Delhi-110023.

3. Delhi Central Elect.Circle-8, CPWD, I.P. Bhawan, New Delhi-110002.
4. L Division, CPWD, I.P. Bhawan, New Delhi.
5. Unfiltered Water Division, Central Public Works Division, 4-6, Pt. Pant Marg, New
Delhi-1.
6. Central Stores Division 1, CPWD, AWH Compound, Netaji Nagar, New Delhi-23.
7. Elect.Division-17, CPWD, R.K. Puram, New Delhi.
8. Smt. Sucheta Kriplani Elect.Divn., Central Public Works Department, Sucheta
Kriplani Hospital, New Delhi-1.
9. Elect.Division-16, CPWD, R.K. Puram, New Delhi.
10. Addl. Director of Horticulture CPWD, I.P. Bhawan, New Delhi-2.
11. Landscape Division, CPWD, I.P. Bhawan, New Delhi.

NEW DELHI ZONE 3

1. Delhi Central Circle-8, CPWD, Sewa Bhawan, RK Puram, New Delhi-66.
2. C Division, CPWD, East Block-1, RK Puram, New Delhi.
3. S Division, CPWD, RK Puram, New Delhi.
4. T Division, CPWD, A 141-145, Sarojini Nagar, New Delhi.
5. U Division, CPWD, RK Puram, New Delhi.
6. V Division, CPWD, Sadiq Nagar, New Delhi.
7. Asian Games Division, CPWD, J.L. Nehru Stadium, New Delhi-3.
NEW DELHI ZONE IV
1. Delhi Central Circle II, CPWD, Pushpa Bhawan, New Delhi.
2. Delhi Central Circle-12, CPWD, I.P. Bhawan, New Delhi.
3. Construction Division-14, Central Public Works Department, IGNOU, Maidan Garhi,
New Delhi.
4. Elect. Division-11, CPWD, Pusa, New Delhi.

NORTHERN ZONE 1
1. Shimla Central Circle, CPWD, Kennedy Cottage,Shimla.
2. Chandigarh Central Elect.Circle, CPWD, Sector-7 B, Chandigarh.

3. Chandigarh Central Divn.3, CPWD, Sector-7 B, Chandigarh.

4. Ludhiana Central Division, CPWD, 315-C, Model Town, Ludhiana.
5. Jullundhar Central Division, CPWD, 29, Link Road, Jullandhar.
6. Shimla Central Division-I, CPWD, Kennedy Cottage, Shimla.
7. Shimla Central Division-2, CPWD, Kennedy Cottage, Shimla.
8. Shimla Central Elect.Divn., CPWD, Kennedy Cottage, Shimla.

NORTHERN ZONE-II

1. Dehradun Central Circle, CPWD, 20, Subhash Road, Dehradun.

2. Lucknow Central Elect. Divn., CPWD, GSI Campus, Aliganj, Lucknow.
3. Bareilly Central Elect.Divn., CPWD, IRRI, Ijjat Nagar, Bareilly.
4. Lucknow Central Divn.I, CPWD, GSI Campusa, aliganj, Lucknow.
5. Lucknow Central Divn.2, CPWD, B-1/65, Sector-B, Aliganj, Lucknow.
6. Agra Central Divn., Block-77/2, M.K. Towers, Sanjay Place, Agra.
7. Dehradun Central Divn.I, CPWD, 20, Subhash Road, Dehradun.
8. Dehradun Central Divn.2, CPWD, 20, Subhash Road, Dehradun.
9. Garhwal Central Division, CPWD, SSB Campus, Srinagar, Garhwal.

NORTHERN ZONE III

1. Jodhpur Central Circle, CPWD, 3 West Patel Nagar, Circuit House Road, Jodhpur.
2. Jaisalmer Central Division, CPWD, Jaisalmer.
3. Jaipur Central Elect.Circle, CPWD, B-7, Moti Marg, Bapu Nagar, Jaipur.
4. Jaipur Central Divn.1, CPWD, NCR Building, Statue Circle, Jaipur.
5. Jaipur Cent. Divn.2, CPWD, NCR Building, Statue Circle, Jaipur.
6. Jodhpur Central Elect.Divn., CPWD, Nirman Bhawan, 3, West Patel Nagar, Jodhpur.

OUTER DELHI ZONE

1. Ghaziabad Central Circle, CPWD, CGO-1, Hapur Road, Ghaziabad.
2. NSGP Circle, CPWD, Manesar, Haryana.
3. Outer Delhi Elect.Circle, CPWD, RK Puram, New Delhi.

4. Greater Noida Central Divn., CPWD, 1/7, Sector-39, NOIDA.

5. NSGP Divn.5, CPWD, Manesar, Gurgaon, Haryana.
6. NSGP Divn.6, CPWD, Manesar, Gurgaon, Haryana.
7. NSGP Hort. Divn., CPWD, Manesar, Gurgaon, Haryana.

SPECIAL PROTECTION GROUP

1. SPGP Circle-1, CPWD, 3rd floor, C Wing, I.P. Bhawan, New Delhi.
2. SPGP Circle-2, CPWD, Sector-8, Pappankalan, New Delhi.
3. SPGP Elect. Circle-, CPWD, Sector-8, Pappankalan, New Delhi.

PWD (NATIONAL CAPTAL TERRITORY OF DELHI) ZONE 1,2,3,4

1. PWD Circle-8, NCTD, MSO Bhawan, New Delhi.
2. PWD Division-31, NCTD, Sunlight Building, Asaf Ali Road, New Delhi.
3. PWD Elect. Circle I, NCTD, I.P. Bhawan, New Delhi.
4. PWD Elect.Division-12, NCTD, DDU Hosp. Residential Complex, Hari Nagar, New Delhi.
5. PWD Division-18, NCTD, 9TH floor, MSO Bhawan, New Delhi-2.
6. PWD Division-19, NCTD, 9TH floor, MSO Bhawan, New Delhi-2.
7. SBP Division, NCTD, 5th floor, MSO Building, New Delhi.
8. PWD Division-15,NCTD, Sunlight Insurance Bldg., Asaf Ali Road, New Delhi.
9. PWD Circle-7, NCTD, 5th floor, MSO Building, New Delhi.
10. PWD Division-30, NCTD, I.P. Bhawan, New Delhi.
11. PWD Elect.Circle-2, NCTD,2nd floor , MSO Building, New Delhi.
12. Project Manager, Delhi College of Engineering, NCTD, Bawana Road, Badli, New Delhi110042.
13. PWD Division-4, NCGTD, Police Colony, Hauz Khas, New Delhi-16.
14. PWD Division-27, NCTD, 8th floor, MSO Building, New Delhi-2.
15. PWD Division-22, NCTD, 7th floor, MSO Building, New Delhi-2.
16. PWD Division-29, NCTD, Purani Kachehri, Kashmiri Gate, Del;hi.
17. Dr. B.S.A. Hospital Project, NCTD, Rohini, Delhi.
18. PWD Division-16, NCTD, Shalimar Bagh, Delhi-52.
19. PWD Circle-5, NCTGD, 4th floor, MSO Building, New Delhi-2.

20. SSW, PWD (NCTD) Zone-4, MSO Building, New Delhi.

21. 2nd Nizamuddin Bridge Project, NCTD, Ishwar Nagar, Okhla, New Delhi.
22. Punjabi Bagh Flyover Project, NCTD, MK Gandhi Road, New Delhi-56.
23. PWD Elect.Circle-3, NCTD, 13th Floor, MSO Building, New Delhi.

WESTERN ZONE

1. Ahmedabad Central Circle, CPWD, Mridul Tower, Ashram Road, Ahmedabad.

2. Mumbai Central Division-5, CPWD, Santacruz Airport, Mumbai-99.
3. New Mumbai Central Division, CPWD, CGO Building, 7th floor, CBD,Belapur, New
Mumbai.
4. Gandhi Nagar Central Division, CPWD, Gandhi Nagar Road-3, Sector-6, Gandhi Nagar382006.
5. Ahmedabad Central Elect.Divn, CPWD, Jawahar Mill, Shahpur Gate, Ahmedabad-380009.
6. Pune Central Circle, CPWD, Nirman Bhawan,Mukand Nagar, Pune.
7. Goa Central Division, CPWD, Bemboline, Goa.
8. Indore Central Circle, CPWD, CGO Building, Indore.
9. Bhopal Central Elect.Circle, CPWD, E-2/5, Arera Colony, Bhopal.
10. Bhopal Central Division-2, CPWD, CRPF Campus, Bangracia, Bhopal.
11. Jabalpur Central Division, CPWD, 78, Survey of India, Vijay Nagar, Jabalpur-482012.
12. Indore Central Division-1, CPWD, Residency Area, Indore-452001.
13. Indore Central Division-2, CPWD, Residency Area, Indore-452001.
14. Dewas Central Division, CWPD, Bank Note Press, Dewas.
15. Calcutta Central Circle-1, CPWD, 234/4, AJC Bose Road, Nizam Palace, Calcutta-20.
16. Calcutta Central Circle-3, CPWD, 234/4, AJC Bose Road, Nizam Palace, Calcutta-20.
17. Patna Central Division-1, CPWD, Punai Chowk, CPWD Compound, Patna-23.
18. Patna Central Division-2, CPWD, Punai Chowk, CPWD Compound, Patna-23.
19. Dhanbad Central Division, CPWD, Near P.K. Roy College, PO-ISM, Dhanbad-826004
20. Patna Central Elect. Division, CPWD, Punai Chowk, CPWD Compound, Patna-23.

SOUTHERN ZONE II

1. Hyderabad

Central Elect. Circle, CPWD, Nirman Bhawan, Sultan Bazar, Hyderabad-

500195.

SOUTHERN ZONE III

1. Bangalore Central Elect.Circle, CWPD, Kendriya Sadan, Koramangala, Bangalore.
2. Bangalore Central Circle, CWPD, Kendriya Sadan, Koramangala, Bangalore-560034.
3. Bangalore Central Division-3, CPWD, Kendriya Sadan, Koramangala, Bangalore-560034.
4. Bangalore Central Division-2, CPWD, Kendriya Sadan, Koramangala, Bangalore-560034.

BORDER FENCING ZONE

1. Border Fencing Circle-2, (Jaisalmer), CPWD, C/o.BSF Campus, Jaisalmer.

HINDI TEACHING SCHEME

16(i)

The Hindi Teaching Scheme is run by the Government of India in the Ministry of Home
Affairs, (Rajbhasha Vibhag) under which all Government Employees who have not
passed any Hindi Examination are required to pass the prescribed Hindi Examination so
as to become conversant with Hindi phraseology and terminology used in official noting
and correspondence. Hindi classes are being run during officer hours since October,
1955. Under para 5 of the Presidential order dated 27th April, 1960, inservice training in
Hindi was made obligatory for the Central Government employees who are less than 45
years vide as on 1/1/1961, excluding, however, employees below Class III Grade, that in
industrial establishment another workcharged staff. Hindi typing and Hindi stenography
was made obligatory for typists and stenographers.
(Min. of Home Affairs (Deptt. of OM O.No.12014/1/74-Hindi/OL (D) dated
19/12/76).

(ii)

Classification For this purpose, the Government employees have ebebn classified as
below:(1) Category A Those whose mother tongue Hindi and who can express themselves
so well in Hindi that they do not require any training.

(2) Category B Those whose mother tongue is Punjabi, Urdu, Kashmiri, Sindhi,
Pashtu or any other allied Language.
(3) Category C Those whose mother tongue is Marathi, Gujarati, Bengali, Oriya,
Assamese or any other allied language.
(4) Category D Those whose mother tongue is Tamil, Malayamam, Telagu, Kannada
or any other allied language or English.
(iii)

Examinations The following examinations have been prescribed under this scheme:(a)

Prabodh:

(b)

Praveen; and

(c)

Pragya.

All persons under categories B, C and D are except those who had passed in Hindi as a
subject in their matriculation or equivalent or higher examination are required to pass these
examinations.
Stenographers

and Lower Division Clerks recruited on the basis of English

stengoraphy/typing have to undergo a training in Hindi stenography and Hindi typing

respectively under Hindi teaching scheme of the Ministry of Home Affairs, Department of
official languages.
Wherever there is a large concentration of Govt. employees, Hindi Classes are run by the
Ministry of Home Affairs under this Scheme with the cooperation of offices concerned. A half
yearly statement showing the number of employees learning Hindi under this Scheme is sent to
Govt. at the end of 31st march & 30th September every year.
(iv)

Incentives Various kinds of incentives are provided to government servant who are not
conversant with Hindi, Hindi typing and Hindi Stenography to acquire knowledge of the
same. These are briefly explained below:-

(1) Cash Awards for Aquring Creditably in Praveen and Pragya Examinations under the
Hindi Teaching Scheme
Cash prizes, admissible to both gazetted and non-gazetted government servants, under the
scheme are as follows:(a)

For securing 70% or more marks

Rs.600/-

(b)

For securing 65% or more marks

Rs.400/-

(c)

For securing 55% or more marks

Rs.200/-

Similarly, cash awards are allowed to both gazetted and non-gazetted government
servants for passing the prabodh examination and the amounts are Rs.400/- and Rs.200/- and
Rs.100/- for obtaining 70%, 60% and 55% marks respectively.
These awards are not admissible to those who have already passed matriculation or
higher examination with Hindi as a subject (in any form) or part

of higher secondary

examination or medium of examination or those whose mother tongue in Hindi.

An employee who has already passed the middle standard of equivalent or higher
examination with Hindi as a subject or whose mother tongue is Punjabi, Urdu, Kashmiri or other
languages will not be eligible for cash awards for passing Praveen examination.
Similarly, an employee who has already passed the primary, equivalent or higher
examination conducted by Central authorities/government agencies for a private body with
Hindi as a subject (in any form) or through any medium will not be eligible for the grant of cash
awards for Probodh Examination.
(2) Cash awards will be sanctioned by the administrative Ministries/Departments of the
Government of India and Heads of Department under them.
(3) These awards are admissible in addition to other benefits like personal pay, etc. that are
given for acquiring knowledge in Hindi.
(4) Lumpsum Awards to Operational Staff:- Operational staff (for whom training in Hindi is
obligatory) are eligible to the grant of the following lumpsum awards for passing by their
own efforts, the Hindi Examinations under the Hindi Teaching Scheme:
(i)

For passing Prabodh and Praveen Examination: Rs.500/-.

(ii)

for passing Pragya Examination : Rs.600/-.

(iii)

such Hindi Examinations conducted by voluntary Hindi Organisations as have

been recognised by the Govt. of India (Deptt. of Education) as equivalent to or
higher than the Matric Exam: Rs.600.

(iv)

Hindi Parichay Examination of the Central Hindi Directorate: Rs.300.

Lumpsum awards are not admissible to:

(a)

Those who have passed Matric or equivalent or higher examiantion with Hindi as
a subject (in any form) or through Hindi Medium or whose mother tongue is
Hindi.

(b)

On passing Prabodh or Praveen to those who have already passed the middle
standard examination (class VIII) or equivalent or higher examination with Hindi
as a subject or through Hindi medium; and

(c)

On passing Prabodh examinations to those who have passed primary standard

(Cl.V)or equivalent or higher examination with Hindi as a subject (in any form) or
through Hindi medium.

(5)

The above mentioned lumpsum awards will be granted, in addition to the operational

staff, to only those employees who are posted at places where there are no training centres under
the Hindi Teaching Schemes or where there are not arrangements or imparting training in the
concerned courses.
Lumpsum awards to the LDCs/typists and stengoraphers posted at places other than
those having Hindi typing and stenography centers will be given on their passing, by their own
efforts Hindi Typing and stenography examinations conducted under the Hindi Teaching
Schemes the awards are:
(a)

For passing Hindi typing examination: Rs.400/-.

(b)

For passing Hindi stenography examinations: Rs.750/-.

These lumpsum awards will be admissible in addition to

other benefits like personal pay, cash awards etc. given to employees who knew
Hindi typing and stenography before joining govt. service and who had previously
received training from govt. recognised institutions are not eligible to these
awards.
(c)

For grant of lumpsum awards, the employees concerned will have to pass the
prescribed examination within a period of 15 months from the date of their first
appearance at the said examination (applicable to Hindi, Hindi typing and Hindi
Stenography).

(d)

The employees who had at any time received at any centre of the Hindi Teaching
Scheme for howsoever small a time will not be eligible for grant of lumpsum

award on passing the examination pertaining to the said training (applicable to

Hindi, Hindi typing and Hindi stenography).
[Min. of Home Affairs Rajbhasha Vibhag O.M. No.12011/5/83-OL(O) dated
29/10/84.]

(6)

personal Pay: Personal Pay to the Government servants who pass Hindi Pragya, Hindi

typing or Hindi Stenography examination under the Hindi Teaching Scheme in the normal
course are eligible to the grant of personal pay equivalent in amount to one increment for a
period of 12 months. Stenographers, whose mother tongue is not Hindi, are entitled to personal
pay equivalent in amount to 2 increments. The personal pay is admissible w.e.f. the date of
declaration of the results or the date on which the normal increment falls due after the date of
declaration of the result as may be elected by the person concerned. The option as to the date of
effect of personal pay has to be exercised within 3 months of the declaration of the results. If the
person is on leave, the period of 3 months will count from the date he resumes duty. The option
once exercised shall be final. The grant of personal pay is admissible:
(a)

to non-gazetted employees on their obtaining pass marks in the Pragya

examination; and

(b)

to gazetted officers on their passing the Pragya examination with 60% or more
marks.

An employees who has already passed Matriculation or an equivalent exam, or a higher

exam conducted by a Board/or a University or a Private Body with Hindi as an elective, regular,
additional or optional subject or as medium of exam, or an employee whose mother tongue is
Hindi and who can express himself well in Hindi or an employee, who has been exempted from
the in-service training in Hindi will not be eligible for the grant of personal pay on passing the
Pragya Exam.
Praveen Examination: The personal pay shall be granted only to those Government employees
for whom the Praveen Course has been prescribed as a final course of study. This is admissible:
(a)

non-gazetted employees on their passing the Praveen examination with 55% or

more marks; and

(b)

to gazetted officers on their passing the Praveen examination with 60% or more
marks.
Provided that an employee who has already passed the Middle (Class VIII) or an
equivalent or a higher examination conducted by a Board or a Private Body with
Hindi or with Hindi medium or an employee who is holding a post for which
knowledge of Praveen (middle) standard has been prescribed as an essential
qualification for recruitment / appointment or who has been exempted from the
in-service training in Hindi will not be eligible for the grant of personal pay on
passing the Praveen Examination.

Probodh Examination:
The personal pay shall be granted only to those non-gazetted Government
employees for whom the Prabodh Course has been prescribed as a final course of study
and who pass this examination with 55% or more marks.
Provided that an employee, who has already passed the Primary (Class V) or an
equivalent a higher

examination conducted

by a school Authority/ Government

Agency/Board or private Body with Hindi as a subject or a medium of examination or all

employees whose mother tongue is Hindi, or an employee, who is holding a post for
which knowledge of Prabodh (primary) standard has been prescribed as an essential
qualification for recruitment/appointment , or who has been exempted from the in-service
training in Hindi, will not be eligible for the grant of personal pay on passing the Probodh
Examination.
Gazetted Officers will not be granted personal pay on passing the Prabodh
Examination.
(4)

Hindi Typewriting Examination The personal pay shall be granted to non-gazetted

employee on passing Hindi Typewriting Examination.:

Provided that an employee, who has already passed a test in Hindi typewriting or for
whom the training in Hindi typewriting is no obligatory will not be eligible for the grant of
personal pay on passing the Hindi Typewriting Examination.
(5) Hindi Stenography Examination The personal pay shall be granted:(a)

to non-gazetted employees, on obtaining pass marks in the Hindi Stenography

Examination; and

(b)

to gazetted stenographers, on passing the Hindi Stenography Examination with

90% or more marks.

Provided that an employee, who has already passed an examination in Hindi

Stenography, or for whom the training in Hindi Stenography is not obligatory will not be eligible
for the grant of personal pay on passing the Hindi Stenography examination.
Stenotlypists and Stenographers (gazetted as well as non-gazetted) whose mother tongue
is not Hindi will be granted personal pay, equal in amount to two increments on passing the
Hindi Stenography Examination. These increments will be absorbable in future increments of
the concerned employees i.e. they will get personal pay equal in amount to two increments in the
first year, and after absorption of one increment in the second year, they will personal pay equal
in amount to one increment only. In the case of gazetted Stenographers, the marks to be
obtained will be the same as in para (5)(b) above.
A Government servant to whom personal pay has been sanctioned for passing the Hindi,
or the Hindi Typewriting or the Hindi Stenography Examination may forego the same from a day
of his choice, if it results in some monetary loss to him. The Government servant if he so
desires may otherwise also forego the incentive from a day of his/her choice without assigning
any reasons therefor. In both the cases, he/she will have to inform his/her office in writing.
The terms and conditions regarding grant and payment of personal pay will be as under:(1)

The personal pay will be in addition to the cash awards and lump sum awards to
which such employees may be entitled in accordance with the instructions issued
in this connection from time to time.

(2)

The personal pay will be granted only to those Government servants who pass the
prescribed examination within a period of 15 months of the completion of the
course.

In respect of the employees who pass the examinations as private

candidates without undergoing regular training, the period of 15 months will

count from the date of their first appearance in the said examination.
(3)

In case an employee passes the Hindi, the Hindi Typewriting or the Hindi
Stenography Examination simultaneously or in quick succession, personal pay
shall be granted to him/her separately for each examination. Personal pay for the
second examination shall be admissible after completion of a full year after the
grant of the first personal pay and it will also be for a period of 12 months.

(4)

The post, which a Government servant was holding on the date of announcement
of the result or on the date as given in the option exercised by him, shall be the
post in which the personal pay will be allowed to him.

However, in the case of Lower Division Clerks who are promoted as Upper Division
Clerks during the period of their training in Hindi Typewriting or after they have appeared in
the Hindi Typewriting Examination but before the results are declared, or after the results are
declared but before the date they start drawing the personal pay will be granted at the rate and
for the period they would have drawn it, had they not been promoted as Upper Division Clerks.

(5)

An employee who was earlier drawing personal pay in the lower post:(a)

On being promoted from a non-gazetted post to a higher non-gazetted post, will

continue to draw the personal pay at the rate and for the period he would have
drawn it, had he not been promoted to the higher grade;

(b)

On being promoted from a non-gazetted post, will continue to draw the personal
pay for the remaining period only if he would have drawn it in the gazetted post;
however, the rate and the period would be the same as he would have drawn it,
had he not been promoted to the gazetted post.

A lower division clerk in receipt of personal pay on passing the Hindi Typewriting
Examination on being promoted as Upper Division Clerk will also continue to draw the personal
pay at the rate and for the period he would have drawn it, had he not been promoted as an Upper
Division Clerk.
An employee who was earlier drawing person pay in the lower grade, prior to his
promotion mentioned at (5) above, if reverted to the lower post, will continue to draw the
personal pay as he would have drawn according to his/her option, had he/she not been promoted
to the higher post.
An employee, who has been granted personal pay while holding a higher post will, on his
reversion to the lower post, draw the personal pay at the rate equal to his increment in the lower
post for the period he would have drawn it in the higher post but for his reversion, subject tot he
condition that the total of pay plus personal pay shall not exceed the maximum of the scale of the
lower post, will continue to draw the personal pay as he would have drawn according to his/her
option, had he/she not been promoted to the higher post.

An employee, who has been granted personal pay while holding a higher post will, on
his reversion to the lower post, draw the personal pay at the rate equal to his increment in the
lower post , draw the personal pay at the rate equal to his increment in the lower post for the
period he would have drawn it in the higher post but for his pay plus personal pay shall not
exceed the maximum of the scale of the lower post.
In case an employee has already reached the maximum of his grade pay, personal pay,
equal in amount to one increment shall be granted to him, for a period of 12 months or till the
employee is promoted to a higher grade, whichever is earlier.
[Min. of Home Affairs Rajbhasha Vibhag O.M. No.12014/2/76-OL(D) dated 2/9/76.]
According to Ministry of Home Affairs Rajbhasha Vibhag O.M. No.F.13034/31/85OL(C) dated 16/7/87, special allowance of Rs.60 & Rs.40/- per monthly may be granted to the
Stenographers & Typists respectively who know English typing/shorthand and are actually
doing their official work in Hindi in addition to English. Only those English Stenographers /
Typists would be entitled for the allowance who type on an average of 5 notes/drafts/letters of
more than two lines in Hindi in a day or about 300 notes/drafts/letters in Hindi in a quarter. The
employees to whom this allowance is granted will have to produce a certificate in the following
proforma:Certificate for grant of Incentive
Certified that Shri/Smt./Km..Designation.Section disposed of a part
of his/her stenography/typing work in Hindi during the period from .
to.. The quantum of work in Hindi was not less than 5 notes/drafts/letters per day
on an average during the above month about 300 notes/drafts/letters during the above quarter.

Signature
Full name of Branch Officer/
Head of office with seal.
This scheme is applicable upto 15/8/1986. Thereafter it will be reviewed.
17. According to the Ministry of Home Affairs O.M 11015/45/72-OL DATED 26/2/73
whenever a Central Govt. employee passed the Prabodh or Pragya examination a suitable
entry shall be made in the confidential Report of the employee concerned for he year.

18. Permission to attend training during office hours may be given when such training is
obtained in the institution run by the State Government.

Conveyance Charges
19. Reimbursement of conveyance charges to gazetted and non-gazetted officers for attending
Hindi/Typewriting/Stenography classess is admissible in terms of Min. of Home Affairs
O.M. No.3/22/60-Hindi(B) dated 20th June, 1964 and No. Ex.12047/19(2)/72-Hindi dated
7/8/73.

Whole-time Intensive Course in Hindi

20. The Government have started a full time intensive course of three months duration for
teaching Hindi to Group A, B, & C officers. Substitutes can be appointed in place of the
officers deputed for training in this course.

Necessary information about this course is

available with the Director. Central Institute of Hindi, K-118, Hauz Khas Encalve, New
Delhi-16.

Hindi Study Circles

21. With a view to giving the officers knowing Hindi an opportunity to express and discuss in
Hindi, study circles are arranged in accordance with the Ministry

of Home Affairs

instructions. One Study Circle for the officers of the Central Office with the DG(W) as
Chairman has been organised and all Chief Engineers, Superintending Engineers, Executive
Engineers etc. have been directed to organise separate study circles in each Circle/Division
or a group of Circles/Divisions located at one station. Meeting of the study circles are to be
arranged by the respective Liaison Officers (Hindi) once a month.

Liaison Officers (Hindi)

22. In accordance with the Ministry of Home Affairs instructions senior officers, e.g. Heads of
Departments/their Deputies dealing with Administration are to assume functions of the
Liaison Officers (Hindi) in Attached and Subordinate offices. In the CPWD it has been
decided vide No.40/2/70-Admn.III dated 21/10/71, that:(1)

In the office of Chief Engineer, the SE(HQ) shall be Liaison Officer (Hindi).

(2)

In the office of Superintending Engineer/SSW Engineering Assistant or

EE(HQ)to SE and

(3)

In the Divisional office, the Executive Engineer himself/herself will function as

the Liaison Officer. In Central Office Deputy Director (OL) functions as the
Liaison Officer (Hindi).

23.

The duties and functions of the Liaison Officers under the Hindi Teaching Scheme are to

ensure that:(a)

a roster of the employee required to be trained in Hindi/ Hindi typewriting/ Hindi

Stenography under the Hindi Teaching Scheme is maintained and kept upto date.

(b)

all prescribed statements including the half yearly progress reports are submitted
in time in the proforma and manner prescribed:

(c)

an appropriate number of employees yet to be trained are released for training

and the employees so released get themselves enrolled in the classes, attend the
classes regularly, and take the examinations a the end of the session:

(d)

they attend the meetings of the Liaison Officers called by the Officer-in Overall
Charge on their own or at the instance of the Regional Officer, Hindi Teaching
Scheme or the Deputy Secretary in charge of the Scheme in the Ministry of Home
Affairs.

(e)

any information concerning the Hind Teaching Scheme required by the Ministry
of Home Affairs regional Officers or the Officer-in-Overall Charge; and

(f)

the prescribed books for distribution amongst the employees who prepare for the
examinations on their own i.e. operational staff, staff posted at places having no
centres under the Hindi Teaching Scheme and staff receiving training through
correspondence courses.

(g)

the prescribed books are purchased and stocked for distribution amongst the
employees who prepare for the examinations on their own i.e. operational staff,
staff posted at places having no centres under the Hindi

Teaching Scheme and

staff receiving training through correspondence courses.

They are also primarily responsible for ensuring compliances of the instructions issued
by the Ministry of Home Affairs from time to time and also that meetings of the Official
Language Implementation Committees and study circles, are arranged regularly.

Rajbhasha Shield Scheme

24.

In pursuance of the instructions contained in the Ministry of Home Affairs (Department

of Officials Language) O.M. No.11/12013/2/76-OL (A-2) dated June 12, 1979, a Rajbhasha
Shield Scheme has been introduced in the CPWD.
For encouraging the use of Hindi in Official work, the Director General of Works awards
a running shield to the Superintending Engineer of the Circle who tops the list of the Circle
offices in the use of Hindi. a running Cup is awarded to the Superintending Engineer whose
circle stands second. One cup each is exclusively awarded to the Superintending Engineers of
the Circles which tops the list of Circle Offices located in Region B and C as defined in the
Official Language, 1976. A separate cup is also awarded to the Superintending Surveyor of
Works Office which stands first amongst all Superintending Surveyor of Works offices similarly
Chief Engineers award a Rajbhasha Shield and a cup to the Divisional Officers whose offices
stand first and second, respectively and the Chief Archtiect awards a shield and a cup to the
Senior Architects Units which stand first and second respectively.
For this purpose, all Superintending Engineers and Superintending Surveyor of Works
are required to send a consolidated report in the prescribed proforma (Annexure) to the Central
Office. The report of their lower formations alongwith their own report. Similarly Divisional
Officers are to send their reports to the respective Chief Engineers and the Senior Architects to
the Chief Architect.
The report is to sent during the month of January every year. (DG(W) O.M. No.2/12/85Hindi dated..)
Vishwakarma Puraskar Yojana
25.

The Kendriya Lok Nirman Vishwakarma Puraskar scheme was introduced from 2nd

October 1983 for writing original books in Hindi on engineering subjects concerning CPWD.
The following prizes are awarded under the scheme:
(i)

First prize:

Rs.5000.

(ii)

Second Prize: Rs.3000.

(iii)

Consolation Prize: Rs.2000.

All CPWD officers whether serving or retired are eligible to participate in the scheme.
Nirman Aur Awas Sahitya Puraskar Scheme

26.

The Nirman Aur Awas Sahitya Award Scheme has been introduced in 1985 for

encouraging writing of original books in Hindi on subjects relating to Min. of Urban

Development, such as Housing, Urban Development, Water Supply & Sanitation. construction
work, Land use, Horticulture, Management & Maintenance of Govt. Estates, Printing Publication
& Stationery and Local Self Government. The books written in other related subjects shall also
be considered. Translated books shall also be eligible for the award, but in their cases, the
amount of award can be reduced to some extent. All Central/State Government employees are
eligible to participate. The award to be given under the scheme are as follows: revised awards to
be given under the scheme are as follows:
First award

: Rs.10,000

Second award : Rs. 7,000

Third award

: Rs. 5,000

The award will be given biannually.

ANNEXURE
PROFORMA FOR SUBMISSION OF REPORT UNDER RAJBHASHA SHIEDL
SCHEME
No. of letters Marks (2 marks
issued in Hindi for each letter )
during the
year
1

Marks(5 marks for

each preliminary
estiamte)
8

No. of bilingual
agreements/NITs
containing upto
5 items during
the year
3

No. of detailed estimate prepared in

Hindi during the
year
9

Marks(10 marks
for each bilingual
agreements/NITs
containing upto
15 items)
4

Marks (10 marks

for each detailed
estimate
10

No. of bilingual Marks (20 marks

agreement NITs
for each agreecontaining more ment NITs conthan 15 items
taining more
than 15 items)
5
6

No. of contractor
bills prepared in
Hindi during the
year
11

Marks(10 marks
for each bill

12

No. of preliminary estiamte

prepared in
Hindi during the
year
7

Total marks obtained

13

Note : (a) Circle offices should send consolidated report including the details of their Divisions to Directorate General of Works.
(b) Following certificates are also to be recorded.
Certified that: (1) One letter has been considered as one without taking into account the number of copies endorsed.
(2) Schedule of quantities written in Hindi have been attached with the above agreement/NITs and those
agreements/NITs in which Schedule of quantities written in Hindi have not been attached , have not been
included in the report.
Signature
Name
Designation
Office

SECTION 10 - MISCELLANEOUS
Checking on Delays

1.

The primary and direct responsibility for expeditious disposal of work in the Section and

for timely submission of up-to-date and accurate list of arrears and Statements of their disposal
rests with the Head Clerk/ Divisional Accountant/Circle Office Superintendent.
2.

In order to ensure quick movement of cases, approved drafts, with which no enclosures to

be copied from the files are to be despatched, should be detached from the files may be required
for taking other connected action. Similarly fair copies should be removed for issue and need
not wait for the release of the file.
3.

When a file put up to an officer is not returned to the Section within a week it shall be the

responsibility of the Head Clerk/ Divisional Accountant/Circle Office Superintendent to remind

the Officer concerned personally about it. If the disposal of a particular reference on the file by
the Officer is likely to take more time and action n some other reference or fresh receipt
concerning the same file are pending in the Section for want of the file, the Head Clerk/
Divisional Accountant/ Circle Office Superintendent may withdraw the file from the Officers
table with his consent and re-submit the same alongwith the fresh receipt simultaneously
indicating that action on earlier reference is yet to be finalised by the officer.
4.

The Head Clerk/Divisional Accountant/ Circle Office Superintendent shall inspect the

racks and table of the dealing hands working in his/her Section every week so as to ensure that
no file or paper is lost sight of or its disposal unduly delayed.
Weekly Arrears Statements
1.

A weekly arrear statement shall be prepared in the form App.36 (to the Manual Office

Procedure). The statement will contain the separate details of the cases, disposed of in the week

and those pending over a week. The statement in respect of a week shall be put upto the branch
officer on the morning of the first working day of the next week. The Branch Officer will watch
the progress of work in the Section and where necessary give suitable directions for expeditious
handling of delayed receipts/cases.

Monthly Statement of cases pending disposal for over a month.

1.

A monthly return of pending cases shall be prepared with reference to the personal
register maintained by each dealing hand and shall be put up to the Head Clerk
/Divisional Accountant / Circle Office Superintendent for submission to the Head of
Office. The Executive Engineer or the Superintending Engineer concerned must make a
positive review of each case and record direction for its speedy finalisation.

2.

The dealing hand shall indicate in his/her personal register the file number, date of action
and date of final disposal of each receipt. The Diarist shall also make corresponding
entries of disposal and indicate the file number in the Section Diary and prepare a list of
indisposed references.

This list shall be put up by the Diarist on the Ist of every month

to the Head Clerk/Accountant/Circle Office Superintendent, who shall ascertain the

reasons for the delay in disposal of the pending receipts and submit the list to the Head of
the office with his/her own remarks for information and such orders as the officer might
like to give. In case action cannot be finalised for want of certain information from
subordinate formations or from other Sections, the matter shall be brought to the personal
notice of the Head of Office whose attention shall also be drawn to the cases, if any lying
with him/her and requiring his/her orders.

Call Book
1.

If a current case has reached a stage when no action can or need to be taken to
expedite its disposal for at least 6 months (e.g. cases held up in Law Courts), it
may be transferred to the Call Book (Appendix 40) with the approval of the Head
of Office.

2.

Closed cases in which a review is contemplated after a period of 6 months or

more may also be included in the Call Book.

3.

Cases transferred to Call Book vide sub-para (1) above, will be excluded from the
monthly statement of pending cases.

4.

When a case included in the Call Book becomes ripe for action or if action has to
be restarted as a sequal to an unexpected development. It will be revived and its
progress watched in the usual way through the monthly statement of pending
cases.

5.

The Superintendent/ Head Clerk/ Divisional Accountant will scrutinise the call
book in the last week of every month to see that the cases which become ripe for
further action during

the following

month are brought forward and action

initiated on due dates. The call book will be submitted to the Branch Officer once
a quarter i.e. during the months of Jan, April, July and October. He will satisfy
himself that no case on which action could have been taken suffers by its
inclusions in the Call Book and, in suitable cases, gives directions for the action
to be taken.
Monthly progress reports of recording and review of files

On the first working day of each month, the record clerk will prepare, in duplicate
progress reports on the recording and review of files for the preceding month, in the
forms at Appendix 41 and 42 of Manual of Office Procedure, and submit them together
with the following records to Superintendent/Head Clerk/Divisional Accountant:(a)

register for watching the progress of recording; and

(b)

lists of files received for review.

The Superintendent/Head Clerk/ Divisional Accountant will check the two

statements and send one to the higher officer.
Reminder Diary
The Diarist will maintain a reminder diary in which he will enter, date wise, all
cases marked for suspense or reminder and required to be brought forward on specified
dates.

Challan of files referred to other sections/departments will also be similarly

entered.
Watch on disposal of communications received from MPs
To keep a special watch on speedy disposal of communication received from MPs
each section will maintain a register as in form at Appendix 46 of Manual of Office
Procedure and mark out prominently those communications finally disposed of by
rounding off the serial numbers of the register in red ink.
Register of Parliamentary Assurances
Each section will maintain a register of Parliamentary assurances for each house
and entries therein will be made sessionwise.
Check-list of periodical reports

To ensure timely receipt, preparation and despatch of periodical reports each

section will maintain the check-lists, one for incoming reports and one for outgoing
reports. All periodical reports will be listed in column (2) of the appropriate check list in
the order of their frequency, weekly reports being entered first fortnightly reports next so
on.
Review of Periodical reports/returns
An annual review of all periodical reports and returns relating to each section will
be conducted at the level of DG(W) with the following objections:(a)

to eliminate those which are unnecessary.

(b)

to redesign those that do not provide information/data in usable form

(c)

to relationalise/simplify the essential ones by combining two or more of

them where possible.

(d)

to revise the frequency in relation to the need with due regard to constraint
of time required for collection of information/data from field levels.

An annual review will be completed by the 30th September each year and the
result of the review will be sent to Director General of Works by t he 7th of October.
Responsibility of expeditious disposal of work
The primary responsibility for expeditious disposal of work and timely
submission of arrear and disposal statements rests with Superintendent/Head Clerk/
Divisional Accountant sot his end, he will inspect the section diary and the dealing
hands diaries, and take such other action as may be necessary to ensure:(a)

that no paper on file has been overlooked.

(b)

that no receipt or case actually pending with the dealing hand has been
excluded from the relevant arrear statement.

Routing of correspondence
The normal rule of routing the correspondence through the immediate superior
shall be followed except in the following cases which can be referred direct by the
Executive Engineer tot he Director General of Works/ Chief Engineers concerned.
(i)

All personal cases of regular staff except representations of staff which shall be
routed through proper channel.

(ii)

Labour returns.

(iii)

Advances from Provident Fund.

(iv)

Cases under the workmens Compensation Act.

(v)

Quasi-permanency cases of staff where the recruitment is centralised and

controlled by the Central Office.

(vi)

Information in respect of all Parliament Questions which are purely of factual

nature.

(vii)

Arrears of T.A. Bills and increments etc. of the staff under the control of the
Executive Engineer.

(viii) Cases where only factual information is required by the Central Office.
(ix)

Sanction for payment of advertisement charges within the powers of Director

General of Works/Chief Engineer.

(x)

Joining report of staff borne on i the Divisional Office.

(xi)

Confirmation of workcharged as well as regular staff.

(xii)

Reports on the verification of character and antecedents by the Police, Medical

Reports etc. in respect of staff borne on.

(xiii) Sanction for purchase of books and publications exceeding the powers of
Superintending Engineers.
(xiv)

Sanction for registration of abbreviated telegraphic addresses.

(xv)

Correspondence relating to Minor works, the cost of which is within the

Executive Engineers powers for technical sanction.

(xvi)

Fixation of rent for private accommodation taken on hire by Govt.

(xvii) Establishment returns.

(xviii) Acquisition of property by non-gazetted staff.
(xix)

Cases relating to fixation of pay of Executive Engineers, Assistant Engineers and

Officers except where the comments of the Superintending Engineer and the
Chief Engineer concerned are required.

(xx)

Investigation report on anonymous complaint

against non-gazetted staff,

wherever called for.

In all the correspondence addressed to the Central Office, the particular section dealing
with case shall be clearly indicated in the address wherever possible.
The address shall be as below:The Director General of Works
Central P.W.D.
(.Section)
Nirman Bhawan, New Delhi 110011

Staff grievances
Grievances, if any, shall be represented by the officials individually and in the name of
affected person only. Submission of joint representations is irregular. recently as per the Govt.
instructions, public grievances officers have been nominated in every office for monitoring the
redressal of public grievances. For this purpose separate registers are required to be maintained,
which are scrutinised by the Senior Officers.
Submission of advance copies
Grievances shall be represented only through proper channel. In cases where even after
several representations no satisfactory reply has been received by the Government servant, and
he/she has exhausted all normal official channels open to him/her for the purpose, advance copy
of the representation may be taken up for consideration.
Interview with higher Officers
In case an officer considers that his/her case to be personally be discussed explained to
the higher officer, he/she meet the higher officer with the prior permission of his/her immediate
superior. If the immediate superior refuses to grant permission the reason therefore shall be
stated clearly. Generally, such permission is not to be refused except in exceptional cases. The
requests for interviews, whenever received, shall be disposed of expeditiously.
Government servants are prohibited from approaching Members of Parliament, political
or semi-political bodies, or other influential individuals for redressing their grievances in regard
to service matters. Similarly, outside pressure shall not be brought on officers through relatives,
friends etc. about service matters. In such cases, the Govt. servant renders himself/herself liable
to action for contravention of the conduct rules, as per the instruction of DOPT.

Officers shall be freely accessible to al who desires to meet them and shall give them a
patient hearing. Discourteous and offensive language shall be avoided by the officer during such
interviews. Courteous and considerate treatment of visitors is vital for the growth of a sense of
mutual trust and confidence, coupled with due respect towards constituted authority.
Appeals and Memorials
Appeals or memorials addressed to the President or lower authorities are required to be
submitted duly typed or printed under the signature of the petitioner himself/herself in his/her
own behalf through proper channel. In case it is submitted in a regional language, a translation
thereof in the official language shall be furnished by the applicant alongwith such appeal.
Such appeals shall
(a)

contain all materials statements and arguments relied upon by the petitioner.

(b)

be complete in itself and include a copy of the orders appealed against, as well as
copies of orders, if any, passed by subordinate authorities;

(c)

contain no disloyal, disrespectful or improper language; and

(d)

end with a specific prayer.

The officer through whom the appeals are submitted shall forward the same to the
prescribed authority together with a concise statement of the facts material thereto and all
relevant papers and, unless there are special reasons to the contrary, an expression of the opinion
thereon.
The Prescribed authority, for the above purpose is the Director General of Works.
The prescribed authority may, in its discretion, withhold an appeal if it does not satisfy
any of the requirements as stipulated in the instructions for the purpose, from time to time. Some
of these are given below for the guidance of the subordinate offices:-

(i)

The appeal shall satisfy the requirements of paras 16 and 17 above.

(ii)

It shall not be a representation against an order communicated to the petitioner

more than six months before the submission of the petition, and no satisfactory
explanation for the delay is given.

(iii)

A previous petition from the petitioner on the same subject shall not have been
disposed of by the President and, the petition, in the opinion of the prescribed
authority, must disclose new facts or circumstances warranting reconsideration of
the matter.

(iv)

The petition shall not be a representation against a decision declared final by law
or statutory rules.

(v)

The petition shall not be relating to a subject on which the prescribed authority is
competent to pass orders and an application for redressal had already been made
by the petitioner to the prescribed authority earlier, but rejected.

In such cases, the petitioner shall be informed of the reasons for withholding the appeal.
Investigations of arrear claim
The Superintending Engineer is competent to sanction investigation of arrear claims,
which are more than 6 years old, in respect of employees for whom he is the appointing
authority.
In case of arrear claims more than 6 years old, those shall be referred to the Director
General of Works for sanction. Such cases shall be supported by complete details of the claims
and the reasons for delay in preferring the claims including delay in the office. The Director
General of Works also has power to sanction such arrear claims which are not more than 6 years

old only. All claims beyond that limit have to be referred to the Ministry of Urban Development
for sanction.
Inspection of Offices
The Executive Engineer is required to inspect each of the Sub Divisions under his charge
once a year.

The Divisional Accountant shall accompany the Executive Engineer for the

inspection and give his individual opinion in clear terms about the general condition of the
accounts maintained in the Sub-Divisions. A copy of the EEs Inspection Report (Form PWD
28) shall be sent to the Superintending Engineer.
The Superintending Engineer shall inspect each of the Divisions in his Circles once a
year. The report shall be sent in the prescribed from (PWD 29) to the Chief Engineer. He has
also to inspect one Sub-division in each of the Division once al year.
To ensure proper upkeep of accounts records, the Director of Audit under whose audit
control a particular Division or Sub-Division lies, sends his inspection unit to each Division once
in a year. He endorses a copy of the report to the net higher authority, which is required to be
attended to promptly.
To ensure proper maintenance of service records, speedy disposal of claims and cases,
and methodical and systematic functioning of each office, the Director of Administration sends
his/her Deputy Directors to inspect the working of the various subordinate offices and suggest
improvements in their working, wherever required. A copy of the inspection report is submitted
to the Director General of Works for information and action is taken to remove the defects and
bottlenecks in the working of such offices.
The Chief Engineers shall also, in the same way, inspect two or three important Divisions
under his charge every year.

A certificate that the Divisions have been inspected according to this procedure shall be
submitted by the Executive Engineer to the Superintending Engineer and by the Superintending
Engineer to the Chief Engineers and the Director General of Works, for incorporating the
information in the annual Administration Report of the Central P.W.D.
Employment after retirement
Retired Engineers and Officers of the Central PWD are not permitted to work either as
employee of Contractors or as Contractors themselves in the Central Public Works Department
without the permission of the Government of India.
Central P.W.D. Inspection Bungalows
The CPWD has a number of Inspection Bungalows, Dak Bungalows and Rest Houses at
several places. The touring Officers of the CPWD may avail themselves of these, if required,
while on duty.

CHAPTER VIII
STAFF ASSOCIATIONS
1.

A list of the recognised Staff Association and sections dealing with them in the
Central P.W.D. is given below:(i)

Central Engineering Services (Class I) Direct Recruits Association, New

Delhi (EC I).

(ii)

Central Engineering Services (Class II) Direct Recruits Association, New

Delhi (EC I)

(iii)

Central P.W.D. Engineers Association, New Delhi (representing all

promoted Engineers) (EC III).

(iv)

Central P.W.D. Junior Engineers Association (India) New Delhi (with

branches at Bombay, Calcutta, Madras and Guwahati) (EC VI).

(v)

The Graduate Junior Engineers Association, CPWD, New Delhi (EC VI).

(vi)

The AMIE Junior Engineers Association, CPWD, New Delhi (EC VI).

(vii)

Central P.W.D. Engineering & Drawing Staff Association, New Delhi

(with branches at Bombay and Calcutta) (EC IX)

.
(viii) Central PWD Staff Association (Eastern Zone), Calcutta (EC IV).

(ix)

Central PWD Non-Gazetted Staff Association New Delhi (EC IV).

(x)

Central PWD Class IV Association (Eastern Zone), Calcutta (EC V).

(xi)

CPWD Architects Association, Nirman Bhawan, New Delhi. (EC IX).

(xii)

All India CPWD Sch.Caste/Tribes Association (EC IV).

(xiii) Central PWD Workers Union. (EC X).

(xiv)

Central PWD Mazdoor Union (EC X).

(xv)

All India CPWD Employees Union (EC X).

2.

The recognised Services Association may represent the service interest of their

members, as a group, before the Director General of Works but may not take up the
individual cases of any their members.

They shall approach the Ministry of Urban

Development only if they fail to secure redress from the Director General of Works.

CHAPTER I

HISTORY OF CENTRAL P.W.D.

Ancient History
1.

The execution of public work has been an organized function of the State
from times immemorial in our country. Archaeological finds at Mohan jo daro
and Harappa have revealed to us the building traditions of India prevalent
3,000 years before the Christian Era. Houses with burnt brick construction
although without ornamentation, complete with drains, storeys, pipes,
verandahs, swimming pool and hot air baths scientific excavations at these
sites, establish that these townships supplied to their citizens in those days
comforts and luxuries not available anywhere in the world during those times.

2.

Kautilyas Arthashastra, one of the immortal works on Government functions

and politics, written as early as 300 years before Christian Era, speaks of
Officers of the State in-charge of Finance, public works and royal
correspondence. According to this Shastra, duties of a King included
construction of reservoirs full with water either perennial or draws from
other sources and providing sites, roads and other such necessary
requirements to these who constructed the reservoirs of their own accord. It is
stated there that

Whoever stays away from any kind of co-operative construction shall send
his servants and bullocks to carry on his work and shall have a share in the
expenditure but no claims to profit.

This system of nearly 2300 years old appears to have anticipated the
community projects ideas of those days. This ancient book contains details of
layouts of villages, townships, forts, width of roads, charlet roads, royal roads,
roads leading to Military stations, gardens, groves and forests, burial grounds,

etc., which remind us of the fact that ideas of modern town planning are not
really modern, as thought by us.

3.

The art of stone cutting and carving was well developed during the times of
Ashoka the Great. The Ashoka Pillars called moonlight were made of the
single blocks of sand-stone and were polished to appear like metallic columns.
These were 40' to 50' in height and at their tops were crowned with figures of
animals like the lion, the elephant and the bull. Some of these still stand today, which speak well of skilful art of our craftsmen of those days. The
dignified massive simplicity, extra-ordinary, precision, accuracy and spirited
realism of the Mauryan art of that period were praised by Mr. John Marshal
one of the great authorities on ancient history and archaeology. He described
Sarnath, the capital of Ashoka as the product of the most art which the world
was congnizant in the third century the handwork of one who had generations
of artistic effort and experience behind him. Another great authority on
ancient Indian History, Dr. Smith observed that the skill of the stonecutter
might be said to have attained perfection and accomplished tasks which would
perhaps be found beyond the powers of the 20th century. The fact that these
pillars had to be taken away from the quarries, fabricated, transported to
various places and erected in a single piece bears eloquent testimony to the
skill and resources of the knowledge of the stone cutters and engineers of the
Mauryan age. A Chinese pilgrim who came to India a thousand years after
these pillars were treated speaks of these stone buildings of Ashoka having
been erected by spirit. The accounts of another Chinese pilgrim, who came
to India in seventh century and lived for ten years in the University of Nalanda
has spoken highly of grandeur of this great temple of learning in ancient India.
It had an observatory and a large library in three buildings, 8 halls, and 300
rooms. The University of Nalanda in its conception and grandeur compares
favorably with best of our modern Universities and is a great tribute to the
engineers and artisans of those days.

4.

The tradition for constructional activities did not end with the Hindu period of
Indian History. The buildings constructed during the regime of Khilji Kings
and Slave King, Kutub-ud-din carried on this tradition, Kutub Minar at Delhi,
the foundations of which were laid in year 1231, its overwhelming strength
and its perfection, symmetry and ornamental show prove that we were capable
in the 13th century to built structures involving highly technical details, King
Feroz Tughlak had a passion for founding cities and in his life time build two
cities, Firozabad where modern Delhi now stands, and Jaunpur. He is also
credited with 845 Public Works. He had eminent Architects in those days in
the person of Malik Ghazi Shahana and Abdur Hakk. The plans of every
building were submitted to the Financial officer. The buildings put in by King
Feroz and virile and strong and very sincere in purpose.

Moghul Period and after

5.

The Moghul Kings maintained the tempo of building activities, in the shape of
well-designed townships, palaces and forts, and memorials. A contemporary
Englishman, Ralph Fitch, who visited Agra and Fatehpur Sikri Describes
these as great cities either of them much greater than London. Humayuns
Tomb in Delhi which was completed in year 1569 is a building of exceptional
merit famous for its domes. King Akbar commenced the fortification of Agra
and Allahabad etc. and constructed many building of red stones at Agra. The
greatest architectural creation of Akbar is Fatehpur Sikri with nine gates. It is
famous for the building of red stone as well as for king Jehangir who was also
a patron of architecture and painting. His special taste in gardens was
exhibited in the perfection attained by the Moghul gardens of which Shalimar
Bagh in Kashmir is the one.

6.

King Shah Jehan needs specific mention in this respect. The new city at Delhi
known in these days as Shahjehanbad was built by him during the years
1938-48 and became the Imperial Capital of the Moghul Empire after that.
The Red Fort at Delhi and Agra speak of the gigantic work undertaken by the

Moghul Kings. Their layout and luxurious services provided therein are a
proof of the efficiency of the engineering profession of those days. Taj Majal
at Agra build during 1632-53 by the King Shahajeham in memory of his
queen Mumtaz Mahal represents the architecture of those days at its best. This
has been acclaimed as a structure of an extreme beauty and has been described
as a poem in marble.

Maratha Empire
7.

The last two great Hindu Empires of India, the Vijayanagar Empire and the
Maratha Empire had also their glorious buildings traditions. The Maratha
capitals were well fortified. The Rajgadh, which was the Imperial capital for
16 years was a well planned city, well provided with tanks, ponds and
clusterns. Ganga Sagar and Kushavarta tanks are fairly large and remind us
again of Kuatilyas Arthashastra that a capital must be provided with wells,
tanks and pools. It has been established that in building Rajgadh, the
Marathans followed the town planning ideas as laid down by Kautilya very
closely towards the end of 18th century and early 19th century. The logical
inference is that these conventional rules of town planning have been
transmitted from generation to generation in our country since centuries
before Christian Era.

8.

Same applied to the city of Vijaynagar, the capital of Vijayanagar Empire. It

had more than hundred thousand dwelling houses in it. The existing buildings
at Hampi, remains of Vithalaswamy temple, the town of Nangalpur (Hospet)
are the best examples of ornateness, and flowers of sculptured art patronized
by the Vijayanagar court.

9.

In the South, the great Pallavas, Cheras, Cholas and Pandya Kings carried on
the great artistic and building traditions in India. The rock cut temples of
Mahabalipuram (30 miles from Madras) the famous temples of Madurai,
Rameshwaram, Chidambaram and Tanjore bear testimony to the ancient

South Indian art of temple building. The acoustic arrangements provided for
Saraswati Majal Palace at Tanjore built by the ancient Tamil Kings go to
show that engineers at that time were fully conscious of such requirements.

10.

British Period

The east India Company which started as a trading concern in India had a
general civil service for attending to multifarious duties of administration
which verted in converted services. As a result of Industrial Revolution in
Europe in 18th Century, which affected the general conditions throughout the
world, the working of East India Company under went a close scrutiny and
criticism. The need for construction of roads, railways and irrigation works
etc. come to the forefront.

11.

While the works of construction of railways were given to different

companies, the public works like roads, buildings and irrigation were
entrusted to the charge of Military Boards in all the three Presidencies of
Calcutta, Madras and Bombay. These works were mostly of a military
character comprising of barracks and other buildings for troops and a few
military roads. This arrangement continued from year 1773 to 1858.

12.

In the year 1849, when the Punjab was also annexed by the British, a
Department for Public works was created. It was immediately entrusted with
the improvement of Grand Trunk Road to Peshawar including construction of
about 100 bridges on it and the construction of the Upper Doab Canal. The
roads from Kalka to Simla and Chini to Sutlej and the work of Upper Ganges
Canal were also completed by the year 1854. Although the construction of
these public works involved simple building work and roads etc. and nothing
of monumental type as left by the ancient history of the country was built by

the British Government of those days, a beginning with the Public Works
Department was made.

P.W.D. Secretariat

13. With the success of the Public Works Department in Punjab, as distinct from
the Military Boards, similar Departments were set up in Bengal, Madras and
Bombay in 1854. Each was placed under the charge of a Chief Engineer under
the Lt. Governor of the Province. To co-ordinate and have budgetary control
over the Provincial P.W.Ds, a Secretary of the Department of Public Works
was appointed in the Government of India for the first time in year 1854. He
was also vested with all powers of the Military Boards. The workload of the
Public Works throughout the country during the year 1850 was Rs. 60 lakhs,
which rose to Rs. 226 lakhs by the end of year 1854. Of this, nearly Rs. 100
lakhs were spent on communications including navigable canals, about Rs. 54
lakhs on irrigation, nearly Rs. 56, lakhs on military works, Rs. 3 lakhs on land
for railways and the rest on other miscellaneous works.

14. During the year 1863-66, the Department of Public Works in Government of
India was split in three separate branches to deal with Military works, Civil
and irrigation and railways works. These branches were placed under the
charge of an Under Secretary each in the Government of India in year 1867
and had an Inspector General of Works attached to each of them to coordinate the functions of each wing throughout the country. By year 1870, the
posts of Under Secretaries controlling these three Branches were upgraded to
those of Deputy Secretaries. In 1872, it was decided that the Branches dealing
with the Military Works should be transferred from the Secretariat to the
Military Department. Although this transfer was completed by year 1890,
Public Works in frntier towns in Baluchistan and Frontier Provinces were
continued to be carried out by the Military Engineering Department so as to
avoid dual work agencies in the places of strategic importance.

15. With the formation of Local Boards in Year 1872 such as District and
Municipal Boards, a number of works were transferred to these bodies. The
functions of the Government of India were then limited to laying down of the
policy and occasional local inspection of the large project works by the Public
Works Department Member or Secretary. The Public Works under the direct
supervision of the Government of India at that time comprised of Simla
Imperial Circle which was charged with looking after the Central Government
buildings at Simla. There was also a Division at Dehra Dun, which was
originally created for the construction of Forest Research Institute and Survey
of India Department and other Central Government Department building at
Dehra Dun.

Initial formation of Central P.W.D. at Delhi

16. On the proclamation of change of the Capital from Calcutta to Delhi in

December 1911, it became necessary to organize a Public Works Department
exclusively for building the new Capital. A committee of Experts was
appointed by the Secretary of State to advise the Government with regard to
the site of the new Capital and its layout. Sir Edvin Lutyens an eminent and
world famous Architect, was chosen to be the Architect and Designer of the
new capital city. After approval of the plans, the charge of execution of the
work was entrusted to Imperial Delhi Committee, which has Chief
Commissioner of Delhi as President and Chief Engineer as Engineer-Member.
The first estimate of Project as framed by them was for Rs. 1050 lakhs. It was
taken up for execution in December, 1913. The works of the Capital Project
were, however, held up consequent to First World War in 1914 and the tempo
slowed down. From 1914-15 to 1919-20, the expenditure varied between Rs.
39 to 54 lakhs per year. The tempo of the works increased in year 1920-21
onwards and the estimate was revised to Rs. 1307 lakhs.

17. The works of the Capital Project were in the charge of the Chief Engineer, a
Superintending Engineer (Civil), a Superintending Engineer ((Electrical &
Mechanical) and one Executive Engineer. The post of the Executive Engineer
was held by Shri Teja Singh Malik, who was later on conferred with the title
of Sardar Bahadur and also Knighted. Sardar Bahadur Sir Teja Singh Malik in
due course became the first Indian Chief Engineer of the Central P.W.D. The
Chief Engineer was under the Administrative control of the Chief
Commissioner, Delhi and later on became Secretary to him for the Project
Works. With gradual completion of the Capital Project Works, the Public
Works Organisation was transferred to the administrative control of
Department of Industries and Labour in Government of India. The Central
P.W.D. thus, came in existence on 1st April, 1930 to look after the vast office
and residential campus of the Central Secretariat and allied offices. The work
done on the Secretariat and Rashtrapati Bhavan speak in itself of the skilful
work of artisans of the country in this century.

Nineteen Forties

18. At that time, i.e. in year 1930, the Department had a cadre of only two
permanent Circle (Civil) i.e. Circle I and II and six Divisions for the works at
Delhi, Simla, Dehra Dun, Ajmer and Indore. With Development of Delhi, one
Superintending Engineer was appointed as Secretary to the Chief
Commissioner of Delhi for the Public Works Department. The Chief
Engineer, Central P.W.D., under the Department of Industries and Labour,
was also required to act as Technical Adviser to the Government of India in
respect of Central Government buildings and roads. Thereafter activities of
the Department extended for beyond Delhi and it was entrusted with the
execution of costly civil aviation works in Rangoon, Calcutta, Bombay,
Karachi, Lahore, Baluchitan and Persian Gulf. The Central P.W.D. had at time
Estate Office also under its control and it continued as such till 1944-45.

19. Consequent to separation of Sind and Orissa from Bombay and Bihar
Provinces respectively in year 1937, the new construction programme in these
two Provinces was entrusted to the charge of the Central P.W.D. It was further
required to advise with regard to the works of Independent Public Works
Organisation in Andamans, Persian Gulf, Coorg and other centrally
administered areas. Consequent to the above, the workload during the year
1935-36 onwards rose to Rs. 121 lakhs, with resultant increase in the number
of Circles and Division from 2 and 6 to 4 and 18 respectively.

20. Apart from the Public Works as mentioned above entrusted to the charge of
Central P.W.D., it was required to carry out the construction works of
Eccenesiastied Archaeological, Posts and Telegraphs and Indian National
Airways and other such Organisations as Depot Works. Gradually by the
end of year 1940 the Central P.W.D. was entrusted with all the centrally
financed civil works.

21. The World War II brought heavy pressure of emergency works required for
defence purpose. The Units at Bombay, Calcutta and Madras were augmented
with creation of new circles for meeting with the demand of increased
workload. Immediately after declaration of war by Japanese in December
1941, the Central P.W.D. was called upon to ac-fields, accommodation of
army and communication services. Our activities during those days mostly
related to works of strategic importance scattered throughout four corners of
the country from Burma boarders to Baluchistan and Persian Gulf and
Kashmir to Cape Comorin. The workload increased to Rs. 2752 lakhs in year
1945 and the number of units increased to 2 Chief Engineers one at Delhi and
the other at Calcutta, 12 Circle and 70 Divisions. The Department acquired
itself creditably in the task entrusted to it and the various projects were
completed to the satisfaction of the authorities.